- Signs of the Times for Mon, 04 Dec 2006 -



Sections on today's Signs Page:



Signs Editorials


Editorial: The US and the Middle East: A "Grand Settlement" Versus the Jewish Lobby

James Petras
December 2006

Introduction

Chances for a change in the direction of US Middle East policy are extremely unlikely.  The reason is the growing power of the Jewish Lobby in Congress, the massive Zionist propaganda campaign in all the mass media, Olmert's 'nose leading' of Bush, and a host of related activities.  The end result is that Congress will not withdraw or reduce US troops and war funding for the Iraq War.  Bush, with the support of McCain and Clinton, Liebermann, Reid and Hoyer, will push for more troops in pursuit of an all-out blood bath in Baghdad.  The Baker Iraq Study Group under siege from the Zioncons and Zionlibs will be unable to deal with Israeli violence against Palestinians or enter into a dialogue with Syria and Iran on any but the most narrow and unpromising terms.

Baker's Iraq Study Group and the Lobby's Preventive War

Ehud Olmert, Israel's Prime Minister, firmly imposed the party-line for the Conference of Presidents of Major American Jewish Organizations (CPMAJO) and related pro-Israel groups during his November 13 visit to Washington in which he stated his categorical support for Bush's Iraq War policy and confrontational strategy with Iran.  According to the Israeli daily Haaretz (November 14, 2006):

"Olmert said Israel and other countries in the area should be thankful to the United States and Bush.  He said the Iraq war had a dramatic positive effect on security and stability in the Middle East as well as strategic importance from Israel's perspective (my emphasis) and of moderate Arab states.  Olmert said he was satisfied with the position Bush took on Iran which went further (my emphasis) than in their previous meeting in May.  "Iran's role in the conversation was quite clear, very serious and very significant and I left the meeting with an outstanding feeling," said Olmert."

Nothing expresses the power of the Jewish Lobby over US politics as the cowardly silence of the leading Democrats before this gross intervention by a foreign ruler into the internal politics of the US:  Democratic Congressional leader Pelosi swallowed the frog in silence.  The only congressional critics complained about Olmert's 'partisanship' - taking sides with Bush, tacitly accepting that Olmert was impinging on US sovereignty, a widely accepted principal by the fifty odd Jewish Senators and Congress-people, and their numerous Gentile pro-Zionist camp followers.

Clearly Olmert was pre-empting any new more flexible proposal, which might emanate from Baker's Iraq Study Group.  In this regard Olmert successfully led President Bush 'by the nose' - as former Prime Minister Sharon had once so colorfully boasted.  Following the meeting with Olmert, Bush echoed his master's voice calling for the world to unite in isolating Iran until it "gives up its nuclear ambitions...If they continue to move forward with the program, there has to be consequences.  And a good place to start is working together to isolate the country...Iran's nuclear ambitions are not in the world's interest.  If Iran had nuclear weapons, it would be terribly destabilizing."  

Olmert succeeded in committing Bush to a position incompatible with Baker's proposals for meeting with Iran: a strategy of isolation, sanctions and military threats is clearly incompatible with any opening or meaningful dialogue let alone Iran-Syria co-operation in stabilizing Iraq.  Yet as Olmert explicitly states, it is in line with Israel's 'strategic interest' of extending its power and domination in the Middle East by weakening or destroying its adversaries.  Moreover Olmert, embarrassed Jewish Zionists by publicly praising the US invasion and occupation of Iraq, when 85% of the Democratic voters and 60% of the US electorate are fed up with the deaths (2890 plus) and maiming (25,000 plus) of US soldiers.  For the 'Israel First' Democratic Congressmen and women (the vast majority) who knew all along Israel's pro-war position, their faint outcry was over the fact that Olmert was so public, overt and aggressively pro-war, just after the same Zionlibs won the election by 'criticizing' the war (namely over the 'management' of the occupation).

The fact that Olmert intervened in US politics so openly and Bush followed so docilely should be no surprise to observers of US-Israeli relations.  Moreover, it is the height of hypocrisy for the Democrats to express 'surprise' or chagrin, as they know from direct experience that the Israeli state intervenes on a daily basis through its proxy lobby on every policy having to do with the Middle East.  AIPAC even boasts of writing the legislation and of securing massive Congressional majorities and of its close 'co-ordination' (read subordination) with the Israeli regime in synchronizing its political operations.  What makes the Democrats angry is that Olmert exposed their servility to Israel.  While they stomp and belch over Bush's pro-war policy, they dared not even convene a press conference to criticize Olmert, for fear of alienating the pro-Israel millionaires who provide 65% of the funds for the Democratic Party.

Olmert's pro-war position on Iraq, Iran and Syria were preceded by an unprecedented propaganda campaign in all the major media by all the principle Zioncon/Zionlib ideologues: articles, opinion pieces and editorials flooded the pages the Wall Street Journal, Foreign Policy, Washington Post, New York Times, New Yorker, and Christian Science Monitor.  The usual crowd of unconditional Israel apologists dubbed "Middle East experts" pushed Tel Aviv's line of continual bloodletting in Iraq and military aggression in Iran.  Michael Rubin, Charles Krauthamer, Clawson, Eisenstadt, Ledeen, Wolfenson ("American Jews should work hard for Israel and maximize gains for it"), Wurmser, Chertoff ("the US is threatened by international law"), Abraham Foxman ("Iran is worse than Nazi Germany") and an unprecedented one hour long uncontested tirade against Iran ("Iran is Germany, and it's 1938, except that this Nazi regime is in Iran..") by Benjamin Netanyahu on Glenn Beck's  prime time CNN program preceded and followed Olmert's political intervention in Washington.  The Wall Street Journal editorialized a full-scale attack on the Baker group, even before they had issued any report, backing Israel's position on war with Iran, their support for continuing war in Iraq and the massive ethnic cleansing of Palestinians (40,000 Palestinians have fled Gaza in the last 5 months in the face of 400 killed and thousands maimed by Israeli missiles and shelling).  US United Nations Ambassador "Blowhard" John Bolton let out a maniacal screed against the United Nations General Assembly and all its agencies for voting to condemn Israel's deliberate, cold blooded massacre of an extended family of 19 mostly women and children in their beds in the Gaza village of Beit Hanoun.  Bush expressed 'pride' in the US's 31st veto to stop UN resolutions condemning Israel's savaging of Palestinians.

If Bolton represents the furthest right of an already highly skewed conservative spectrum (the 'loony right'), he is not without support, especially among the most respectable and representative organizations of the Jewish Lobby.  "The Jewish community remains supportive and would want to see (Bolton) stay", said Malcolm Hoenlein, Vice-Chairman of the Conference of Presidents of Major American Jewish Organizations.  "He has been an effective advocate and he is appreciated by the diplomatic corp." (The Forward (Jewish Weekly) November 17, 2006).  It should be remembered that most major Jewish groups publicly endorsed Bolton when his appointment became a political battle in Washington in early 2005.  There is no doubt that Bolton is an "effective advocate" for Israeli Middle East interests over and above the lives of Americans, Iraqis, Lebanese and Palestinians.  Hoelein however confuses the appreciation of the Israeli diplomatic corps for the rest of the world's diplomats who are amused or appalled by Bolton's frothing rants against Europe, Asia, Africa, Latin America, the UN, International Lawyers or anyone that disagrees with him or dares to criticize Israel.  

Israel's stranglehold on the White House's Middle East policy was explicitly revealed by Israel's outgoing US Ambassador Danny Ayalon in an interview: "US President George W. Bush will not hesitate to use force against Iran in order to halt its nuclear program, I have been privileged to know him well, he will not hesitate to go all the way if there is no choice." (Maariv Israeli Daily Newspaper November 14, 2006).  This is a case where "knowing", in the Biblical sense conveys intimate relations directed toward Bush's compliance with the desires of his dominant partner.  Israel's intimate "knowledge" of the White House extends to setting the political framework for US policy toward Teheran's nuclear energy program.  According to Ambassador Ayalon's time table:

"First the President will try to exhaust the diplomatic process, I estimate there is a 50 percent chance that the diplomatic effort will succeed.  If not he will advance another step and consider imposing isolation and a blockade on Iran, like the US imposed on Cuba in the past.  If this too does not succeed, he will not hesitate to employ force.  If sanctions succeed, all the better. Otherwise, he will act by all means possible, including military action.  (The Iraq War) is not the model.  This (attack on Iran) is more a case employing air power combined with limited ground force...He (Bush) told me personally, in one of these difficult moments, that if you continue and persevere in your path, the people will ultimately follow you." (Maariv November 14, 2006).

Ayalon's interview reveals several important aspects of the future course of White House policy toward Iran.  First and foremost, the Israelis have inside knowledge and access to the While House, and they have successfully imposed their confrontational policies on the Presidency.  In addition they have encouraged the President "to continue and persevere" in his war policies, even when the majority of the US electorate, the people and nations of the world and even some of his advisers are against 'his path'.  The Israelis have pandered to Bush's fundamentalist Christian belief that 'the people will ultimately follow' him in his Messianic delusions, even when all the evidence is to the contrary.  Bush's belief is not distant from the Israeli belief that if you defy the world community of nations and public opinion long enough they will eventually come around to acknowledging the righteousness of the 'Chosen People'.  Israel has, of course, the luxury of projecting their venal arrogance knowing full well they have the backing of US vetoes in the United Nations and the military of a support of a superpower.  Bush lacks a superior power (unless we include the mighty Jewish Lobby) to counteract his political isolation.  Bush has the dubious distinction of being the President-most-servile-to-a-foreign-power in US history (exceeding his predecessor, ex-President Clinton, Zionist Emeritus), a point emphasized by ex-President Jimmy Carter in his latest book.  No previous President has ever confided his war plans to a foreign emissary even before meeting with his top advisory commission, thus precluding the possibility of domestic influential leaders, like the members of the Baker group, from any substantial role shaping policy.  Moreover Bush's servility to the Israel/ Jewish Lobby extends to blocking his European allies from formulating an alternative Iran policy to Israel's military 'pre-emptive strike' proposal.  According to the Israeli daily Haaretz:

"Bush told his French counterpart (President Jacques Chirac) that the possibility that Israel would carry out a strike against Iran's nuclear installations should not be ruled out.  Bush also said that if such an attack were to take place he would understand it", (Haaretz, November 20, 2006).
The single minded stranglehold of the Jewish Lobby expressed in White House support for an Israeli sneak attack on Iran, is such that Bush not only ignores the advice of Secretary of State Rice, but dismisses the fateful consequences: a massive Iranian military response against US occupation forces in Iraq resulting in thousands of deaths, massive oil and political dislocations in the entire Middle East, destabilization of the Gulf States and rising oil prices.  The unprecedented Zionist control over the White House was summed up by Zioncon executive director of the Jewish Institute for (Israeli) National Security Affairs (JINSA), Thomas Neumann: "The administration today was stronger on Israel than any administration in my lifetime", (JTA, November 14, 2006).  

While proponents of a 'turn' in US policy in the Middle East hailed the resignation of Rumsfeld and the appointment of Robert Gates to Secretary of Defense - a member of the Baker Iraq Study Group - as auguring a more 'realist', less bellicose policy, Zionist leaders were confident that their dominant influence over Bush would keep Gates in line with Israeli policy.  Mara Rudman, a Zionlib former member of Clinton's National Security Council speaking at the Zioncon "Israel Policy Forum" in Washington accurately put the Gates appointment into its proper perspective: "It's not really where he (Gates) goes, its where the president goes".  And as evidence indicates, the President 'goes' where the Israelis and their US transmission belts tell him. Thomas Neumann, the JINSA's propaganda master dismissed the possibility that Gates would front for the Baker Iraq Study Group:  "Gates was appointed more because he has a record of doing what he's told (by Bush).  There's nothing good or bad about Gates, they (the White House) wanted someone who doesn't make waves", (Jewish Telegraph Agency, November 11, 2006).
Along with White House support, Israel has successfully mobilized its political apparatus (the Jewish Lobby) in the US to direct political campaign funding toward the election of unconditional supporters of Israel.  Democratic campaign finance directors, Israeli-US Congressman Rahm Emmanuel and 'Israel Firster' Senator Charles Schumer were backed by a multi-million dollar Wall Street slush fund (as reported by Time, Newsweek, and the Wall Street Journal).  They ensured that over 30 Jewish Congressmen and women and 13 Senators were elected, including all of the Jewish incumbents, a number of senatorial and Congressional leaders married to Zionists as well as Lobby-certified 100% Israel supporters like Congressional Speaker of the House Nancy Pelosi and Senate majority leader Harry Reid (praised by the Jewish Lobby for his life long unconditional support for Israel - JTA November 20, 2006).  In the first test of Congressional Zionpower, Nancy Pelosi was defeated by a large majority in her effort to nominate the Iraq War Critic Congressman John Murtha as Majority Leader in the House, in favor of Steny Hoyer, a Congressman much more sympathetic to Israeli Prime Minister Olmert's pro-war views.

The Jewish lobby has erected a 'firewall' to any US rapprochement with Iran, and in particular any initiative in that direction from the Baker Iraq Study Group.  This is especially necessary because of the dire crisis of the US in Iraq and public perception of a new bloodier and costlier war against Iran.  Moreover the Lobby is desperate to counter the positive confidence building measures adopted by Israel's Middle East adversaries, namely Syria and Iran with regard to overtures to Iraq.  The Israeli counter-measures were not long in coming.

Peace Initiatives from Syria

In November of this year (2006) British Prime Minister Blair, subsequent to a visit to the Middle East, issued a policy statement calling for a dialogue and negotiations for an overall peace settlement in the Middle East including all interested parties, especially Syria and Iran.  The Israeli regime immediately rejected the proposal.  'The Lobby' echoed their patrons' policy and subsequently the White House and Congress followed suit.  Syria proceeded to establish diplomatic relations and intelligence and economic cooperation with the US-backed Iraqi regime, demonstrating a major gesture toward 'stabilizing' the Mesopotamian region.  The Israeli regime branded the policy a means of influencing Iraqi 'terrorists'.  Predictably, the Jewish Lobby, its scribes and media outlets downplayed its significance or put a negative spin to the Syrian initiative - demanding "Syria follow words by action", namely stopping the flow of militants into Iraq.  Syria responded by pointing to its far more extensive frontier patrol posts than those of the US or Iraqi government.  The Israeli regime and its Lobby, the White House and Congressional clients' rejection of Syrian (and Iranian) peace initiatives is as much directed at neutralizing these overtures as it is in pre-empting similar initiatives emanating from the Baker Iraq Study Group.  The Lobby's vehement dismissal of Syria's role as a stabilizing force sets the stage for linking it with Baker and undercutting his recommendations when they finally become public.  A similar Lobby propaganda effort is directed at Iran and indirectly at Baker's proposals for negotiating with them.

The White House, Brussels and Tel Aviv's efforts to isolate Syria, undermine its conciliatory steps and block any overture from the Baker group is centered on the unsubstantiated accusations that Damascus assassinated two 'anti-Syrian' Lebanese leaders, Rafik Hariri and Pierre Gemayel.  In the case of Hariri, the main witness against Syria later recanted and perjured himself and the principal Turkish investigator later resigned after having pursued only one line of investigation - to demonstrate the complicity of Syria - discounting the equally plausible hypothesis of Israeli involvement.  The major beneficiaries of the Hariri assassination were the US and Israel, even as the European Union lent its weight to the accusation against Syria.  The historical lessons of the anti-Syrian Hariri campaign were not lost on the promoters of the current political manipulators of the Gemayel assassination.  The US and its Israeli ally succeeded in forcing Syria to withdraw its forces from Lebanon, apparently making Southern Lebanon and, in particular, Hezbollah vulnerable to Israeli military attack.  Shortly thereafter, Israel used a routine border incident as a pretext to invade and attempt to destroy Hezbollah and decimate its social base among the millions of residents in Beirut and Southern Lebanon.  Rather than strengthen Israel's position in Lebanon and increase the power of its longstanding Phalangist clients, the invasion strengthened Hezbollah raising its support to over 60% of the Lebanese population (Guardian of London  November 15, 2006).  The campaign to pin the Gemayel death on Syria and Hezbollah is designed to promote Israeli power aggrandizement in Lebanon by provoking internal civil conflict, orchestrating and mobilizing a mass smear campaign against Hezbollah to pre-empt the latter's effort to secure a more equitable representation of its electoral support in the Lebanese Cabinet.  Israeli strategists hope to bring about a 'pincer' operation in which Hezbollah will be attacked by the Phalangists in the North and by Israel from the South.  

Hezbollah under siege would thus weaken its Syrian ally as a possible interlocutor for the Baker Group and encourage Israel's militarists to recover from their fall from grace following their ruinous Lebanon adventure.  By tarring Syria with dual assassinations, the White House and Israel will strengthen its major Zionist organizations' campaign to undermine Baker's proposal to open a dialogue with Syria (Daily Alert November 22, 2006).  More specifically it will neutralize the positive fall-out in Washington of Syria's establishment of relations with the US client-regime in Iraq.  For this reason the rabidly pro-Israel Wall Street Journal screeched: "Another Murder in Beirut for Jim Baker to Contemplate" (November 22, 2006).

The fact is that Israel and its Zionist representatives in the US are the main beneficiaries of the dual assassinations.  There is both hard and circumstantial data pointing to Israeli complicity in the killings.  There are several cases of notorious Phalangists being murdered just prior to their scheduled testimony in Brussels before a case brought by Palestinian survivors against top Israelis involved in the notorious massacres in Lebanon, especially at the Palestinian camps of Sabra and Shatila in September 1982.  On January 24, 2002, Elie Hobeika, a Phalangist warlord directly involved in the massacre, was blown up in his Beirut neighborhood along with 3 bodyguards just two days after agreeing to testify against the Israelis on behalf of the Palestinian survivors.  Hobeika, who was the Phalangist chief liaison with the IDF during their occupation of Beirut, claimed to have worked with the Israeli Mossad in orchestrating the massacre.  A mysterious group, 'Lebanese for a Free and Independent Lebanon' claimed responsibility from Cyprus.  Just weeks earlier, another witness for the Belgian case and close Hobeika associate, Jean Ghanem had been killed in an auto accident.  A few months later, a third close Hobeika associate and potential witness in the Belgian case, Michael Nassar, was assassinated with his wife in Brazil.

In these assassinations and unexpected deaths, most experts and Lebanese politicians, including Phalangists, pointed to Mossad operations.  In other words, the fact that Phalangists were Israeli's clients did not preclude selective assassinations when it was in Israeli State interest: They treated the Phalangists, their former allies, like used condoms.  Pierre Gemayel, the grandson of the founder of the Lebanese fascist Phalange Party, was a marginal figure in the Lebanese political equation; in death he becomes a pivotal figure in Israel's Middle East power grab.

In June 2006 Lebanese military authorities announced the arrest of Hussein al-Khatib, a Lebanese former Israeli prisoner, who confessed to have worked in Lebanon as part of a Mossad-led assassination team killing Lebanese and Palestinian leaders using car bombs.  Throughout Lebanese history, Mossad operatives have been imputed with political assassinations of Palestinian and Lebanese adversaries, car bombings and commando operations in Beirut as well as throughout the country.  As early as the foundation of Israel, its leaders, including Ben Gurion, advocated promoting civil war in order to establish a Christian Maronite government in Lebanon allied to Israel.
In summary, Israel has a motive for killing Hariri and Gemayel, has a history of killing 'clients' to further their state interests and certainly has exercised the practice of executing Lebanese political figures.  Given the high stakes involved in a possible re-direction in US policy toward engaging Syria, as proposed by the Baker Iraq Study Group, and given Damascus efforts to facilitate such a dialogue by giving legitimacy to the US bloody client in Baghdad, the Israeli ploy of political murder and Zionist media blitz condemning Syria makes political sense from the point of view of Israel's quest for Middle East dominance.

The Iranian Peace Overtures

A key interlocutor for a general Middle East settlement in which the US retains its strategic Arab allies in the Middle East passes through dialogue, negotiations and power sharing with Teheran.

Contrary to the demonic propaganda spewed by the Israeli regime and the Jewish Lobby in the US, Iran has repeatedly demonstrated that far from fomenting 'terrorism' it has co-operated with the US on a whole series of important measures compatible with US imperial policies in Iraq and Afghanistan.

In the run-up to the US invasion and subsequent occupation of Iraq, it is a publicly known and officially acknowledged fact the Iran supported the US overthrow of Saddam Hussein, provided intelligence to the US, advised and supported Shia co-operation in the formation of a US client regime, recognized and established formal relations with the puppet regime despite its collaboration with the killers of hundreds of thousands of Iraqi civilians.

Iran has been a major bulwark against Al Queda, arresting and in some cases offering to extradite them to the West, thus showing a decided partisanship to some aspects of the US 'War on Terrorism'.  Equally important, Iran has played a major stabilizing role in Western Afghanistan, especially in Herat, severely limiting Taliban influence.  Iran works closely with Italian and ISAF reconstruction teams in rebuilding the region.  The Financial Times (November 18, 2006 p.11) reports: "The main factor holding the west of Afghanistan together is the positive influence of neighboring Iran which is 'pumping a lot of money into the reconstruction of the west', says a senior US administration official in Washington".  

The army of 'Israel-First' publicists in the US and Europe continue to lump Iran with Al Queda, Taliban, Iraqi terrorists despite all the evidence to the contrary.  The 'Big Lie' campaign is directed toward isolating Iran and securing United Nations sanctions as a prelude to a US-Israeli sneak attack on Iranian cities, infrastructure, military and scientific research installations and nuclear research facilities.  To proceed toward the destruction of Iran and the consolidation of Israeli dominance in the Middle East, the immediate target is to pre-empt the Baker Group from proposing a dialogue with Iran or at a minimum of setting parameters, which will virtually undercut the possibility.  
The most vicious and effective Israel-centered propaganda campaign against Iran focuses on its nuclear research programs.  The Zionist-led campaign against Iran has not provided any basis to contradict the IAEA inspection team's findings that no evidence for a nuclear weapons program exists.  Iran's forthright offers to the US and the EU for detailed inspection tours by all inspectors has been dismissed outright by the White House as a 'propaganda ploy', a 'ploy' which Israel has refused to offer with regard to its own illegal nuclear and chemical-biological arms facilities.  No expert or political leader in the world, now or in the recent past, has ever argued that Iran is violating the nuclear non-proliferation treaty.  Israeli-US opposition toward uranium enrichment is applied singularly to Iran.  Otherwise all one hundred nations with nuclear energy programs should be threatened with pre-emptive war.

Palestinian Peaceful Overtures

Despite sustained bloody attacks from the Israeli military machine (the misnamed Israeli 'Defense' Forces) the Palestinian Hamas government had made two peace proposals.  Between January 2005 and June 24, 2006, the Hamas government refrained from responding to Israeli military attacks on Gaza and the West Bank (despite numerous assassinations, house demolitions and illegal arrests of activists) in hopes of inducing Tel Aviv to begin peace negotiations.  The Israeli State, backed by the US, categorically rejected peace and imposed a total blockade on the Gaza Strip.  It was only when the IDF shelled a Palestinian beach filled with families, murdering 18 picnicking children and their parents that Hamas responded with sporadic shell firing and the capture of an Israeli tank soldier engaged in shelling into the Gaza neighborhoods.

The subsequent Israeli massacre of 400 Palestinians (over 200 of whom are non-combatant civilians, mainly women and children) between July and November 24, 2006 failed to dampen Palestinian resistance.  Palestinian and international proposals to end the blood bath have been consistently rejected by the Israeli regime.  On November 24, 2006 the BBC News reported: " Israel has dismissed an offer by Palestinian militant groups to stop firing rockets into Israel if Israel ends attacks on Palestinians.  An Israeli government spokeswoman, Miri Eisen, said...the offer of an end to firing rockets from Gaza showed the lack of real commitment to peace (sic!)."  

By that twisted logic, Israel's continued artillery barrages of Palestinian towns demonstrated a 'real' commitment to peace!  The BBC points to what most experts acknowledge is Israel's long-term bellicose posture: "Israel has in the past consistently rejected ceasefire offers by Palestinian militants, saying it refuses to do deals of any kind (my emphasis) with what it describes as terrorist organizations ", (November 24, 2006).  

The Olmert regime rejected outright a new peace initiative proposed by Italy, France and Spain, which would have allowed United Nations peace forces to safeguard the frontier between Gaza and Israel (Reuters/Haaretz November 21, 2006).  In the face of Israel's systematic daily killing of Palestinians and ethnic cleansing of over 8,000 Palestinians each month (40,000 since June), the United Nations General Assembly voted to condemn Israel 150 to 7 for its mass murder in Beit Hanoun and call for an investigation.  The Israeli Ambassador walked out.  The Israeli regime rejected the UN resolution and continued in its slaughter, killing a dozen Palestinians in the immediate aftermath, as a sign of its contempt for the United Nation.  

Israel's disdain for world public opinion has the unequivocal support of the Presidents of the Major American Jewish Organizations and their counterparts in Canada, England, France, Argentina and elsewhere throughout the world.  But it is in the United States where the Jewish Lobby's power really counts: it is the US, which exercised its 31st veto protecting Israel from a censorious UN Security Council resolution.  It was the White House's dismissal of the UK Prime Minister Tony Blair's proposal for an all inclusive Middle East conference, including Syria, Palestine, Iraq, the Jewish State and Iran, which allowed Israel to ignore the entire European Union, the Middle East, and for that matter the rest of the world.  The Financial Times (November 18-19, 2006 p.6) reported: "Tony Blair's call this week for a 'whole Middle East strategy' sent a message that the road to peace in Iraq passes through Jerusalem and Beirut.  In his foreign policy speech to the City of London, the UK Prime Minister recognized the region's crises were interlinked and required a comprehensive approach."

It should be clearer than ever that the Israeli ethnic cleansing of Palestine, rather than being a catalyst for Israeli extremism, is a reflection of the pervasiveness of racist attitudes which characterize Zionist extremism and that threatens everyone in the Middle East, Europe and the United States.  Zionist unwillingness to compromise, the belief that the future is theirs alone, the denial of the legitimacy of the other's narrative, and the determination to pursue one's ideology even at the expense of one's own people, are characteristics that have made resolution of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict impossible.  These characteristics are at the heart of the extremist Zionist assault on Western nations and people who propose constraints on Israeli militarism.  In 2003 the West failed to act in time to protect its own interest in the Middle East from a Zionist-backed war.  It is paying a price but the Iraqis and Palestinians are paying infinitely more.  This time around with the same White House/Israeli forces pushing for a new pre-emptive war against Iran, we must do better.  If not, a higher price will again be paid because the Iranians and world opinion are infinitely stronger.

The Israeli rejection of Palestinian, European and United Nations proposals for peace negotiations is directed as much at the Baker Iraq Study Group, which also sees that the road to peace in Baghdad passes through Jerusalem.  The full court press by the Israeli and Jewish Lobby on the Bush Administration and the US Congress to back Israel's opposition to peace negotiations is designed to undermine any recommendations by the Baker Group and its numerous backers in sectors of the US military, finance, petroleum, Congress and mass media calling for pressure on Israel, inclusion of Iran and reduction of US troops in Iraq.  Led by arch-Zionist Michael Ledeen of the American Enterprise Institute some in the Jewish Lobby dismiss the Baker Iraq Study Group as 'the realists and anti-Semites'.  Kagen and Kristol explicitly mock them as 'defeatist' and traitors. (Novartis November 4, 2006)

The Baker Camp

There is no doubt that Baker's Iraq Study Group's proposals to the White House and Congress take place in a generally favorable setting. Domestically, anti-war sentiment in the run-up to the Congressional election in 2006 is at an all-time high; the 40% of the electorate that voted repudiated numerous Republican candidates identified with Bush's policies (and even others who were not). Top advisers to the Bush regime have publicly supported opening a discussion with Iran - a major recommendation of the Baker Group. David Satterfield, a senior adviser to Secretary of State Condoleeza Rice, told the Senate Armed Services Committee, "We are prepared to discuss Iranian activities in Iraq. The timing of such a dialogue is one we still have under review." (Financial Times November 16, 2006 p.1) Satterfield's comments followed the Congressional testimony of General John Abizaid (the top US general to Iraq) who categorically rejected sending more troops to Iraq.  Interviews with top military officials, retired and active, have called for a phased withdrawal. Equally important, in an unprecedented turn of events, the weekly publications of the three military sectors (Army, Navy and Marine Corps) editorialized in favor of the firing of Secretary of Defense Rumsfeld just two days before the mid-term elections - and succeeded in precipitating his ouster.

A feature article in Newsweek (November 20, 2006, pp. 40-43) favorably referred to the Baker Group as the "Rescue Squad." Other sectors of the media followed suit. The Financial Times (Nov. 14, 2006) editorialized:
"The last five years have seen Israel extend and consolidate its hold on the West Bank and Arab East Jerusalem despite western rhetoric. That, every bit as much as the unprovoked invasion of Iraq, is what constantly threatens to set the region alight.

The bipartisan Iraq Survey Group, led by James Baker, a former Secretary of State, and Lee Hamilton, an influential former congressman, is likely to focus on these issues and the need to re-launch the peace process. That, in turn, will require engagement with Iran and Syria, and should lead to the reconsideration of the Arab peace plan of 2002 - full Arab recognition of Israel in return for Israeli withdrawal from all occupied Arab land. Ignoring the roots of Middle East volatility, as the accelerating cycle of conflict in the region should remind us, is a dangerous abdication of responsibility.
By including former leading Republican and Democratic Congress people (Hamilton and Simpson) and cabinet members, Baker secured at least the support of some sectors of the two parties and Congress.  By ensuring that one of the Iraq Study Group, Robert Gates, was named to replace Rumsfeld in the crucial position of Secretary of Defense, Baker potentially has some direct leverage in the Executive branch.  With the exception of Edwin Meese, a leader in the far-right Heritage Foundation, Clifford May of the Zioncon Foundation for the Defense of Democracy and Michael Rubin (who has since resigned)- all members of the Israel First crowd - Baker has limited the influence of the Zioncons who designed Middle East war policy in the Bush Administration.

Equally important, Baker has the backing of the major petroleum and gas companies of Houston-Dallas, who have been sidelined from Middle East policymaking during the Zioncon-militarist ascendancy in the White House. They are eager for an "even-handed" Middle East policy to serve their economic ties with Middle East oil producers and to facilitate commercial negotiations with Iran and the Gulf States.  Major US investment houses, including those whose CEOs are prominent donors to the pro-Israel lobbies, are eager for a peace settlement, which includes Iran, in order to move into the new multi-billion dollar Islamic investments funds, which have emerged among the Arab Gulf States.

On the domestic front, it would seem that Baker and his Group are in a strong position to reorient US Middle East policy, by engaging Syria and Iran, Sunnis and Shia, and even Israel and Palestine in a "Grand Settlement".  Most US big business interests favor an approach which would limit Israeli-Zioncon influence over the use and abuse of US military power in the Middle East, facilitate US multi-national corporations' (MNC) and banks' (MNB) dealings with conservative Arab/Iranian rulers, widen and secure US access to oil, and expand US influence in the oil and gas rich former Soviet Republics in South and Central Asia.

Conditions and circumstances on the international front are even more favorable to the Baker Group. Iran has accepted a place at the negotiating table with the US, to discuss stabilizing Iraq. This is central to any settlement as Iran has ties and influence with sectors of the Shia leadership in Iraq.

Of course the quid pro quo for any agreement between the US and Iran would involve the US agreeing to end its confrontational policies and military threats directed at Teheran. As we will discuss shortly this is a point of intense contention within Washington, meeting intense resistance from the entire 'Israel First' power structure (Lobby-Congress-Mass Media-Democratic Party Donors). To facilitate the opening of a dialogue with the US, Iran offered the United Nations access to all its major nuclear installations in order to neutralize the hysterical warmongers among the formidable army of 'Israel First' ideologues. According to the BBC (November 23, 2006):

"Iran will give inspectors access to records and equipment from two of its nuclear sites, the head of the UN's atomic agency, the IAEA has said. Mohamed El Baradei said he hoped Iran's move would begin a series of measures that would clear suspicions over its nuclear program ... According to Mr. El Baradei, Iran has agreed to let ... the IAEA inspectors take environmental samples from the equipment at a former military site at Lavizan. Iran has also said it will give the UN access to records from a uranium enrichment plant in Natanz."

These reports by the IAEA provide the Baker Group with ample justification for opening a dialogue with Iran and assuring the US public and members of Congress- at least those not under the thumb of the Lobby - that they are not "appeasing" a nuclear menace. Contrary to the claims of the Israeli warlords and their Lobby propagandists that Iran is an "existential nuclear threat to the survival of Israel", a report by the IAEA issued on November 14, 2006 sent to the governor of the nuclear watchdog, confirmed that Iran is now principally using two 'cascades' of 164 centrifuges apiece to enrich uranium. (Financial Times Nov. 15, 2006, p. 8) This means that Iran "still falls well short of the 3,000 or so centrifuges that would be needed to enrich uranium on an industrial scale" (FT Nov. 15, 2006, p.8).  Baker, if he so wished, could neutralize the entire Israel chorus by pointing out that Iran has grossly insufficient weapon-grade enriched uranium for bomb making.  He could point out that, in any case, enriching uranium is in total compliance with the Non-Proliferation Nuclear Treaty and that the IAEA has extended access to oversee Iran's nuclear projects.

Moreover, Baker could point to the on-going tacit working agreements between the US and Iran in opposing the Taliban, reconstructing Afghanistan and in pursuing Al Queda everywhere. In addition, Iran has intelligence-sharing agreements with the US puppet regime in Iraq. Even more important, Baker could point out that Iran supported the US overthrow of Saddam Hussein and has recognized the US puppet regime.

Syrian diplomatic moves, especially the restoration of relations with the US client regime in Iraq, certainly provides a positive setting for Baker to propose opening a dialogue with Damascus. Simultaneously, Iran met with Iraqi President Jalal Talabani. At a time when the US client regime in Iraq is losing control and the US military is increasingly incapable of sustaining it, the Iranian desire to stabilize it is a signal to Washington that it is willing to cooperate on a joint policy on Iraq. Syria's clear overture to the US was evident in its statement restoring ties: " Syria accepted the Iraqi and UN formula about the presence of US troops in Iraq.  Instead of demanding their immediate departure, Syria agreed that they should withdraw gradually when not needed." (BBC November 25, 2006)

Baker has the backing of the White House's major European ally, British Prime Minister Blair, who supports the idea of including Syria and Iran in a deal to stabilize Iraq.  Blair argued for a 'general plan', which would include an international agreement to resolve the Palestine - Israel conflict. Given the mood of compromise, that leaves only Israel pitted against the entire European continent and Middle East in refusing to negotiate with Iran, Hamas and Syria.

With regard to the Palestinian conflict, Hamas has implicitly endorsed a two state solution based on the 1967 borders, for all intents and purposes recognizing Israel.  Hamas' offer forcefully puts the lie to Israel's claims that Hamas is a terrorist organization, which refuses to negotiate a two state solution or recognize Israel. Clearly, the ball is in Baker's corner.  The question is whether he will seek to explore this window of opportunity presented by Hamas to substantially reduce tensions and conflicts in the Middle East.  Most experts and Middle Eastern leaders (of the non-Zioncon variety) have repeatedly stressed the road to peace in Baghdad passes through Jerusalem.

Most important of all, the Bush strategy of "staying the course" in Iraq has been (with the sole exception of Israel Prime Minister Olmert - the war's only beneficiary) universally rejected -- by his own generals, "coalition" partners, the American people and the majority of the US combat soldiers in Iraq. The White House disaster in Iraq has even led some Zioncon propagandists and architects of the war to abandon and opportunistically attack Bush. In other words, Baker's proposals will be directed to an isolated President with a totally discredited policy, whose only clutch of supporters are economically and diplomatically insignificant but who possesses a powerful, wealthy and well-placed configuration of disciplined 'influentials' in the US known as the 'Jewish Lobby'.

With formidable domestic allies and an extremely favorable international environment, one would think that Baker's proposals for moving forward in a new direction in the Middle East would be a 'cakewalk.'

Unfortunately, that will not be the case at all. What most of the critics, commentators, self-styled investigative reporters, politicians and media pundits favorable to Baker forget to mention is the great elephant in the parlor - the Israeli/Jewish Lobby and its extended reach in Congress, the Democratic Party, the media and other vehicles for shaping US Middle East policy.

The Jewish Lobby: Confronts the Baker Group

The American Jewish Lobby, at the behest and orders of the Israeli state, has been leading a large-scale, intensive and partially successful campaign to demonize Iran and Syria, successfully pushing the US to pressure the United Nations in favor of economic sanctions.  Through their blustering political clone US Ambassador to the UN, John Bolton, they pulled Washington closer to launching a military attack on Iran. An examination of AIPAC's agenda puts a new war against Iran on behalf of Israel at the top of its list of priorities.  For the last 3 years, the publications, conferences and press releases of the Presidents of the Major American Jewish Organization (PMAJO) urge their members to go all out to fund and back candidates (mostly Democrats) who support Israel's 'military solution' to Iran's nuclear enrichment program.
Never a day goes by when the PMAJO publication- the Daily Alert - does not reproduce articles endorsing Israel's war crimes and civilian killings and fabricating tissue thin 'explanations' justifying each and every brutality.  Whether it involves murdering a family of 10 at a beach outing in June 2006 or an extended family of 19 in their beds in Beit Hanoun or dropping one million anti-civilian cluster bomblets in Lebanon two days before the ceasefire, or the cold-blooded murder of American activist, Rachel Corrie, the Daily Alert is ready to cover-up for the Israeli State.

An army of 'Israel First, Last and Always' ideologues ('Resident Scholars' of some Washington institute or 'Middle East Experts' from a prestigious university) are churning out articles every day calling for the US to spill more of its soldiers blood for 'Greater Israel' by going to war with Iran. The brazen arrogance of these intellectual trollops defies the imagination.  Here our country is still immersed in a losing war, which their cohorts in the Pentagon designed and executed, and which the 'Lobby' celebrated, and they argue, push and shove for us to engage in a bigger, bloodier and costlier war with Iran.  Despite their disastrous policies, the 'American' Zionists have purchased a formidable bloc of Congress-people and Senators who are unconditional supporters of Israel and its political definition of Middle East policy.

The newly elected Democrats, Congressional leaders and Committee Chair-people dared not challenge the Israel Prime Minister Olmert when he endorsed Bush, his catastrophic war in Iraq, his policy of "staying the course" and his proposal to "put the military option on the table" with regard to Iran.

The Israeli-American head of Homeland Security, Michael Chertoff has sworn enmity to the entire corpus of international law, the European Parliament and the United Nations, in large part because they argue against the White House and Israeli illegal pre-emptive military attacks on Middle Eastern adversaries (Reuters November 17, 2006). The Democrats, in tune with the Lobby, sidelined anti-war Congressman John Murtha from becoming House Majority leader in favor of Steny Hoyer, a pliable Congressman from Maryland obedient to 'Lobby advice'. Senator Harry Reid, the new  leader of the Senate Democrats, has already been given a certificate of good conduct by the Nevada State Jewish Lobby.  He can be counted on to limit the scope of any 'dialogue' with Iran or Syria. The same is true with Nancy Pelosi, Majority Speaker of the House, who has sworn unswerving allegiance to the State of Israel at every AIPAC convention she has ever attended.  

Pelosi selected Reva Price as a key adviser on foreign policy, the Middle East and 'Jewish interests', with particular attention to affluent Lobby contributors to the Democratic Party.  As Mathew Berger (friend of the Lobby) writes in the Congressional Quarterly (November 24, 2006):

Democratic lawmakers are sporting their pro-Israel credentials...the Jewish donors who come to Washington for intimate meeting just like this one, are eating it up word for word.  In the back stands Reva Price...the policy matchmaker between the Jewish community and Democratic lawmakers - and her role as an adviser to Rep. Nancy Pelosi...Now with Pelosi set to become the next Speaker of the House, Price has the chance to bring the Jewish Community's hot topics to the ear of true power...".

Reva Price was the leader of the ultra-Zionist Jewish Council for Public Affairs prior to becoming Pelosi's key adviser on hot topics in the Middle East of special interest to the 'Lobby'.  As Berger points out, in the run-up to the election Price "worked hard to counter that perception that some Democratic lawmakers (including a few who are now likely to chair committees) want to pressure Israel to make concessions to the Palestinians...for this election...Jewish lawmakers made clear that the Democratic caucus would support Israel, and those members who were not supportive would not have influence on foreign affairs".  Pelosi demonstrated her obedience to the Price-Lobby line by viciously attacking Israel critic, former President Jimmy Carter, stating, "Carter does not speak for the Democratic Party or for Israel".  Amy Friedkin, a former president of AIPAC and a friend of Pelosi for over 25 years, wrote: "I've heard her say numerous times that the single greatest achievement of the 20th century was the founding of the modern state of Israel.  She has been a great friend of the US-Israel relationship during her entire time in Congress and is deeply committed to strengthening that relationship" (Jewishjournal.com November 30, 2006).

Numerous articles and opinion pieces have appeared in the Los Angeles Times, Washington Post, Wall Street Journal and The New York Times written by 'Israel First' writers, which attack any attempt by Baker to change US's confrontational policy towards Iran, not to mention a proposal calling for an international conference to resolve the Palestine-Israel conflict.

The Jewish Lobby has formidable allies not only in Congress and the majority Democratic Party but powerful representatives in the executive branch, including key operators like Vice President Cheney, National Security Coordinator of the Middle East Elliot  Abrams, Presidential Spokesperson Joshua Bolton and Vice Presidential Adviser David Wurmser and a pack of other long-serving 'Israel Firsters'. The Zionist-influenced Congress could dredge up Gates' previous involvement in Iran-Contra scandal to if he decided to ally with Baker, just as they sabotaged Murtha by digging up a 30-year old caper to undercut his quest for House Majority Leader.

Conclusion

The Baker Group, despite the advantageous international situation and broad domestic support, faces the enormous power and opposition of the Jewish Lobby, in its quest to break new ground in US Middle East Policy. Each and every proposal will pass the scrutiny of an army of 'Israel First' Lobbyists, their compliant Congress members and staff, and have to withstand the hostility of members of the Executive, including George W. Bush, aligned with the Jewish state. One of the first major battlefields will revolve around the question whether the US should engage in a dialogue and seek the cooperation with a willing Iran and Syria in stabilizing the situation in Iraq or whether the US should pursue a confrontational approach including sanctions and the military option. The first line of attack by the pro-Israel power configuration is to reject outright any openings to the two Middle East countries. The usual froth, damnation and demonization, fabrication and mistranslation of quotes will be trotted out to preclude any meetings with the Iranian president. If Baker's proposal makes any headway, the Jewish power bloc in Congress and the Executive can be expected to impose a political straightjacket, which precludes any effective and meaningful exchange. This means that they will propose the White House follow a 'two track' approach: vigorously continue to pursue economic sanctions and military threats on one track while, on the other, approaching Iran to intervene and stabilize the US client regime in Iraq. The Zionists and their followers know that a two-track approach is a non-starter. Iran is not about to lend its political leverage to stabilize Iraq in order to free up US military power to blow up Iranian cities as well as its nuclear facilities, ports, refineries and other vital infrastructure. Not even Baker's much vaunted diplomatic skills will convince Iran to make one-sided strategic concessions to the White House in exchange for nothing - not even an elementary security or non-aggression agreement.

Great Britain's Defense Minister Des Browne announced a sharp reduction of troops at least by half in Iraq for 2007 (Al Jazeera November 26, 2006).  Baker will be under even greater pressure to propose a timetable for the reduction of US troops - a position however, which apparently has divided his group. (NY Times  November 27, 2006)

A proposal to gradually reduce US troops in Iraq and reposition them to military bases is not likely to meet stiff opposition from the Jewish state or its representatives in the US - unless the White Office offers stiff resistance. For Israel and its Lobby, the US invasion and occupation has already accomplished its primary mission of destroying the Iraqi state: fragmenting Iraqi society into warring ethno-religious-tribal divisions and eliminating a strong secular republic opposed to the Jewish state's ethnic cleansing of Palestine. For Israel and its US Lobby, it is now time to move on to eliminating other adversaries to Israeli Middle East dominance - namely Iran and Syria.

That is why the Lobby is spending more resources and exerting greater pressure on the White House and the Congress to escalate the confrontation with those two countries. And that is why the Lobby has already launched a full-scale propaganda campaign to block any openings to Iran, which might lead to some sort of security accommodation.

Will Baker be able to 'con' the Iranian and Syrian leaders into believing that their political support of the US in Iraq will be rewarded later? That aiding the US in Iraq will create 'confidence' of their good will in Washington and enhance Iran's image as a "responsible" Middle East power?  Baker may argue that their co-operation strengthens the 'good guy realists' in Washington, weakens the 'bad guy Zioncons' and leads to an end of the confrontational military blackmail.  No doubt there are Iranian politicians and diplomats among the competing forces who are eager to cooperate with the US at almost any price, but even they cannot publicly embrace the restrictive terms, which the Lobby-White House will propose.  A dialog is impossible if the White House and Israel continue to threaten a pre-emptive attack. It is highly unlikely that Baker's Group will dare confront the powerful Jewish lobby by raising the issue of restricting Israel's militarist posture or even diplomatically asking the Jewish State to refrain from setting 'deadlines' for an air assault against Iran.

Despite the otherwise universal consensus (Israel and the Jewish Lobby excluded) that the Palestine-Israel conflict is at the center of Middle East discord and the public and private acknowledgement that Israeli land grabbing and ethnic cleansing is the major factor in the conflict, despite the fact that James Baker publicly acknowledged as much when he served as Secretary of State in Bush Sr.'s government, it is highly unlikely that the Baker group will advance a proposal convoking an international conference to deal with the Palestinian issue.  He knows in advance that it will provoke a firewall of opposition in a Lobby-controlled Congress and denunciations of 'anti-Semitism' from the fanatic Zionist Middle East 'experts', pundits and Ivy League 'academics in uniform'.

Baker's Iraq Study Group proposes an alternative way of defending and enhancing the US Empire.  More specifically the Group seeks to 'stabilize' Iraq in order to open the Middle East for US financial investors and petroleum companies.  This strategy is severely constrained by a formidable bloc led by the Jewish Lobby with far reaching influence in the mass media, the Congress and Senate and their committee chairpersons especially in the Democratic Party.

While neither the Baker Group nor the 'Israel Firsters' represent a pro-democracy alternative to empire building, it is important to note one significant difference. The Jewish Lobby is acting directly and consistently for a foreign colonial power, which is beyond the reach of American voters, the constraints of the US Constitution, international law.  Equally important, Israel and its US Lobby is largely unmoved by the death and injury of US soldiers in Iraq and the squandering of the US taxpayers' money. This is reinforced by the fact that less than 2/10 of 1 percent (0.2%) of the US soldiers in Iraq are Jewish (predominantly immigrants from Eastern Europe) and probably very few of those are on the front lines.  Far more young American Jews volunteer to serve in the Israeli Defense Forces. The hard data on the composition of the combat soldiers shows that they are overwhelmingly lower class, rural or urban poor, Christians and without relatives in the Lobby or among brokers on Wall Street.  Hence there are no personal links between the Lobby and the war in Iraq and no pressure from within the Lobby for a reconsideration of its Middle East war campaigns. Middle East wars are a poor person's fight and a wealthy Lobby's war.

The Baker Group, in contrast, has a very heterogeneous group of supporters - including a few anti-war democrats, military officials offended by Zionist-Pentagon manipulation, sectors of the media, several petrol and financial moguls, and sectors of the electorate.  While the Bush Administration has shredded the Constitution and corrupted the electoral system, we still have space and voice to articulate our opposition to the White House and the Jewish Lobby, as opposed to our incapacity to influence the Israeli state. In so far as the Baker proposals advance toward a rapprochement with Iran and Syria it weakens the capacity of Israel and its Lobby to plunge us into another Middle East war, at least temporarily. Insofar as the Baker proposals move toward a timetable for withdrawing US troops, it opens space for accelerating and deepening the troop reduction. The almost total absence of the Left and "progressives" from this impending power struggle, given its world-historic significance and consequence, is in large part attributable to the influence which Jewish progressives exercise on the anti-war movement.  Their refusal to recognize the Jewish Lobby as the prime obstacle and major opponent of a new US Mid East policy cripples any effective public protest.

A prime example is the writing of investigative journalist Seymour Hersh, who is a constant reference for the progressives. In his latest article (New Yorker 11/27/06) Hersh excludes any mention of the Jewish Lobby and its powerful role as the only major national organization in support of a war with Iran. In his earlier texts on the Iraq war planning and execution, he pointedly omitted identifying the long-standing and deep ties of top Pentagon policymakers (Wolfowitz, Feith, Rubin, Perle, Shumsky, et. al.) with the Israeli state. By systematically omitting mention of the Zionist power configuration in pushing US policy toward a war with Iran, he undermines any effort by his readers in the peace movement to act against the principal architects of a pre-emptive war on Iran. Even worse, in his article, Hersh repeats Israeli (and Lobby) fabricated propaganda about Iran's imminent nuclear bomb threat together with his reportage on a CIA detailed study discounting those very claims. In a word, Hersh gives legitimacy and credibility to Israeli-Lobby war propaganda, while sowing doubts about serious studies by the UN-sponsored International Atomic Energy Agency, which refutes Israeli claims. What is laughable about Hersh's 'investigative' reporting is his breathless references to 'anonymous high placed sources' who provide 'highly confidential' information, which has already been public knowledge for weeks and sometimes months and reported on web-sites, in public documents and even by news services.

Whatever 'inside dope' that Hersh cites which has not been public is based on anonymous sources which can never be double checked or verified and whose analysis incidentally coincides with Hersh's peculiar penchant for blaming the Gentiles (WASPS) and exonerating the brethren.

Because of the refusal of the peace movement to take a stand and confront the Zionist Lobby, it is condemned to playing a passive 'spectator role' in the 'Baker versus-Lobby' battle for control over US Middle East policy. No doubt some leftists will adopt a 'pox in both your houses' posture; while others will welcome some of Baker initiatives for an open dialogue while refusing to recognize that those proposals will go nowhere unless the Zionist power configuration in Congress and the White House is defeated. Hopefully as the 'heavyweights' at the top joust and clamor, space will open for a real debate from below, which will supersede their debate on the 'best way to manage the war and the empire' and propose the immediate withdrawal of troops as part of 'a grand settlement' among democratic people.  Real peace in the Middle East can only come about with the closing of foreign military bases, the ending of Israel's colonial occupation and public control or nationalization of energy resources and the separation of church/synagogue/mosque and state.

In the end the Baker Iraq Study Group will recommend a long-term, large-scale US military presence in Iraq, in the Gulf States and in adjoining Arab states.  The 'redeployment' strategy, which Baker proposes, means keeping seventy to eighty thousand US armed advisers, trainers and special operation forces 'embedded' with the Iraqi puppet army for the foreseeable future.  The open-ended nature of the Baker proposals, without specific time, date and place for withdrawal and/or deployment, allows the White House a 'free hand' over the next two years to 'stay the course', continue the war and occupation, escalate the number of troops, deceive the public, incur more deaths of US troops and perpetuate the slaughter of the Iraqi people.  With those proposals, Baker's call for a broader dialogue involving Iran and Syria is dead in the water.  Iran conditions negotiations on a timetable for US withdrawal and a less bellicose policy to itself.  Syria under severe pressure from the White House is unlikely to embrace an agenda based on an extended US military presence, especially one that increases US firepower in neighboring countries and ignores Israel's control over the Golan Heights and its bloody overt and covert operations in Lebanon to destroy Hezbollah.  In the end, the Baker Iraq Study Group has raised false expectations about new directions by its unwillingness or impotence in the face of Bush's pre-emptive cries to 'carry on' with 'war as usual'.  Baker's one 'contribution' to the Bush regime, Robert Gates as Secretary of Defense, has given every indication of following Rumsfeld's policies, a blue-blooded 'Yes Man', as the leading lights of the Jewish Lobby predicted.
Comment on this Editorial


Editorial: Zionism: Pitting the West Against Islam

December 1, 2006
The Wisdom Fundby M. Shahid Alam

It is tempting to celebrate the creation of Israel as a great triumph, perhaps the greatest in Jewish history. Indeed, the history of Israel has often been read as the heroic saga of a people marked for extinction, who emerged from Nazi death camps - from Auschwitz, Belzec and Treblinka - to establish their own state in 1948, a Jewish haven and a democracy that has prospered even as it has defended itself valiantly against unceasing Arab threats and aggression. Without taking away anything from the sufferings of European Jews, I will insist that this way of thinking about Israel - apart from its mythologizing - has merit only as a partisan narrative. It seeks to insulate Israel against the charge of a devastating colonization by falsifying history, by camouflaging the imperialist dynamics that brought it into existence, and denying the perilous future with which it now confronts the Jews, the West and the Islamic world.

When we examine the consequences that have flowed from the creation of Israel, when we contemplate the greater horrors that may yet flow from the logic of Zionism, Israel's triumphs appear in a different light. We are forced to examine these triumphs with growing dread and incredulity. Israel's early triumphs, though real from a narrow Zionist standpoint, have slowly mutated by a fateful process into ever-widening circles of conflict that now threaten to escalate into major wars between the West and Islam. Although this conflict has its source in colonial ambitions, the dialectics of this conflict have slowly endowed it with the force and rhetoric of a civilizational war: and perhaps worse, a religious war. This is the tragedy of Israel. It is not a fortuitous tragedy. Driven by history, chance and cunning, the Zionists wedged themselves between two historical adversaries, the West and Islam, and by harnessing the strength of the first against the second, it has produced the conditions of a conflict that has grown deeper over time.

Zionist historiography describes the emergence of Israel as a triumph over Europe's centuries-old anti-Semitism, in particular over its twentieth-century manifestation, the demonic, industrial plan of the Nazis to stamp out the existence of the Jewish people. But this is a tendentious reading of Zionist history: it obscures the historic offer Zionism made to the West - the offer to rid the West of its Jews, to lead them out of Christendom into Islamic Palestine. In offering to 'cleanse' the West of the 'hated Jews,' the Zionists were working with the anti-Semites, not against them. Theodore Herzl, the founding father of Zionism, had a clear understanding of this complementarity between Zionism and anti-Semitism; and he was convinced that Zionism would prevail only if anti-Semitic Europe could be persuaded to work for its success. It is true that Jews and anti-Semites have been historical adversaries, that Jews have been the victims of Europe's religious vendetta since Rome first embraced Christianity. However, Zionism would enter into a new relationship with anti-Semitism that would work to the advantage of Jews. The insertion of the Zionist idea in the Western discourse would work a profound change in the relationship between Western Jews and Gentiles. In order to succeed, the Zionists would have to create a new adversary, common to the West and the Jews. In choosing to locate their colonial-settler state in Palestine - and not in Uganda or Argentina - the Zionists had also chosen an adversary that would deepen their partnership with the West. The Islamic world was a great deal more likely to energize the West's imperialist ambitions and evangelical zeal than Africa or Latin America.

Israel was the product of a partnership that seems unlikely at first blush, between Western Jews and the Western world. It is the powerful alchemy of the Zionist idea that created this partnership. The Zionist project to create a Jewish state in Palestine possessed the unique power to convert two historical antagonists, Jews and Gentiles, into allies united in a common imperialist enterprise against the Islamic world. The Zionists harnessed the negative energies of the Western world - its imperialism, its anti-Semitism, its Crusading nostalgia, its anti-Islamic bigotry, and its deep racism - and focused them on a new imperialist project, the creation of a Western surrogate state in the Islamic heartland. To the West's imperialist ambitions, this new colonial project offered a variety of strategic advantages. Israel would be located in the heart of the Islamic world; it would sit astride the junction of Asia, Africa and Europe; it would guard Europe's gateway to the Indian Ocean; and it could monitor developments in the Persian Gulf with its vast reserves of oil. For the West as well as Europe's Jews, this was a creative moment: indeed, it was a historical opportunity. For European Jews, it was a stroke of brilliance. Zionism was going to leverage Western power in their cause. As the Zionist plan would unfold, inflicting pain on the Islamic world, evoking Islamic anger against the West and Jews, the complementarities between the two would deepen. In time, new complementarities would be discovered - or created - between the two antagonist strains of Western history. In the United States, the Zionist movement would give encouragement to evangelical Protestants - who looked upon the birth of Israel as the fulfillment of end-time prophecies - and convert them into fanatic partisans of Zionism. In addition, Western civilization, which had hitherto traced its central ideas and institutions to Rome and Athens, would be repackaged as a Judeo-Christian civilization. This reframing not only underscores the Jewish roots of the Western world, it also makes a point of emphasizing that Islam is the outsider, the adversary.

Zionism owes its success solely to this unlikely partnership. On their own, the Zionists could not have gone anywhere. They could not have created Israel by bribing or coercing the Ottomans into granting them a charter to colonize Palestine. Despite his offers of loans, investments, technology and diplomatic expertise, Theodore Herzl was repeatedly rebuffed by the Ottoman Sultan. It is even less likely that the Zionists could at any time have mobilized a Jewish army in Europe to invade and occupy Palestine, against Ottoman and Arab opposition to the creation of a Jewish state on Islamic lands. The Zionist partnership with the West was indispensable for the creation of a Jewish state. This partnership was also fateful. It produced a powerful new dialectic, which has encouraged Israel, both as the political center of the Jewish Diaspora and the chief outpost of the West in the heart of the Islamic world, to become more daring in its designs against the Islamic world and beyond. In turn, a wounded and humiliated Islamic world, more resentful and determined after every defeat, has been driven to embrace increasingly radical ideas and methods to recover its dignity and power - and to attain this recovery on the strength of Islamic ideas. This destabilizing dialectic has now brought the West itself into a direct confrontation against the Islamic world. We are now staring into the precipice. Yet do we possess the will to pull back from it?

---
M. Shahid Alam is professor of economics at a university in Boston, and author of Challenging the New Orientalism: Dissenting Essays on America's 'War Against Islam'. © M. Shahid Alam

A.K. Ramakrishnan, "Mahatma Gandhi Rejected Zionism," The Wisdom Fund, August 15, 2001

Tim Wise, "Reflections on Zionism From a Dissident Jew," The Wisdom Fund, September 9, 2001

Dovid Weiss, "Judaism: An Alternative to Zionism," The Wisdom Fund, April 1, 2002

Julian Borger, "The Spies Who Pushed for War," Guardian, July 17, 2003

John Mearsheimer and Stephen Walt, "The Israel Lobby," London Review of Books, March 23, 2006

Original
Comment on this Editorial


Editorial: Signs Economic Commentary for 4 December 2006

Donald Hunt
Signs of the Times
December 4, 2006

Gold closed at 651.20 dollars an ounce Friday, up 2.5% from $635.40 at the close of the previous Friday. The dollar closed at 0.7498 euros Friday, down 1.9% from 0.7637 euros at the end of the week before. That put the euro at 1.3338 dollars compared to 1.3094 the Friday before. Gold in euros would be 488.23 euros an ounce, up 0.6% from 485.26 for the week. Oil closed at 63.67 dollars a barrel Friday, up 7.5% from $59.24 at the close of the previous Friday. Oil in euros would be 47.74 euros a barrel, up 5.5% from 45.25 euros for the week. The gold/oil ratio closed at 10.23 Friday, down from 4.9% from 10.73 at the close of the Friday before. In the U.S. stock market, the Dow Jones Industrial Average closed at 12,194.13 Friday, down 0.7% from 12,280.17 at the end of the week before. The NASDAQ closed at 2,413.21, down 1.9% from 2,460.26 for the week. In U.S. interest rates, the yield on the ten-year U.S. Treasury note closed at 4.43%, down 11 basis points from 4.53 at the end of the Friday before.

Oil shot up 7.5% last week and the dollar fell again. Gold rose too, but only slightly against the euro. According to the New York Times, Treasury Secretary Paulson is encouraging the drop in the dollar. The problem, given the massive triple deficit in the United States is that, as in Iraq, there are no good options. Letting the dollar drop risks Asian central banks pulling out of the dollar and a currency collapse followed by sky-high interest rates and complete economic collapse. On the other hand, keeping the dollar high exacerbates the massive trade deficit:

Volatile Dollar May Not Be Scary to Washington

By Steven R. Weisman

WASHINGTON, Dec. 1 - As the dollar tumbled against the euro this week, reflecting fresh concern about a possible weakening of the American economy, Treasury Secretary Henry M. Paulson Jr. issued the usual phrase from the catechism: "A strong dollar is clearly in our nation's best interest."

Treasury secretaries since Robert E. Rubin in the 1990s have, with rare exceptions, offered precisely that formula whenever the subject comes up.

But many economists say that Mr. Paulson's statement does not reflect what the United States actually seeks right now. For one thing, the Bush administration is in active pursuit of a weaker dollar against China's currency, which would probably encourage similar changes with other Asian competitors. The goal would be making American exports there less expensive, and imports more expensive, helping to spur an industrial revival at home.

And though there are high risks if the dollar were to continue to fall rapidly against the euro and the British pound, the United States is generally seen as hoping for the economic gains delivered by a lower dollar as American exports become more competitive against planes, machinery and other goods produced in Europe.

"Paulson has got to like a euro that's appreciating in value," said C. Fred Bergsten, director of the Peterson Institute of International Economics and a longtime advocate of a weak dollar. "He came into office facing an overall American trade deficit that is close to $1 trillion a year. He's got to welcome something that shows the trade deficit likely to go down."

Still, the fluctuations of the dollar have unsettled many in the world of finance this last week, when it sagged about 2 percent against the euro, bringing its decline this year to more than 12 percent. On Friday, the dollar fell to 1.33 euros; it dropped against the British pound as well, with it now taking $1.98 to buy a pound.

By contrast, against the Japanese currency, the dollar has slipped much less, closing Friday at 115.35 yen.

In Europe, the French finance minister, Thierry Breton, has expressed concern about a weakening dollar, noting that exports have helped Europe's recent economic recovery. But other European finance ministers said this week that at least for now, gains in the euro do not appear to threaten prospects for growth in Europe.

The gyrations of the dollar highlight the sensitivity of Mr. Paulson's role at this particular moment, as he prepares for his biggest overseas trip so far as Treasury chief: a veritable expedition to China, accompanied by five cabinet members and by Ben S. Bernanke, the Federal Reserve chairman.

The goal of the trip, which starts Dec. 14, is to engage China on a range of economic issues but most particularly to press Beijing to let its currency, the yuan, rise in value against the dollar. That would help, American officials hope, to narrow a Chinese trade surplus with the United States that soared past $200 billion last year.

As a former investment banker who lived and breathed the logic of international markets for decades at Goldman Sachs, Mr. Paulson is trying to engineer a kind of correction in which China would cease what American officials say have been currency manipulations aimed at pumping out exports.

Against the background of the rise of the euro, the China trip illustrates the three-cornered complexities of the world economy and of Mr. Paulson's dollar diplomacy.

Suddenly with a declining dollar, Europeans are stepping up their purchases of American goods, and it has become more expensive for Americans to visit Europe as tourists or business officials. American investors overseas, meanwhile, are enjoying the extra kick that a falling dollar delivers on their foreign profits.

The decline of the dollar against the euro, while the dollar-to-yuan ration remains stable, also has the effect of increasing tensions between Europe and China. European businesses, like their American counterparts, are already upset about cheap Chinese exports to Europe. Now these goods are even cheaper because the yuan is declining against the euro, pulled down by the dollar.

The Chinese, meanwhile, are likely to get more nervous than ever that a decline in the dollar against the yuan will damp their exports and reduce the value of their dollar-denominated assets, putting pressure on Chinese banks that are holding those assets.

China has resisted American appeals to let the yuan rise in value, arguing that China is already undertaking painful economic reforms - writing off bad loans and closing money-losing state enterprises - and cannot afford further social disturbance brought on by new difficulties in exports.

"We are committed to a market-based exchange-rate mechanism," said a senior Chinese official, speaking anonymously under Chinese ground rules. "But we will do it in a responsible way - responsible to the health of our country, the United States, Asia and beyond."

Part of the reason for the dollar sell-off, many analysts say, has been a recent sense of disappointment about the American economy even as Europe has picked up some momentum, prompting traders to look for more promising investments in markets overseas. The prospect of higher interest rates in Europe while rates remain stuck or drift lower in the United States has also drawn funds out of the dollar.

...If American policy makers are pleased about the prospect of the dollar's providing a kick for exports, they fear a dollar falling so far and fast that it fuels inflation in the United States. Higher inflation might force the Federal Reserve, which is still concerned that price increases are outside its comfort zone, to raise interest rates, slowing the American economy further.

"The fall of the dollar has both benefits and risks," said Nouriel Roubini, chairman of Roubini Global Economics. "The danger is that the willingness of foreign investors to buy dollars is shrinking. If the fall of the dollar accelerates, investors could start dumping U.S. assets, and you'll get a hard landing for the economy."

The fear of a loss in the value of its assets is a factor in China's rebuffing American imprecations to let its currency float more flexibly against the dollar, many analysts say. China has amassed $1 trillion in foreign exchange reserves after years of trade surpluses with Europe and the United States.

About $700 billion of those reserves are said by many economists to be in dollars. One reason China does not want a cheaper dollar against the yuan, these economists say, is that the value of its holdings would decrease, limiting the lending ability of its banks.

Nevertheless, Mr. Paulson's trip is organized around the principle that China needs a bit of a weaker dollar now because its current path of binging on exports will overheat the Chinese economy - it is growing at 10 percent a year - and cause a collapse sooner or later if it is not cooled off slowly.

The dollar has declined about 5 percent against the yuan in the last year and a half, but American policy makers say that the yuan is still artificially low. That is also the view of leading members of Congress, especially Representative Nancy Pelosi, the California Democrat who becomes the speaker of the House in January.

Not all economists agree that am upward revaluation of the yuan will benefit the American economy. They note that cheap exports from China are desired by American consumers, and that Chinese imports have not led to rising unemployment, as critics charge.

"Let's say China revalues by 10 percent overnight," Mr. Sinche said. "Then prices at Wal-Mart go up by 10 percent. So we then see worse inflation numbers, the Fed tightens monetary policies, and we end up with higher inflation, higher prices and higher interest rates. Remind me again why that's what we want."

Further complicating the situation is the financial vulnerability of banks due to the explosive growth in derivative-based hedge funds:

Derivatives debacle

December 1st, 2006

The wipeout of a major U.S. bank could easily be one consequence of the explosion in derivatives - now totaling $370 trillion, nearly seven times the world's economic output - according to Strategic Investment 's Dan Amoss:

Most of the incomprehensibly large notional value of derivatives are traded "over the counter," meaning one guy calls another and writes a contract saying "let's swap fixed liabilities for floating liabilities." Then, the one that wants to shoulder interest rate risk (basically speculation on the future direction of rates) agrees to make the payments on the floating-rate instrument in return for getting the other guy to make the payments on the fixed-rate instrument.

Normally, one party is hedging and the other is speculating. The problem is, there's no good disclosure in the public domain on who the speculators are and how exposed they are to risk.

My conclusion after studying them pretty intently: this market will experience growing pains. But this was my conclusion in 2002-2003. Now, considering the exponential growth of the derivative market (and its subtle connections with housing market speculation), I think we may see LTCM on a nationwide scale, with the U.S. dollar playing the role of LTCM's capital base. In other words: waking up one morning to the announcement that a bank heavily exposed to derivatives is insolvent and working with the Fed and Treasury on an orderly liquidation and bankruptcy.

The most likely catalyst for this announcement? Interest rate spikes due to massive movements out of the dollar (Chinese/Japanese/Saudis/Hedge funds). Those who contracted to pay skyrocketing floating rates are immediately insolvent and unable to pay the myriad other obligations they have. This sets off more bank failures, and all of a sudden Ben Bernanke has too few fingers to plug into an increasingly leaky dike.

Another major vulnerability of the world economy is the insurance industry, particularly catastrophic insurance. With climate change and who knows what else in store, a choice needed to be made: who will assume the risk, the financial system, governments or individual victims? Guess in which direction the financial powers that be are leaning:

Is Catastrophe Insurance Headed for Disaster?

Mark Thoma
November 28, 2006

Peter G. Gosselin of the LA Times describes recent changes in catastrophe insurance markets, some of which have shifted risk from insurance companies to the government and individuals. For example, in many states the government has capped the total amount insurance companies must pay to policyholders after natural disasters. In these cases, the government agrees to cover any costs over and above the cap limiting the insurance companies' exposure to risk.

But the big change is the ability of insurance companies to assess risk at the individual level to a greater degree than ever before. This allows them to design policies and rates to match an individual's characteristics. Whether this is good or bad overall is an open question. While it improves the efficiency of insurance markets in a variety of ways, if winners and losers can be predicted accurately in advance insurance markets break down because there is no way to pool risk across individuals. For example, if one out of ten people will face high losses after an earthquake, and you can tell which person it will be in advance, there is no way share the risk across these ten individuals. Instead, one will face very high costs and nine very low costs - same average, but a different distribution (all else equal, e.g. the individual who faces the high rate may take preventative measures to reduce risk lowering overall and average costs).

In addition, with individual pricing there is a worry that the poor will face very high rates and be unable to afford insurance coverage. With the ability to assess risks at the individual level and predetermine winners and losers, each individual will, in essence, enter into a savings program that covers lifetime disaster costs with an individualized monthly premium. But if those who are poor also happen to be high risk, then many will not be able to afford insurance. If so, this shifts risk to the government and to private sector agencies such as non-profits that deliver aid since they will have to step in and help to some degree after a disaster.

I think that insurance companies should be allowed to vary rates according to factors within an individual's control, but factors beyond an individual's control ought to be pooled even if they can be identified a priori. For example, the risks of being born with a costly genetic problem ought to be shared across the population even if a prenatal blood test will reveal it, while the risks from smoking ought to fall on the individual. This may be difficult to define in practice, e.g. if we expect the an unemployed person to take any job that is open or face a cut in their unemployment benefits, is the decision to move and take a job in an area with a high earthquake risk fully within the individual's control? But mostly the lines are clear and I think it's a good guiding principle:

Insurers learn to pinpoint risks -- and avoid them, by Peter G. Gosselin, LA Times: Hemant Shah is in the business of creating catastrophes. The computers at Shah's Silicon Valley company, Risk Management Solutions Inc., contain mathematical models of every U.S. disaster from the 1812 earthquake ... in St. Louis to the 9/11 assault ... in New York, as well as 100,000 synthesized "extreme events."

RMS runs its disasters through your community - and sometimes right through your home - to see how you'd fare in a hurricane, hailstorm, earthquake, epidemic or terrorist attack. The firm sells its knowledge to insurance companies to help them decide whom to cover and how much to charge.

Since Hurricane Katrina last year, those decisions have been running pretty much in one direction. Based in part on RMS' predictions, companies ... have gotten out of some lines of coverage altogether ... and ... have spent the year dropping or paring back policies... And this may only be the beginning.

"Between hurricanes along the East and Gulf coasts and earthquakes along the West Coast, it is an open question whether the private insurance industry will continue to insure the coastline at all," said University of Pennsylvania economist Howard Kunreuther, one of the country's foremost authorities on disaster.

RMS is at the vanguard of a technological revolution that's reshaping the nation's ... property casualty insurance industry. The industry ... is embracing a new generation of powerful computer techniques to learn everything it possibly can about you - or at least people very much like you - your health, habits, houses and cars. It is using this new trove of data to replace traditional uniform coverage at uniform rates with an increasingly wide array of policies at widely varying prices.

Industry executives say the aim is to create a finely tuned system in which companies can better manage the risks they bear while consumers can more carefully pick the protection they need and pay just the right amount for it.

As insurers become more adept at the techniques, "American consumers can be more assured that their companies will be there when they need them to pay their claims," said Robert P. Hartwig, chief economist of the industry-funded Insurance Information Institute in New York. ...

But some regulators, economists and consumer advocates contend that the industry's growing use of sophisticated computer-aided methods is producing side effects that could undermine the very nature of insurance.
Traditionally, insurance companies group people facing similar dangers into pools. Company actuaries determine how often events such as illnesses or accidents have befallen pool members in the past and how costly those occurrences have been. Insurers set their rates based on the frequency and loss histories...

A key characteristic of this approach is that there's an incentive for insurers to assemble pools as big as possible. The bigger the pools, ... the more accurate their frequency and loss numbers.

But the question has always hung in the air: What if insurers could ... predict who's more likely to be hit with setbacks in the future? What if they could charge such customers steeply higher rates, or avoid them altogether? Wouldn't that boost profits, making shareholders and executives happy, and ensure that insurers had plenty of cash on hand to pay the smaller claims of the safer customers?

That is the promise of catastrophe models like RMS'. And it's the promise of new "data-mining" methods that let companies use a person's income, education or ZIP code to predict future claims. That in turn encourages insurers to raise rates or refuse coverage for the very people who need it most - low- and moderate-income families, for example, or those who've suffered such setbacks as unemployment.

As the industry expands its ability to "slice and dice" customers and applicants, Texas Insurance Commissioner Mike Geeslin, among others, worries that "the risk-transfer mechanism at the heart of insurance could break down." If that happens, Geeslin warned, "insurance will stop functioning as insurance."

Rushing into harm's way?

By providing companies with so much information about individual properties and policyholders, new techniques ... are riveting insurers' attention on how choices made by individuals are raising the cost of disasters, while dampening industry interest in the kind of broad risk-reduction measures that were once a hallmark of American insurance.

The industry now contends that one of the chief reasons Katrina and other recent disasters caused so much damage - and produced such huge insurance claims - is that Americans are rushing into harm's way by moving to hurricane-prone coasts and earthquake zones like California. And one of the chief reasons, according to this argument, is that they're being subsidized by homeowners insurance premiums that have been held artificially low by state regulators.

The argument has attracted a wide following in the last year both inside the industry and out. ... The solution, according to industry leaders and many policymakers, is to let insurers charge higher rates in danger zones to discourage people from moving there, and to make those who live there pay for the additional risks they run.

The problem is that some key statistics don't seem to support the argument. Though government statistics do show various sorts of growth in the nation's danger zones, they don't show it occurring at an appreciably faster pace than for the country as a whole. ... What this suggests is that rising disaster damage and costs are more a function of demographics than insurance rates.

"You simply cannot make the case from the numbers that America's coastal counties have grown at a disproportionately faster rate than the country as a whole over the last 25 years," said Judith T. Kildow, who runs the largely government-funded National Ocean Economics Program at Cal State Monterey. If anything, Kildow said, "the numbers show that growth is now greater inland." ...

Of course, the latest round of rate hikes and coverage cutbacks is not RMS' handiwork alone... Indeed, many of the recent changes are extensions of ones begun after the nation's last major run-in with natural disasters, including the 1989 Loma Prieta earthquake in the Bay Area, the 1991 Oakland firestorm, 1992's Hurricane Andrew in Florida and the Northridge earthquake in 1994.

Those disasters destroyed tens of thousands of homes and uprooted hundreds of thousands of people. They also scrambled the finances of many insurance companies... The industry responded by seeking state help and changing the terms of homeowners policies.

After lengthy political battles with state regulators, insurers were effectively relieved of responsibility for covering the wind and quake dangers that had just cost them so dearly. Those jobs were shifted to a set of state-created companies and agencies.

In California, the insurers were no longer required to sell earthquake insurance as part of their homeowners policies. Henceforth, most homeowners would get that coverage from the California Earthquake Authority. ... CEA's creation effectively capped the amount that the industry could lose to quakes at a comparatively modest few billion dollars.

In Florida, the state set up a fund to provide insurers with low-cost insurance of their own to help cover wind damage claims. In addition, Florida officials established what eventually became Citizens Property Insurance Corp. as a home insurer of last resort...

The industry's other response was to begin changing the language in homeowners policies. Industry executives maintain that the changes have been solely intended to clarify what companies cover. ... But regulators say many of the changes have shrunk the protection that policyholders get.

"Insurers are taking on a helluva lot less risk than they used to," complained California Insurance Commissioner John Garamendi.

The story of a single change illustrates the gulf that has opened between what insurers say they are selling and what most homeowners think they are buying.

When the late-1980s-to-early-'90s disasters hit, the gold standard for homeowners was the "guaranteed replacement cost" policy. ...[R]egulators interpreted "guaranteed replacement cost" to mean that insurers had to replace a destroyed home essentially no matter what the ... expense... And most policyholders - both before and since the '80s and '90s disasters - have assumed that this is the kind of coverage they purchased. ...

After the 1991 disaster, companies began dropping guaranteed replacement cost policies in favor of similar-sounding but substantially more limited "extended replacement cost" ones. Under the latter policy, an insurer is obligated to pay only up to the dollar amount ... plus, typically, an additional 20%. By now, industry executives say, the former type of policy has all but disappeared.

The problem is that few policyholders understood what was at stake in the word change. Encouraged in part by industry advertising, they continued to believe that their insurance would replace their houses if they were destroyed. ...

[P]olicyholders had better prepare themselves; more changes are on the way.

...Perhaps most broadly, the new techniques appear to be dismantling much of what insurance traditionally has been about. Until now, insurance of almost every type has performed two key functions.

The first is pooling. Anyone buying an insurance policy is, in effect, kicking into a pot that covers the cost of future bad events befalling a few of their number. The second is providing cross-subsidies. Some buyers are more likely to get nailed by bad events because, for example, their genetic makeup leaves them prone to disease or their houses are not built to the latest code, and others are less likely.

But for the most part, insurers have not known which policyholders fall into which category, so they have charged generally uniform rates, which means that those in the "more likely" category get a subsidy by being able to pay the same as those in the "less likely"...

However, as disaster models such as RMS' and data-mining provide companies with increasingly detailed knowledge about individual policyholders, there are fewer and fewer pockets of such ignorance and therefore less and less room for cross-subsidies.

"Insurers are squeezing subsidies out of the system across the board, and they're going to carry it absolutely as far as they can," said Columbia University economist Bruce Greenwald.

On its face, the trend might seem a positive one. Among other things, it means that policyholders with good genes and safe houses can enjoy lower rates. But at least in some cases, Greenwald and others argue, the end of cross-subsidies spells trouble.

In the case of healthcare insurance, it would mean that a substantial fraction of the nation could no longer afford coverage. In the case of homeowners insurance, it ultimately might mean that large swaths of the nation's coasts become unaffordable for all but the wealthiest Americans who can bear unsubsidized rates.

And this may not be where the dismantling ends. Some analysts say that the same kind of modeling and data-mining that's helping companies squeeze out cross-subsidies could end up squeezing out much of the pooling in insurance as well.

As insurers use the new techniques to get ever-more-refined estimates of what individual policyholders are likely to cost in the future, they may be tempted to charge people closer and closer to full freight for treating an illness or rebuilding a fire-damaged home. Then even those who benefited from the end of cross-subsidies could see their rates go up as they effectively are asked to pay their own way, rather than share the cost by pooling with others.

Industry executives argue that competition among insurers will prevent such an eventuality. "I don't think you're ever going to get to the extreme of no pooling," said Greg Heidrich, senior vice president of policy with the Property Casualty Insurers Assn. of America, one of the industry's largest trade groups. But regulators are not as confident.

"When you begin to tailor or refine policies," said Alessandro A. Iuppa, president of the National Assn. of Insurance Commissioners, which represents the nation's 50 state insurance departments, "you could end up with people basically covering their own losses."

But that, of course, would not be insurance. ...

Last week we discussed the death of Milton Friedman as marking the end, perhaps, of the era of neoliberalism, the political ideology based on neo-classical economics. Duncan Foley, a critic of what he calls "market theology, published a book this year, Adam's Fallacy: A Guide to Economic Theology. According to Foley, the foundation of the science of economics in the era of Adam Smith occurred when it was decided that there was a sphere of human relations, economic ones, that could be exempted from any moral considerations. The development of modern economics followed by a century or so the establishment of capitalism in western Europe. Before the capitalist era, economics was a branch of moral philosophy. Classical economics, according to Foley, was

a way of looking at modern society as made up of two spheres: an economic sphere of individual initiative and interaction, governed by impersonal laws that assure a beneficent outcome of the pursuit of self-interest; and the rest of social life, including political, religious, and moral interactions which require the conscious balancing of self-interest with social considerations. This division is the foundation of the liberal economic world-view that in one form or another has shaped political economy and economics as intellectual disciplines. (Duncan K. Foley, Adam's Fallacy: A Guide to Economic Theology, pp. 1-2)

Adam Smith, Foley writes,

was a moral philosopher, and the secret of his powerful hold on our imagination lies in his accomplishing two intertwined purposes in his writing. He manages to put forward a clear vision of how capitalist society might develop, a vision that withstands the criticism of hindsight better than that of most of his contemporaries
and successors. But he also addresses more directly than anyone else the central anxiety that besets capitalism - the question of how to be a good person and live a good and moral life within the antagonistic, impersonal, and self-regarding social relations that capitalism imposes. Smith asserts the apparently self-contradictory notion that capitalism transforms selfishness into its opposite: regard and service
for others. Thus by being selfish within the rules of capitalist property relations, Smith promises, we are actually being good to our fellow human beings. With this amazing argument, Smith proposes to absolve us of the moral ambiguity and pain that haunt capitalist reality.

This is Adam's Fallacy. For many people it works as a rationalization for tolerance or active support of the fundamental institutions of capitalism, private property, and the market. But it is an argument that is logically fallacious (like a lot of Smith's purported arguments), and in the end it is unsatisfactory both morally and psychologically.

The moral fallacy of Smith's position is that it urges us to accept direct and concrete evil in order that indirect and abstract good may come of it. The logical fallacy is that neither Smith nor any of his successors has been able to demonstrate rigorously and robustly how private selfishness turns into public altruism. The psychological failing of Smith's rationalization is that it requires a strategy of wholesale denial of the real consequences of capitalist development, particularly the systematic imposition of costs on those least able to bear them, and the implacable reproduction of inequalities that divide people from one another in society. (Ibid., pp. 2-3)

Foley was on NPR's, On Point last week along with the neoclassical economist, Allan Meltzer. Meltzer, a disciple of Milton Friedman, said that free markets work best because they both take humans as they are and encourage trustworthiness. The market society doesn't require that people be the way we want them to be. Foley, however, argued that classical economics makes assumptions about human nature (humans seek to rationally maximize self-benefit, for example) that are essentially theological. What is worse, these assumptions limit our perceptions of what people and society could be.

Neoclassical ideology, or theology, as Foley would put it, takes classical economics a step further. Not only does it carve out a sphere of human activity where normal moral considerations do not hold, but it proposes that the amoral values of that sphere of the economy should be the values of the other spheres of life. An example of this is the trend in U.S. jurisprudence since the 1980s to make market efficiency the yardstick to determine a just outcome or a just law (see Richard Posner or Douglas Ginsburg, for example).

Thus neoclassical ideology has been a boon to those in our midst who are incapable of moral reasoning: psychopaths, those with no conscience. In fact, it could be argued that Neoclassical economics could only be the basis of organizing society if either no one were psychopathic or if everyone were. In our mixed world, where perhaps 6% of the people have no conscience, neoclassical economics is a way station to tyranny since it simultaneously provides a way for the unscrupulous to gain wealth and power while inhibiting the natural conscience-based morality of normal humanity.


Comment on this Editorial


Editorial: Journalist Mohammed Omer on the Hell that is Gaza

William Hughes
29/11/2006

On Tuesday, Nov. 28, 2006, Mohammed Omer, a 22-year-old Palestinian journalist/photographer, shared his eyewitness account of living and working in Israeli-Occupied Gaza, a densely population area that 1.4 million people call home. He was raised there in the Rafah refugee camp, located near the border with Egypt. He had the opportunity to know and admire Olympia, WA-based peace activist, Rachel Corrie, who was viciously bulldozed to death at Rafah by the Israeli Occupation Forces (IOF) on March 16, 2003. She was protesting the Zionists' draconian policy of home demolitions when she was killed. (1) Omer showed a photo of Corrie's dead body, wrapped in an American flag, to the near capacity audience at the Palestine Center, where he was giving his lecture. He said that many of the children in the camp, who had grown to love Corrie because of her generous personality and passion for justice, "couldn't believe that she was dead." (2)

Omer's 15-U.S.-cities speaking tour is sponsored by the Washington Report on Middle East Affairs magazine, a highly respected news journal, headquartered in this city. He is also their Gazan correspondent. Omer's talk was entitled, "Gaza: Reports from the Ground." He continued: "I've been writing to tell the world what is happening. What we are facing every day under the IOF. Just to inform the people, not to use a gun, but a camera in a very simple way. Just to take a photo and to share it with people, and to let them judge in the end." He said he began his journalism career about four years ago, and that his work has appeared "on Sky News, BBC and Norway's NRK-TV. The oldest of eight children, Omer had to go to work at age six, since his father's was languishing in an Israeli hell hole for 12 years, and it was the "only way to get money for the family." His father's crime, he said: "Just simply because he asked for his rights." Meanwhile, the IOF's seizure of Gaza continues unabated, including the latest outrage, on Nov. 8, 2006, the killing of 19 civilians at Beit Hanoun. Eleven of the dead were from one family, including a one-year-old child. (3) Before the most recent rampage against the Palestinians began in early July, 2006, Israel's Right Wing Prime Minister, Ehud Olmert, arrogantly remarked: "Nobody dies from being uncomfortable." (4) Since that insensitive wisecrack, hundreds of Palestinians have reportedly been killed by the IOF. (3)

Rafah's sprawling refugee camp is on the southern tip of the Gaza Strip. The area where Omer once lived was called, "Block O." He said: "The Israelis totally splattered it with their bulldozers. They were trying to make a wall between Egypt and the Gaza Strip. So, to make room for the wall, they demolished our houses." Omer added, that his mother was lucky to get out of her house alive. She ended up in the hospital "with a broken leg." The Israelis then took all the furniture from the demolished homes, dug a huge hole near the wall, and "burned it. There is nothing. I've lost everything. I can't describe these moments...There are no police in Gaza. The stations have been bombed by the Israelis...There are no salaries for government workers. What you see or hear are riots...burned cars...targeted assassinations...not enough food for the people to eat...tanks...artillery shellings...border closures...F-16 Israeli aircrafts...contant sonic booms...bulldozers...helicopters. There are no bridges. All the bridges in Gaza have been destroyed...There is little electricity...We are under siege...children...families, living in fear...with few medicines...This is life in Gaza."

Human Rights Watch (HRW) wrote a scathing report condemning the cruel Israeli tactic of home demolitions, which smacks of collective punishment. That practice is proscribed by the terms of the Geneva Convention. HRW's "Razing Rafah" documents how thousands of Palestinian homes were recklessly destroyed by the IOF under the guise of erecting a "buffer zone." (5) I've always wondered: If the U.S. government had lost its mind after the Israelis slaughtered 34 Americans, in an unprovoked assault on the USS Liberty, in July 8, 1967, and decided to destroy the homes of some of the leading Zionists in the U.S. as a pay back, if the barbaric Israeli policy of home demolitions would have continued in the Occupied Territories? Instead of then-President Lyndon B. Johnson taking the Zionist state to task for its deliberate attack on Liberty, he disgraced himself and pretended it was "an accident." (6) Even after that raving Zionist Jonathan Pollard got caught stealing our most sensitive military secrets for Israel, U.S. foreign aid to Tel Aviv actually increased! (7) Go figure.

Omer told a chilling tale of how one of his brothers, Hussam, was killed recently by an Israeli sniper. He said that he was only "17 years of age and was going to school, at six in the morning." Omer called him: "The most peaceful guy I have ever seen. He was not going to fight. He was not carrying a gun. What was worse, he was killed by seven bullets." When a 32-year-old neighbor, Wedad Al Ajrami, tried to evacuate his brother's punctured, badly bleeding, body to the hospital, she was killed, too, by the deadly, cowardly Israeli sniper, who was shooting from high up in a watchtower. Her husband was also shot twice, when he arrived on the scene and attempted to help out. Mercifully, he survived the horrific ordeal. Omer said, "I feel guilty for this sometimes." He added, they were all gunned down "because of my brother." (8)

During the Q & A period, a man who identified himself as an Israeli stood up and requested the microphone. Instead of asking a question, however, he went into a long rant about violence, without of course, mentioning the root cause of the Palestine/Israel conflict, the occupation. He had to be chided by the moderator to ask a specific question. When I left the Center, I noticed that this same individual got into a black limousine with official "Diplomat" tags on it. I was sorry that I didn't have the presence of mind to jot down the tag number. It would have been interesting to see exactly who this character was fronting for.

Finally, as part of Omer's riveting presentation, which included many photos, too, he showed a remarkable video of a protest action in Rafah, in May, 2004. (9) It began as a peaceful demonstration, led mostly by children and teenagers objecting to the onerous conditions in Gaza. However, Israeli helicopters soon fired numerous rockets at the unarmed civilians, killing and wounding many. It was a scene of gore and chaos that reminded me of the pictures that I had seen years ago of "Bloody Sunday," in Occupied Derry, in the north of Ireland, on Jan. 30, 1972, where 13 unarmed Irish civilians were ruthlessly slain by British paratroopers. (10) At press time, Israeli's hawkish Olmert is making a lot of noise about "a ceasefire" and about extending his "hand in peace" to the Palestinians. If that is true, I hope he has the common decency to wash the blood off of it first!
Comment on this Editorial


Editorial: The End of the Bush Dynasty

by Stephen Lendman
4 December 2006

The Bush family considers itself among the special chosen ones if based only on its royal heritage. The family is connected by blood to every European monarch on and off the throne including every member of the British House of Windsor. That relationship is more than familial and extends to the president's father having close business dealings with Queen Elizabeth II and Prince Phillip who themselves are connected to the notorious Carlyle Group that also employs GHW Bush as a "senior consultant" and master-rainmaker/fixer-arranger at a very high price for his services.

George W. Bush, of course, is in the bloodline and is a distant cousin of the Queen and Prince Charles. This American "royal" family traces its heritage back to 15th century Britain at the time of Henry VIII or earlier, but its royal connection is not unique to Washington politicos as both Al Gore and John Kerry also have familial ties to the British crown, and ironically Gore is a distant cousin of his former presidential rival from having been a direct descendant of Charlemagne when he was emperor of the Holy Roman Empire. Truth is indeed stranger or at least more ironic than fiction.

The modern-era Bush family dynasty goes back four generations and was connected to the military-industrial complex of its day during and after WW I much like the most recent two Bush generations are to the present one. It began with George H. Walker and Samuel Prescott acting as duel founding fathers of what turned out to be a criminal enterprise run under the family name much like it is under a local Godfather except for much bigger stakes and with the government of the United States acting as protector, benefactor and enforcer.

Walker was a St. Louis financier who later went to work for Averell Harriman as president of WA Harriman & Company, a banking business that invested in railroads, shipping, aviation and commodities like oil. Samuel Prescott Bush, the current president's other great grandfather, was a major Ohio industrialist and ran the Buckeye Steel Castings Co. that produced armaments. He later went to Washington to run the small arms, ammunition and ordnance section of the War Industries Board and became a close advisor to Herbert Hoover.

The president's grandfather Prescott Bush, Sam's son, had a varied career as a US Senator, Wall Street investment banker with Brown Brothers Harriman (BBH and same Harriman) and as a director of various companies involved in war production including Dresser Industries where his son, the president's father, later worked for a time. A hundred years ago, the Bush family was also connected to John D. Rockefeller and Standard Oil and later with a number of Wall Street firms as well as with the US intelligence community since WWI.

Above all, this is a family that formed strong ties to the institutions of power that began in industry and Wall Street and was parlayed to become a powerful political dynasty that included a US senator, two governors, a congressman, vice-president, CIA director and two presidents (the current president's father, of course, having been a congressman, CIA director and vice-president before being elected president in 1988).

Prescott, the president's grandfather, had a particularly unsavory connection as recently declassified documents show. He was a director of New York based Union Banking Corporation (UBC) that was a holding company for the Nazis and represented the German steel industrialist Fritz Thyssen who was intimately involved with the Nazi regime. He was also a director and shareholder of various other companies involved with Thyssen. UBC bought and shipped millions of dollars of gold, oil, steel, coal and US treasury bonds to Germany that helped build and support the Nazi war machine. Prescott was also with Brown Brothers Harriman (BBH) when the firm did business with the Nazis during the 1930s that continued during the early years of WW II until the company's assets were seized in 1942 under the Trading with the Enemy Act.

What BBH did and paid a price for, many other US corporations did as well, prospered from and were never held to account for their lawlessness. Charles Higham documented much of it in his 1983 book called Trading with the Enemy in which he showed evidence of how major companies in America like the Rockefellers' Chase Bank and Standard Oil, Ford, General Motors and other corporate giants had no political or ideological problem doing business routinely with Nazi Germany during the war. It was just business with another good customer, no matter what the customer's business was.

Particularly heinous was the role of IBM Headquarters System Engineering, Design Automation and Management (not covered in the Highman book) when it was run by Thomas Watson. The company used IBM tabulation equipment to set up a system for the Nazis to locate all the Jews of Europe and then sort, file and categorize them for extermination in the death camps using the company's equipment and whose camp personnel IBM employees trained. All the while this went on, IBM managed to fend off US War Department probes into its illicit activities so it could continue to profit handsomely from the Nazi genocide the company knew was taking place and was facilitating - all for the big "blood money" profits involved. Current shareholders of the company's stock might wish to take note of this and reconsider their investment choice.

BBH had no problem cashing in either, and by the late 1930s claimed to be the world's largest investment banking firm in business like all others to make money, and like most others, as willing to do it with regimes like the Nazis as with any other customer. George Herbert Walker and Averell Harriman, who later became a prominent politician and diplomat serving under four US presidents, have been characterized by some as two evil geniuses who saw no difference in dealing with the Bolsheviks in Russia as with Hitler and the Nazis. For them, business was business just the way it is today and in the 1980s when GHW Bush as vice-president and president was willing and eager to be part of the scheme to arm Saddam Hussein who then became public enemy number one to be demonized for using the weapons supplied him by US and other western corporations when he was an ally.

Before his son succeeded him in the Oval Office (8 years removed), GHW Bush was involved in a long laundry list of criminal activities he never could have gotten away with under a system of law and order with those violating it held to account. He never was. As CIA chief in 1976 under Gerald Ford, the elder Bush was in charge of covering up the Agency's involvement in coup d'etats and assassinations of foreign leaders including its connection to an earlier September 11 - the one in 1973 ousting and murdering democratically elected President Salvador Allende in Chile that established the 17 year fascist dictatorship of General Augusto Pinochet who, despite his despotism, became a close US ally.

The president's father was also deeply involved in the secret, illegal negotiations with Iran in the 1980s, when he was vice-president, that led to the Iran-Contra arms-for-hostages scandal that broke in 1986. With the help of friends in the Congress, including Dick Cheney who served then in the House and the corporate media that always looks the other way, he was able to escape investigation and scrutiny. They helped him get away with a strategy of lies and aggressive cover-ups to stay untarnished. It freed him to pursue and secure the Republican presidential nomination in 1988 and the highest office in the land he always wanted to hold, maybe because he felt his royal blood entitled him to it.

In 1992, Iran-Contra special prosecutor Lawrence Walsh (who took his job seriously unlike his successors) uncovered evidence linking the president to the illegal operation and lying to the public about it, but "trickier-than-Nixon" Bush pardoned six indicted Iran-Contra figures shortly before he left office to bury the evidence against himself and slither away unscathed again. He's now seen as an esteemed elder statesman, his past buried, forgotten and above rebuke. No matter the truth is quite another matter that went down "the memory hole" and is no longer part of the "official" historical record. That judgmental error paved the way for a member of the next Bush generation to ascend to the nation's highest office, a move not turning out as planned.

A Dynastic Success Story Now on Shaky Footing

A Bush family tradition of lying with impunity, operating freely outside the law and getting away with it was no obstacle for the next family member in line, George W. Bush, to be chosen by his party to enter the presidential race in 2000. He got the nomination after serving six years as Texas governor distinguished only by a record of indifference to the public and a total dedication to the business interests in the state. It meant giant corporations were salivating at the thought of having a man like this in the White House serving them in that capacity the same way he did it for the business community in Texas. Thanks to a fraud-laden election, he got the job the old-fashioned way - his influential friends and family stole it for him as arranged by family consigliere and master-fixer Jim Baker securing the necessary 25 Florida electoral votes helped along by the complicity of five friendly Supreme Court justices who had to be in on the scheme.

The corporate interests got their main man in Washington, and for a short time seemed to be in "good hands" with him. But lying and getting away with it only works when the schemes lied about go according to plan. Bumps aside, the rise of the Bush dynasty to prominence and power, went well through the ascendency and tenure of George Herbert Walker Bush, the president's father, which included the election and reelection George W. Bush's younger brother Jeb as governor of Florida after an initial failed bid for the office in 1994 and George W's time as Texas governor.

Nothing lasts forever though, and as best laid as the plans were, they went awry with the misguided selection of the younger George to carry the family banner as the rightful successor to assume the position of supreme leader of the free world and lord and master of the universe. He wasn't the family's first choice and only got bumped up to that spot in line after brother Jeb's initial gubernatorial defeat - one the family must now look back on as a major turning point in the family's political fortunes that going forward may be irreversible.

It should have been an omen of things to come when if it hadn't been for the intervention of Jim Baker and those five arrogant High Court justices, in an election Al Gore clearly won, George Bush would have had to have found another line of work. The justices chose to rewrite the law giving themselves the power to annul the vote of the electorate to install their preferred candidate in the office they gifted to him the same way he's gotten everything else in his privileged life he never deserved and never had to work for. It's the way it's always been for a man of questionable ability and dubious character going back to his days as a youth when at best his behavior could only be charitably described as mischievous and without significant achievement. This is a man who rose to the top the way former Texas governor Ann Richards described it - as "someone born on third base (thinking) he hit a triple."

Six disastrous years later, this man now must not only choose a new career path in two more years, he must also employ a good legal defense team at the ready for the inevitable law suits sure to be filed against him once he leaves office in January, 2009 - a time that can't come soon enough for most and that many wanting him impeached and ousted aren't willing to wait for and may press their demands he go a lot sooner and face the music for his high crimes of war, against humanity and against the people of the United States.

As the current holder of the nation's highest office, George Bush is not unique. As Noam Chomsky rightfully observes: "If the Nuremberg laws were applied, then every post-(WW II) American president would have to be hanged (like the worst of the Nazi war criminals found guilty)." Other than the Vietnam era (that family influence let him bypass in a comfortable Texas National Guard slot he rarely showed up for), and arguably the Korean war one as well, the only difference about George Bush as president is the immensity of his crimes and his hard line arrogance and indifference about them and toward the people he's harmed at home and abroad. He's undeterred and committed to press on with what he sees as a messianic mission, or even royal prerogative, and that makes him stand out as a special rogue who's already surpassed all others before him holding the nation's highest office.

Plans to Save the Bush Administration and Its Disastrous Misadventure in Iraq

With a lot of help from the Congress and complicit corporate media that continues to shield him, George Bush not only took the nation to war against two countries that never threatened us based on lies, deceit and cover-up, he's determined to push on to a victory that can't be won and is listening to sinister advice from the wrong people telling him to do it. Proposals of what happens going forward are showing up in a number of reports (related to the work of the Iraq Study Group - ISG) including one on November 16 in the London Guardian and a later one on November 30 discussed below. They follow a meeting George Bush, the vice-president and key administration officials had with the ISG, or Baker Commission, that was formed in March to draft a new course in Iraq because the current one isn't working, and it's led many high level business and political figures to believe it's leading the country to an inevitable disastrous train wreck unless redirected. It's also trying to rescue the family's reputation and presidency of the current incumbent, but it will be hard-pressed to do either.

The Guardian reported that the president told his senior advisors (or more likely Dick Cheney and other hard liners told him) the US military (with any help it can get) must make "a last big push" to win the war in Iraq and instead of beginning a drawdown in force strength, he may send an additional 20,000 more soldiers into this cauldron even against the advice of his Central Command (CENTCOM) commander-in-chief on the ground General John Abizaid who testified before Congress the same day the president was ignoring his advice that now may be changing after hearing what his boss had to say.

Whatever is said publicly or is released in the ISG report, all that matters is what, in fact, will happen going forward and that may be a clear example of a clinical definition of insanity - continuing to do the same things (more or less) that have failed, expecting a different result. It may also be more evidence that was first reported in Capitol Hill Blue on September 5 that Bush has gone over the edge and that Republican and Bush family insiders, including the president's father, are worried George Bush may be heading for a "full-fledged mental breakdown" judging by his bizarre or irrational behavior.

Jeffrey Steinberg writing in Executive Intelligence Review said GHW Bush fears his son is obsessed with his messianic mission and is "unreachable" even by some of his closest advisors like Secretary Rice. That view was also stated by prominent psychiatrist Dr. Justin Frank, who wrote Bush on the Couch: Inside the Mind of the President. He said: "With every passing week, President Bush marches deeper and deeper into a world of his own making. Central to Bush's world is an iron will which demands that external reality be changed to conform to his personal view of how things are." Dr. Frank added that George Bush needs psychiatric help.

The US military and the public along with all Iraqis better hope it comes soon before he inflames the entire Middle East and a lot more with it. That's what the Baker Commission and president's father are determined to avoid even though the plan they draft, or what we're told about it, will likely have no better solution in the end than the one Bush and his hard liners are now pursuing.

According to the Guardian report, the ISG is circulating its recommendations in a four-point "victory strategy" developed with help from Pentagon officials advising them. It's also getting lots of advice from a number of influential conservative think tanks whose members are part of "working groups" dealing with issues of the military and security, the economy and reconstruction, the political structure, and fine-tuning geostrategy that includes no change in the country's imperial agenda meaning the US military is in Iraq to stay whatever the final ISG report says.

Point One - calls for an initial increase in force size that may be the 20,000 George Bush is calling for to "secure Baghdad" where along with most all of al-Anbar province is where most of the country's violence is.

Point Two - stresses the importance of regional cooperation that will have to include Iran and Syria along with Iraq's other immediate neighbors. It could involve convening an international conference requesting diplomatic, political and financial help - the latter mostly from the Saudis and Kuwaitis.

Jim Baker knows without Iranian and Syrian cooperation, any hope for conflict resolution in Iraq is impossible, and even with it it's doubtful at best. Unspoken in the report and commentary is the one player with all the trump cards that's left out of the high-level consultations - the Iraqi resistance and great majority of Iraqi people who'll settle for nothing less than what the Baker Commission will never propose and George Bush and the neocons will never agree to - a full and unconditional withdrawal, no strings attached with reparations for the damage done that's almost incalculable. That reality is what all the high-level thinkers and planners are up against. Jim Baker surely knows this whatever his final proposal is. In another article on the ISG, this writer characterized Baker's efforts as a job for Superman and then some, and any hope for success is even more than the redoubtable Jim Baker and his high-level insider team are likely to achieve. Making it even harder will be the influence of the powerful Israeli Lobby that wants the US to press on at least with an attack against Iran and surely not engage the Iranians or Syrians in constructive dialogue about Iraq or anything else.

Point Three - focuses on an effort toward reconciliation among the sectarian ethnic and religious groups to win over consensus among them. The report cited the belief that doing this is crucial to convincing neighboring countries that Iraq can again become a fully functioning state, but conflicting reports about this idea are now surfacing days ahead of the ISG report's release.

If these ideas end up being adopted, they'll violate everything the Bush administration did since March, 2003 when the strategy was, and still is, to destroy all the institutions of a modern secular society in the country along with its historical treasures to transform this once modern and prosperous nation into an impotent desert kingdom populated by easily controlled serfs. It will take more than just a major effort, if one is even intended, to put that "Humpty Dumpty" back together again.

Oddly, or maybe in just a momentary case of bad judgment, the Guardian writer said neocon ideas about "imposing" western-style democracy will have to be set aside. It's hard to imagine the writer doesn't understand that's the one thing US imperial strategy never tolerates and was never part of the plan for "the new Iraq." A nation of serfs is not one of democracy, and predatory capitalism and democracy go no better together than fire and water.

The report goes on to say that partitioning Iraq into a tripartite loose federation won't be recommended as it would only lead to a large-scale humanitarian crisis. It's hard to imagine anything worse than the US-created one now on the ground that's out-of-control by any measure.

Point Four - calls for increased resources to be allocated for additional troop deployments and to train and equip an expanded Iraqi army and police. It will also call for efforts to stem corruption that reportedly has involved the theft of billions, most of which has been pilfered by US contractors like Halliburton and Bechtel Corporation (closely tied to the White House) that either did shoddy work they were assigned (other than for US installations) or little or none at all but still pocketed many billions of US taxpayer dollars with nary a wink or nod of disapproval from the Bush administration that effectively gave them and others a license to steal.

This point also will call for improving local government and curtailing the power of religious courts and mentions that Bush may be mesmerized by the "Svengali" or "Rasputin" advice of fellow war-criminal Henry Kissinger who believes winning in Iraq is just a matter of "political will" - just the way it worked for Henry in Vietnam. Bush echoed that advice ironically while visiting the capital of the country's last "Waterloo." When arriving in Vietnam for the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) summit, he was asked about comparisons of Iraq to Vietnam and said: "We'll succeed unless we quit. We tend to want there to be instant success in the world, and the task in Iraq is going to take a while."

It's taking quite a long while as the US has now been at war in Iraq against a guerrilla resistance longer than it took the country to defeat the Nazis and Japanese in WW II, and those countries had a lot more going for them than car and roadside bombs to fight us. That reality and Bush's remarks show how in denial this man is just like the country's leadership was in the 1960s and 70s believing (in their public statements at least) staying the course would achieve the victory beyond their reach.

But hold on - Bush's "Svengali" seems to be advising him one way and commenting another in a BBC November 19 interview where away from the US media spotlight he said he now believes military victory in Iraq is no longer possible, the administration's policy failed and is headed for "disastrous consequences (to haunt the world) for many years....we have to redefine the course ("stay" is now "redefine")....I don't think the alternative is between military victory....or total withdrawal," and there should be a regional conference of the permanent members of the UN Security Council and Iraq's regional neighbors including Iran to work out a way forward - meaning the Bush administration got us into this mess so will Iraq's regional neighbors and other world powers please help get us out of it. Now which way is it Henry - will the real Henry Kissinger please stand up and show us who the real one is.

He may or may not be helped by a November 30 report in the New York Times, Washington Post, online in Capitol Hill Blue and elsewhere. It cites a well-placed source saying the ISG decided to recommend a major withdrawal of US forces from Iraq in a process of transitioning from a combat to a support role over the next year or so but with no specific timetable recommended. It all depends "on a series of conditions and qualifications" governing the drawdown in language suggesting as much smoke and mirrors backside-covering fudging as any real substantive change of policy.

That's apparently the message from national security advisor Stephen Hadley in a November memo to George Bush saying (the ISG report) "is neither 'cut and run' nor 'stay the course.' " It's also what an unnamed senior Pentagon military officer involved in crafting Iraq policy likely meant when he said: "The question is whether it doesn't look like a timeline to Bush, and does to (Iraq prime minister) al-Maliki." It's another example of what the New York Times calls "a classic Washington compromise" - meaning "now you see a change of policy, and now you don't."

In harsher terms, it's what Newsweek magazine writer Michael Hirsh calls "A Bust in Bakerville" in his November 29 article subtitled "Iraq can no longer be won or lost. Why the study group won't solve anything." But Hirsh spoils his article toward its end by suggesting Iraq is "manageable" and what's needed, instead of consensus, is a "no-nonsense negotiator who can grapple with the reality of the American failure....and seek the most honorable way out (like a) Richard Holbrooke or Henry Kissinger....(or) the best hope for....an adult solution (from Defense Secretary-designate) Robert Gates."

It all seems surreal at this point, but what it comes down to is an attempt to pacify the US public and critics of the war. It's to buy more time for a failed Bush presidency looking more all the time like a house of cards nearing collapse, hoping to save it along with the family's name and reputation. By couching recommendations in terms of possibilities to be decided later depending on conditions in the country, the ISG report apparently will be "much ado about nothing" signaling no real change at all and a faint hope at best to rescue George Bush from the fate he deserves.

There's no hiding from the fact that conditions in Iraq are deplorable and out-of-the-control of the US military looking pathetic against an opponent it can't even see and impossible to subdue. It's not likely to fare much better going forward than it has up to now in the face of a determined resistance and mass Iraqi opposition to an occupation they want to end and will keep fighting against it until it does whether the US military stays in the streets or is hunkered down in its self-contained permanent super-bases.

Still, with a brave face, the report apparently will recommend that US forces redeploy to its key bases inside the country and elsewhere in the region and turn over more responsibility to Iraqi security forces for frontline operations when and if they can handle them. So far they can't and aren't likely to do much better ahead as many recruited into them are from the very resistance forces the US military is fighting and most others joined up for a paycheck with no ideological commitment to the occupying power offered in return for it - not the best set of circumstances for building an effective satrap security force.

The report will also call for convening a regional conference of Iraq's neighbors that will have to include Iran and Syria which the Israeli Lobby is fighting to prevent and so far the Bush administration has preconditions for unacceptable at least to the Iranians.

Further, the report mentions recommendations being considered by the Pentagon Joint Chiefs who seem to be leaning toward a brief increase in force size followed by a partial drawdown and a shift, like the ISG plan, from a combat role to one involving training, advising and backup. The Pentagon option is called "go long" and apparently calls for a large US military presence in Iraq for five to ten years which sounds very much like cover saying there will be no exit strategy just the way it turned out in South Korea still occupied by about 30,000 US forces a half century after the war there ended, and there are no hostilities or threats unless the US provokes one. The Times and Post said the ISG report (said to be about 100 pages) will be released on December 6, at least whatever portion of it the public gets to see.

One other supposedly "classified memorandum" on the war showed up on pages of the New York Times on December 3. It's from former Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld sent to the White House on November 6, two days before he was sacked from the job he showed he couldn't handle long ago. On the one hand, it's a rather surprising admission of personal failure and need for a change of course, but on the other it may more of a thinly-veiled, late-in-the-game attempt to burnish an image too tarnished for any public relations makeover at this stage. But you can't blame the guy for trying, and he'll probably get some media-directed help ahead for what little good it may do.

In language trying to convey an image of elder statesman but dripping with mea culpas, Rumsfeld acknowledges "In my view it is time for a major adjustment....Clearly, what US forces are currently doing in Iraq is not working well enough or fast enough." Of course, they're doing what he ordered them to do, and he, more than anyone else, bears the most responsibility for all that's happened in Iraq since the war began - but you won't hear that in the media-directed attempted makeover.

The former secretary then lays out the policy changes he recommends in a set of attractive "Above the Line Illustrative Options" and less attractive "Below the Line" ones. Some of it sounds much like what the ISG will propose and the "new" direction the Pentagon seems to be leaning to in its planning. But Rumsfeld can't resist suggesting a lot of the blame goes to the Iraqi puppet government that must "pull up (its) socks" and change its "bad behavior." This kind of talk is now coming out of the White House and echoed in the corporate media - a shameless attempt to shift blame for what US forces have done and bear full responsibility for to an installed Iraqi government with no authority and no power to do anything more in the country than clear away the daily carnage on the streets caused by the US presence there. Mr. Rumsfeld and his administration allies planned, directed and lied their way into this mess, and now he and they are trying to lie their way out of it by shifting the blame to the Iraqis that had nothing to do with it with a lot of help from their corporate media allies. It's a classic example of Washington-spin dutifully picked up and echoed in the mainstream hoping to make the victim look like the responsible party.

Cheerleading 101 - It's What the Dominant Corporate-Controlled Media Does Best, and They're At It Again

When in trouble, as the Bush administration clearly is, it can count on its corporate media allies to step up and help out just as they did it during the Johnson-Nixon years when they backed their "stay the course" and "Vietnamization" agendas. They're always out in front delivering the "proper message" and leading the cheerleading as they are now for what's highlighted above and the new Bush rhetoric of "success" however Henry Kissinger and others define it. It's highlighted in a November 16 article by media critic and columnist Norman Solomon titled The New Media Offensive to Prolong the Iraq War posted on Counterpunch. In it, he says the pro-war cheerleading is being featured on the front page of the New York Times (as it always is) by columnist Michael Gordon just like it was in the run-up to March, 2003 by the now-disgraced Judith Miller in her daily hawkish screeds practically pleading for hostilities and echoing the propaganda handed her by the White House and Pentagon.

This is the same Michael Gordon today who was the lead reporter on the Times front page in the lead-up to the Iraq war who wrote the false and discredited story (he never apologized for) about the threat of Saddam's aluminum tubes. Michael's back now and again doing what's expected of him as a paid propagandist for "the newspaper of record" that never met an act of US aggression it didn't support even when it turned out to be a hopeless debacle as is true now.

The Gordon piece on November 15 is certain to be followed by more. It's another in a long line of thinly-veiled NYT empire-supportive kinds of "journalism" leading the media pack with its cheerleading even when war crimes are committed or the public interest is being ignored or harmed. The Times, as always, knows what it's role is, and no journalist need apply for work there without being willing to be part of the same dirty business that includes supporting all imperial wars the nation pursues. So it is now. And Solomon goes on to say many other journalists are joining the chorus against the pullout option in Iraq the same way they did during the Vietnam era. They go even further warning Democrats that, despite strong public opinion to the contrary, not to go that far "if they know what's good for them," and, right or wrong, it's the president's call in all cases whether to go to war or continue one, and the Congress should stay out of it - even if they have lie to the public to do it the way the New York Times does.

These journalists need a lesson in constitutional law as that view is fraudulent on it face and contradicts what the founders stood for and put in the Constitution for those who care to read it. It's a further reckless endangerment of a democratic republic scarcely able to draw breathe anymore. It's the result of corrupted government officials and complicit corporate media journalists ignoring what Thomas Jefferson helped codify, teach us, believed in passionately and said: "The most effectual means of preventing the perversion of power into tyranny are to illuminate, as far as practicable, the minds of the people....Light and liberty go together.....Enlighten the people generally, and tyranny and oppressions of body and mind will vanish like evil spirits at the dawn of day."

Jefferson added no nation can ever be free if it's kept ignorant, and no part of the corporate-controlled media is more guilty of that sin than the "paper of record" that's the closest thing in the country to an official ministry of information and propaganda that's leading the way for all the others. It functions to serve the interests of wealth and power violating the Jeffersonian spirit and the constitutional law of the land he helped draft in 1787.

It allows George Bush to sell his war agenda knowing it'll be supported in the echo chambers of major front page dailies and headlined on TV newscasts. It may be his last gasp, but he's at it again calling for a "last push" strategy for victory in Iraq in a futile attempt to refurbish his image and give Republicans time to regroup from their drubbing in the mid-term elections and prepare for the 2008 presidential campaign. It's hard to imagine how continuing what hasn't worked up to now and won't will accomplish anything more than raise the level of public anger wanting change and not getting it.

The Real State of Things in Iraq the Corporate Media Won't Report

To learn what's really happening in Iraq just read unembedded independent journalist Patrick Cockburn's November 28 column in the London Independent (and all his others there) called Slaughter House Iraq. In it he says "Iraq is rending itself apart. The signs of collapse are everywhere. In Baghdad, the police often pick up more than 100 tortured and mutilated bodies in a single day. Government ministries make war on each other." He goes on to explain the country is in an "ominous stage of disintegration" and may be approaching what the Americans call "the Saigon moment" when it's plain as day "the government is expiring."

Covering the region, freelance journalist and author Nir Rosen is just as ominous in his latest article in the Boston Review on November 27, 2006 called Anatomy of a Civil War - Iraq's descent into chaos. Rosen says: "Shia religious parties such as the Iran-supported Supreme Council for the Islamic Revolution in Iraq (SCIRI) controlled the country, and Shia militias had become the Iraqi police and the Iraqi army, running their own secret prisons, arresting, torturing, and executing Sunnis in what was clearly a civil war. And the Americans were merely one more militia among the many, watching, occasionally intervening, and in the end only making things worse."

Almost everyone in Washington and Whitehall know all this except Bush and Blair and their most loyal acolytes who've lost all touch with reality and are in a state of denial that the longer the occupation continues the worse things will get. The human toll, according to Cockburn, is 1000 Iraqis killed each week and 1000 US forces killed or wounded every month, and these may be low estimates of even greater numbers unknown or carefully concealed preventing people at home from knowing how desperate things really are, what the human cost is, that the war in Iraq is lost, and the longer US forces stay in the country the worse things will get.

And consider what publisher and editor Bob Chapman writes in his November 29 edition of his long-running, well-respected online publication The International Forecaster. He says "the insurgency in Iraq is now self-sustaining financially, raising millions of dollars a year from oil smuggling, kidnapping, counterfeiting, connivance by corrupt Islamic charities and other crimes the occupation has been unable to prevent." He believes they raise $70 - $200 million a year from these activities and concludes with the dramatic observation that the resistance groups can hold off the most powerful military in the world with that amount of money compared to $100 billion or more spent by the Pentagon with all their super-weapons trying and failing to defeat them. It can't and won't no matter how many more billions are spend or for how long.

That's the dilemma mandarins like Jim Baker and the heavyweights on his Commission have to deal with. The spillage of six disastrous years under the younger Bush is so immense, and the fallout from it so beyond repair, that two years from now or sooner the rule and influence of a family dynasty will end and whatever succeeds it will inherit less power than any US administration since WW II as the American empire heads into an irreversible decline that didn't begin under George Bush but was measurably accelerated under his discredited leadership that turned out to be none at all.

The Price of Imperial Overreach

After a mediocre start to his presidency, fate, or more likely a sinister master-plan, handed George Bush and his allies their chance to be untethered from any restraint and be able to go for the big prize they wanted all along but needed public support to do it. It was the gift of the 9/11 tragedy his administration ruthlessly exploited as a launching platform to pursue an imperial agenda of permanent war against enemies invented for the enterprise including former CIA asset against the Soviets in Afghanistan Osama bin Laden in the lead role.

With the help and complicity of round-the-clock daily corporate media fed invented terror threat warnings, color-coded on television for added impact, it scared the public enough and made the Congress willing enough to go along with the scheme the administration had in mind all along and had envisioned from the work of the right wing Project for the New American Century think tank (PNAC) document called Rebuilding America's Defenses: Strategies, Forces and Resources for a New Century. Conceived by future key Bush administration officials, it was a grand imperial plan for US global dominance to extend well into the future to be enforced with unchallengeable military power - a blueprint for the current "war on terror" now rebranded as a "long war" against "Islamic fascism" with goals spelled out in the May, 2000 Department of Defense (DOD) Joint Vision 2020 calling for "full spectrum (world) dominance" that was code language meaning total control over all land, sea, air, outer space and information with enough overwhelming power to defeat any potential challenger or adversary with no restraint on the use of any weapons, including nuclear ones.

This "Vision" was one of several imperial documents looking ahead that included the Nuclear Policy Review of 2001, the FY 2004 Air Force Space Command Strategic Master Plan, the Pentagon's 2006 Quadrennial Defense Review and the National Security Strategy of 2002, updated in 2006. Together they laid out a "grand imperial strategy" that included the notion of "preventive war" updated to a "long war" against "Islamofascists" that was set in motion by the trigger of the 9/11 tragedy to target those parts of the world of greatest strategic value like the oil-rich Greater Middle East including Central Asia and its Caspian Basin riches.

These plans were embellished on October 6, 2006 when George Bush quietly signed the National Space Policy superceding a September, 1996 version of the same directive. The plan lays out US space policy goals that include implementing an "innovative human and robotic exploration program" to extend the presence of humans in space. It calls on NASA to "execute a sustained and affordable human and robotic program of space exploration and develop, acquire, and use civil space systems to advance fundamental scientific knowledge of our Earth system, solar system, and universe." It supports the use of nuclear power systems and implies without so stating that includes nuclear weapons that will be deployed there to use when and if necessary. That's very much the message from the language that this policy is designed "to ensure space capabilities....to further US national security, homeland security, and foreign policy objectives (that include defending) our interests there....(and having The Director of National Intelligence) provide a robust foreign space intelligence collection and analysis capability....to support national and homeland security."

With all the pieces of its grand imperial scheme in place, the best-laid plans, nonetheless, don't always go as designed especially when they encompass more than can be digested and the forces against them are determined enough to resist and do it effectively. What began with world support for a global "war on terror" began to unravel in the wake of the Bush administration's notion of endless wars and its unilateral intent to invade and occupy Iraq in spite of growing opposition to it that was ridiculed, spurned and arrogantly defied. Even the world's only superpower should have known no nation, no matter how powerful, can challenge the rest of the world and get away with it without enough support, especially when the two adventures it undertook in Iraq and Afghanistan unravelled so fast and the economic and political costs incurred from them are so enormous and increasing they've made visible fissures in the hegemon's superstructure making it vulnerable.

The cost of Bush administration go-it-alone adventurism accelerated a decline of US imperial power that began, according to some astute observers, with its futile losing gambit in Vietnam. It's now repeating it and then some in the Greater Middle East and as a result lost its stature as a failed model of a once democratic state flaunting the rule of law and ignoring the values it claims to stand for while doing just the opposite in reckless pursuit of its own interests. It's now seen for what it is - an out-of-control rogue state threatening all others wanting no part of it and a growing number of them willing to challenge its supremacy in the process.

This behavior fits the definition of what Noam Chomsky calls a "failed state" in his 2006 book titled Failed States while explaining the notion of what this means, in fact, is imprecise at best. It may be a nation unable to protect its citizens from violence or destruction but could also be one that flaunts the rule of international law and acts as an aggressor. The US uses this term for nations seen as potential threats to our security we feel justified intervening against in self-defense. Chomsky says if we evaluate our own agenda by that definition "we should have little difficulty in finding the characteristics of 'failed states' right at home."

Blame much of it on how noted historian and author Gabriel Kolko characterizes the Bush administration - "the worst set of incompetents ever to hold power in Washington. It 'shocked and awed'....itself." Winston Churchill called himself an optimist and once remarked that "the United States invariably does the right thing, after having exhausted every other alternative." Not a chance as long as George Bush is president and neocons are in charge. That's a hurdle even Churchill's optimism couldn't have cleared.

It shows how a once proud country lost its legitimacy and with it the power to face down a growing number of nations willing to confront its authority and get away with it, even small players that once wouldn't have dared. In the hemisphere, Cuba has been joined by Venezuela, Bolivia, Nicaragua on November 7 with the reelection of Sandinista FSLN leader and former US nemesis Daniel Ortega, and now in Ecuador on November 26 with the impressive election of populist candidate Rafeal Correa in the run-off presidential election against the Washington-backed billionaire oligarch.

Elsewhere in Asia, China and North Korea have defied US authority as has Russia in Eurasia and Iran and Syria in the Middle East. Resistance groups everywhere have now learned the lessons from Iraq, Afghanistan and Hezbollah in Lebanon. These groups have asymmetrical guerrilla-tactic power that when used effectively can hold their own against the most powerful nation on earth beating it at its own game by outlasting it or rendering its super-weapons useless against an opponent that can't be seen until its bombs go off and bullets start flying and often not even then. They've also inspired the courageous people of Mexico and their epicenter of resistance in Oaxaca taking to the streets in their courageous fight against electoral fraud and an end to decades of abuse and injustice and doing it with little more than their bodies and a redoubtable spirit that won't quit.

Add to this the growing unease and discontent of an aroused and angered public at home. It sent a powerful message of disgust and contempt for six failed years of imperial madness and corrupted right wing neocon Republican rule by drubbing its candidates in the mid-term elections. It wants change in Washington even though there's little chance to get it when the new leadership takes control of the Congress in January. Beyond the usual post-election continuation of campaign-style rhetoric, already it's clear the Democrat party mission is to move the ship of state forward with its agenda largely intact but with them in charge including in the White House if they can prevail in the 2008 election. It's the way things always work in the nation's Capitol where those holding power owe their allegiance to the interests of wealth and power that put them there, and, in the end, the people be damned and "let 'em eat cake" but the language is more subtle.

It won't work for the new congressional leadership any more than it did for the president who brought down the house of Bush ending the family dynasty's reign while turning the nation's imperial dreams into its death throes by his arrogance and ineptness. He'll now live in infamy as the man who accelerated the American empire's decline. His imperial madness buried it in the caves and rubble of Afghanistan and the burning sands of the Middle East financing it with an unrepayable mountain of Federal Reserve-created debt in an age of aberrant capitalism gone wild and transformed into a fiscal weapon of mass-destruction that may end up throttling the US and world economies. It's what out-of-control greed and delusions of grandeur always lead to - self-aggrandizing excess that eventually undermines the "irrationally exuberant" dreams of fools and despots that go well beyond the limits of reason or any hope for success.

If George Bush lasts another two years, it'll be thanks to the kindness of his dwindling number of hard core friends and strangers who still think they can pick something from the bones of his tenure before payment for his imperial overreach comes due. When it does, it'll be high, painful and inevitable just like it always is the way it was for that French queen of "let em eat cake" fame who along with her husband, King Louis XVI, lost their heads for their misdeeds. "King" George may keep his, but the family dynasty has been undone and defrocked by the sins of the unworthy scion ill-chosen to carry its reign forward to pass on to the next in line after him. It wasn't to be as the dominance of another powerful family passes into history, never to be trusted again with the seat of power in a nation accelerating in decline in the new century that was planned to be an American one but already is not six years into it.

Whereto from here with a disgraced head of state and unindicted war criminal already an artifact or relic of an era past, his power ebbing and marking time going through the motions despite the same bravado, smirk and all, that resonates less with each public appearance. It's intended to keep his weakened presidency from collapsing that may just take one more good shove to do it. Despite desperate efforts to save it, in the end who but the family will care if it does and who will ever again believe a serial liar once exposed and disgraced making him unwelcome in the halls of power that once embraced him. Success, as they say, has many parents and friends, but failure is an unwanted orphan, and it's showing up as some of the hard core faithful voice their displeasure openly and walk away.

It now remains for his final exit that can't come soon enough for most who want him out now and may act to force it if the Congress won't act as a majority of the public demands. Whatever happens from here, the king is dead (even with his head in place), and with it the power and influence of a family dynasty brought down by the poisoned chalice of its ill-chosen successor, unworthy and unable to wear the crown and pass it to the next in line. Henceforth, all will know what should have been clear all along. Behind every "Bush," there's a crime, and some of them are too great to hide, make up for or overcome. So it is with the lesson of George Bush, a very bad seed and a president only a mother can love. And even that's in doubt in a family that doesn't take defeat very well. Give them time, they'll acclimate.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net. Also visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com.
Comment on this Editorial


Congratulations, Hugo!


Venezuela And The Bolivarian Dream

By Tariq Ali

02 December, 2006
Counterpunch

In the Muslim world religious groups that are militarily effective, but politically limited dominate resistance to the American Empire. Asia is infatuated with capital. Europe lies buried deep in neo-liberal torpor, and the Left and social movements in the EU (Italy is the most recent example) are in an advanced state of decomposition. But in South America an axis of hope has emerged that challenges imperial domination on every level. Democracy, hollowed-out and offering no alternatives in the North, is being used to revive hope in the South.
The likely re-election of Hugo Chavez this weekend in Venezuela will mark a new stage in the process. His opponent, Manuel Rosales, described in the Financial Times (November 30) as a "centre-left" candidate was heavily implicated in the defeated coup attempt to topple Chavez in 2004. Rosales claims that "I will not sit on anyone's lap" but it is hardly a secret that he is firmly attached to the White House.

The wave of revolts and social movements spreading unevenly across the South American continent today are the inevitable result of the Washington Consensus, the economic enslavement of the world. Latin America was the first laboratory for the Hayekian experiments that finally produced the Consensus. The Chicago boys led by the late Milton Friedman, who pioneered neo-liberal economics, used Chile after the Pinochet coup of 1973 as a laboratory. It was a good situation for them. The Chilean working class and its two principal parties had been crushed, their leading cadres killed or "disappeared". Six years later, the Sandinista revolution in Nicaragua was crushed by a US-backed Contra counter-revolution.

Earlier this month, the Sandinista leader, Daniel Ortega won the Presidency in his country. Blessed by the church, flanked by a former Contra as his vice-president and still loathed by the US ambassador, Ortega may be a sickly shadow of his former self, but his victory undoubtedly reflects the desire of Nicaraguans for change. Will Managua follow the radically redistributive policies of anti-imperialist Caracas or confine itself to rhetoric and remain a client of the International Monetary Fund?

There was even better recent news from Quito. The substantial electoral triumph of Rafael Correa, a dynamic, young, US-educated economist and former finance minister, who pledged in his election campaign to reverse Ecuador's participation in the US-backed free trade area for the Americas, to ask the US military to vacate its base at Manta, and to join Opec and the growing Bolivarian movement that seeks to unite South America against imperialism.
Correa's victory comes at a time when Latin America is on the march again. There have been some spectacular demonstrations of the popular will in Porto Alegre, Caracas, Buenos Aires, Cochabamba and Cuzco, to name but a few cities.

This has offered a new hope to a world either deep in neoliberal torpor (the EU, the US, the Far East) or suffering from the military and economic depredations of the new order (Iraq, Palestine, Lebanon, Afghanistan, south Asia).The struggle spearheaded by the Bolivarian Republic of Venezuela against the Washington consensus has attracted the fury of the White House. Three attempts (including a military coup backed by the US and the EU) were made to topple Hugo Chávez.

Chávez was first elected president of Venezuela in February 1999, 10 years after a popular insurrection against the IMF readjustment programme had been brutally crushed by Carlos Andrés Peréz, whose party was once the largest affiliate of the Socialist International. In his election campaign Peréz had denounced the economists on the World Bank's payroll as "genocide workers in the pay of economic totalitarianism" and the IMF as "a neutron bomb that killed people, but left buildings standing".

Afterwards he caved in to the demands of both institutions, suspended the constitution, declared a state of emergency and ordered the army to mow down the protesters. More than 2,000 poor people were shot dead by troops. This was the founding moment of the Bolivarian upheaval in Venezuela.

Chávez and other junior officers organized to protest against the misuse and corruption of the army. In 1992 the radical officers organised a rebellion against those who had authorized the butchery. It failed because it was soon after the traumas of 1989, but people did not forget. That is how the new Bolivarians came to power and began to slowly and cautiously implement social-democratic reforms, reminiscent of Roosevelt's New Deal and the policies of the 1945 Labour government. In a world dominated by the Washington consensus this was unacceptable. Hence the drive to topple him. Hence the demand by Pat Robertson, the leader of political Christianity in the US, that Washington should organise the immediate assassination of Chávez. Venezuela, till now an obscure country as far as the rest of the world was concerned, suddenly became a beacon.

The majority of the people who elected Chávez were angry and determined. They had felt unrepresented for 10 years; they had been betrayed by the traditional parties; they disapproved of the neoliberal policies then in force, which consisted of an assault on the poor in order to shore up a parasitical oligarchy and a corrupt civilian and trade-union bureaucracy. They disapproved of the use that was made of the country's oil reserves. They disapproved of the arrogance of the Venezuelan elite, which utilised wealth and a lighter skin colour to sustain itself at the expense of the dark-skinned and poor majority. Electing Chávez was their revenge.

When it became clear that Chávez was determined to make modest changes to the country's social structure, Washington sounded the tocsin. Nowhere has the embittered bigotry emanating from this quarter been more evident than in its actions and propaganda against Venezuela, with the Financial Times and the Economist in the forefront of a massive disinformation campaign.

They are united by their prejudices against Chávez, whose advent to power was viewed as an insane aberration because the social reforms funded by oil revenues - free health, education and housing for the poor - were regarded as a regression to the bad old days, a first step on the road to totalitarianism.

Chávez never concealed his politics. The two 18th-century Simóns - Bolívar and Rodríguez - had taught him a simple lesson: do not serve the interests of others; make your own political and economic revolution; and unite South America against all empires. This was the core of his program, which is unacceptable to the supporters of the Washington Consensus.

The key to a serious Latin American challenge to the US lies in regional cohesion. This is crucial. When the cable channel Telesur was launched in Caracas nearly two years ago, one of their first programs revealed a shocking level of ignorance amongst South Americans. In virtually every capital city vox pop interviews revealed that people knew the name of their own capital and that of the United States. Very few could name even two or three capital cities in their own continent!

So regional unity---the Bolivarian Federation of sovereign states of which Chavez speaks incessantly----is necessary to move forward. Washington will do everything to prevent this since its own interests dictate dealing with countries unilaterally rather than as regional entities (this is even true of the European Union). Regional unity in South America could have a surprising impact in el Norte as well where the Hispanic population of the United States is growing rapidly to the great consternation of state ideologues like Samuel Huntington.

Tariq Ali's new book, Pirates of the Caribbean: Axis of Hope, is published by Verso



Comment on this Article


Venezuelans return Chávez to power by a landslide

Monday December 4, 2006
Guardian Unlimited

Hugo Chávez today began a third six-year term as president of Venezuela after trouncing his rival, Manuel Rosales.

The national electoral council said Mr Chávez had won 61% of the vote while Mr Rosales, the governor of an oil-producing province, had won 38% after nearly 80% of the vote had been counted.

Wearing his trademark red shirt, Mr Chávez told cheering supporters at the presidential palace late yesterday his landslide victory was a blow to the Bush administration, the frequent target of tirades from the Venezuelan leader.

"It's another defeat for the devil who tries to dominate the world," Mr Chávez told a crowd of red-shirted supporters listening to him under pouring rain. "Down with imperialism. We need a new world."
Even before polls closed, Chávez supporters were celebrating in the streets, setting off fireworks and cruising Caracas, honking horns and shouting: "Chávez isn't going anywhere."

Since he first won office in 1998, Chávez has increasingly dominated all branches of government. His allies now control congress, state offices and the judiciary.

Current law prevents him from running again in 2012, but he has said he plans to seek constitutional reforms that would include an end to limits on presidential terms.

Mr Chávez is the fourth leftwing leader to win an election in Latin America in the past five weeks. Ecuador's Rafael Correa, an ally of the Venezuelan, won a runoff last week after promising sweeping political reforms; Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva in Brazil and Daniel Ortega in Nicaragua also won recent presidential contests.

Mr Rosales acknowledged defeat but promised to keep fighting. He was greeted by cries of "coward" by some upset supporters as he left his campaign headquarters.

"We recognise they beat us today, but we will continue the fight," said Mr Rosales, 53, who drew his main support from the middle and upper classes.

Mr Rosales, a cattle rancher who is now expected to return to his post of governor of the western state of Zulia, called the election a choice between freedom and increasing state control of people's lives. He also decried rampant crime and corruption, widely seen as Mr Chávez's main vulnerabilities.

The country's opposition movement struggled to challenge Mr Chávez after he defeated a recall referendum in 2004. Many opposition supporters believe Mr Chávez has an unfair advantage by controlling key institutions such as the election council.

But his supporters applaud the man they fondly call El Comandante for spending the country's oil wealth on free health and education programmes for the poor majority, who have long felt abandoned under a succession of governments.

Venezuela is the world's fifth-largest oil exporter, and soaring oil prices have made it the continent's fastest growing economy.

A retired army paratrooper who led a failed military rebellion before his first election win, Mr Chávez has survived a brief coup, an oil strike and scores of demonstrations during his seven years in the Miraflores presidential palace.



Comment on this Article


Chavez says opposition planning another coup

Reuters
30/11/2006

Anti-U.S. President Hugo Chavez vowed to thwart what he says is an opposition plot to stage a coup and "ruin Venezuelans' Christmas" after an election on Sunday that he expects to win easily.

Chavez, president since 1999, is comfortably ahead in polls, idolized by a long-ignored poor majority who have enjoyed lavish handouts from the OPEC heavyweight's oil windfall.

"We know what they are up to," the loquacious leader said of the opposition at a news conference on Thursday.

"Don't think you are going take the country by surprise, ruin Venezuelans' Christmas, block highways, set fire to cars, hold protests, stage a coup and cry fraud -- That's what they are saying," he added.
"We are going to win and we hope that the opposition will accept their defeat," he said.

The leader, who has infuriated Washington with his warm ties to Cuba and Iran and by calling President George W. Bush "the devil" and "asshole," says the United States supports the opposition and is constantly seeking ways to unseat him.

The former army officer, who is known as "El Comandante," has pledged to use the military to put down any post-vote disorder.

He has provided only vague, circumstantial evidence of a plot, which is typical of his often wild accusations.

Chavez's challenger Manuel Rosales, 53, governor of the western oil state of Zulia, denies the president's charge that he is planning to instigate street protests and an army uprising after the election.


He called for a fair election himself on Thursday, urging Venezuelans to be watchful against dirty tricks in polling stations.

"You have got to keep your eyes peeled, act like good Venezuelans and hold your ground to ensure victory," he told his supporters.

With most state institutions dominated by Chavez loyalists, the opposition is worried the vote will be rigged against them.

Although coup accusations are common in the Caribbean state, Chavez fears a repeat of 2002 when he was briefly dislodged by a military putsch. He accuses Rosales of involvement in that plot.

The Zulia governor denies the charge but Chavez cited a guest list at a ceremony for the conspirators as evidence his challenger was a "liar" unfit to govern the country.


Despite the gravity of his accusations, Chavez, 52, was typically folksy at his news conference interrupting his long-winded answers alternatively with bursts of song and long silences while he labored to perform mental arithmetic.

ASSASSINATION PLOT

Deepening talk of murky conspiracies, Chavez said the authorities had intercepted a plot to assassinate Rosales, finding a rifle and sight before one of his speeches

Chavez said the plot was planned by "fascists" wanting to pin the blame on him.


"We have neutralized loads of plots by mad people," he said. Chavez often boasts he has survived numerous attempts on his life but almost never gives any details.


The opposition accuses Chavez, who led a bungled coup himself in 1992, of being a dictator in the making, seeking to turn the country into a Cuban-style one-party state.

Rosales, a father of 10, has fought Chavez on his own populist territory, promising to dole out oil wealth more efficiently and combat Venezuela's vicious crime wave which affects all levels of society.

He also attacks Chavez for selling discounted oil to his mentor, Cuban President Fidel Castro.

"On Sunday you should be up at three in the morning with your drums and bells ... off to win for Venezuela," Rosales said.



Comment on this Article


Nobody Afraid of Socialism, Chavez

Caracas, Dec 4 (Prensa Latina)

After an overwhelming victory, Venezuela s President re-elect Hugo Chavez has today the challenge of directing the country s destination towards a new social model of development.
The extensive popular support for the statesman is based on most Venezuelan people s recognition of his social policy.

The aim is to distribute better the oil income of the nation, the fifth hydrocarbon exporter worldwide.

For this new mandate, Chavez has repeatedly said his aim is to deepen the country s socialist nature, with new strategic policies, while a main challenge is to train old conservative structures.

This, according to Chavez, but implies the need for cultural change and political-theoretical paradigms in the popular movement.

The concept of a single united party will also focus Venezuelan debates at an ideological congress slated for next year.

In this way, Chavez invites all sectors "to build socialist Venezuela." "Nobody is afraid to socialism, which is mainly human," stated Chavez in his first speech before thousands of followers after being re-elected as Venezuela s President.



Comment on this Article


FM spokesman: Iran welcomes results of Venezuela election

Tehran, Dec 4, IRNA

Foreign Ministry spokesman Mohammad-Ali Hosseini here on Monday voiced Iran's pleasure over the massive turn-out in Sunday's presidential election in Venezuela.

According to a report of the Foreign Ministry's Information and Press Department, Hosseini said the Iranian government and people had high praises for the free and competitive atmosphere in which the Venezuelan election was conducted.
"The victory of freedom seekers and independent-minded figures in Venezuela and Latin America points to the love of the people of the region for real independence and their hatred for US officials' arrogant attitude," he reiterated.
Commenting on the impact of the election on Tehran-Caracas relations, Hosseini said Tehran hopes the positive development would lead to further expansion of wide-ranging ties between the Islamic Republic of Iran and Venezuela and other states of the region.

Hosseini also hoped Tehran-Caracas relations would serve as an example for regional states as well as countries of the South.

President Hugo Chavez was re-elected by a landslide victory on Sunday.
The incumbent Chavez, 52, who has served for eight years, obtained over 61 percent of the votes and had a lead of 23 points over his rival -- state governor Manuel Rosales.



Comment on this Article


The Spirit of Resistance in Mexico City

by Stephen Lendman
2 December 2006

National Action Party (PAN) candidate Felipe Calderon had center stage at 12:01 AM, December 1 at the presidential residence of Los Pinos as Mexico's new president addressed the country on national television after a brief stealth swearing-in ceremony for him to the office he didn't win and will now assume illegitimately because of the fraud-laden electoral coup d'etat that gave it to him. He then had to be slipped in a back door of the Congress later that morning to take the oath of office there, as constitutionally required, in a second "lightning-fast" chaotic ceremony preceded by a brawl between lawmakers for and against the new president who then left as fast as he entered and is now off to a rocky start.
National Action Party (PAN) candidate Felipe Calderon had center stage at 12:01 AM, December 1 at the presidential residence of Los Pinos as Mexico's new president addressed the country on national television after a brief stealth swearing-in ceremony for him to the office he didn't win and will now assume illegitimately because of the fraud-laden electoral coup d'etat that gave it to him. He then had to be slipped in a back door of the Congress later that morning to take the oath of office there, as constitutionally required, in a second "lightning-fast" chaotic ceremony preceded by a brawl between lawmakers for and against the new president who then left as fast as he entered and is now off to a rocky start.

At the same time, outside in Mexico City's streets, hundreds of thousands of people assembled early in the morning in the vast Zocalo square supporting opposition Democratic Revolution Party (PRD) candidate Andres Manuel Lopez Obrador, who changed his earlier plans to march on Congress and instead held a peaceful mass-protest march of his supporters through the city center to avoid clashes with the police that might have turned violent. It went as far as Chapultepec Park, the entrance to the secured area, to demonstrate opposition to Mr. Calderon and to support Lopez Obrador who was denied the presidency he won now handed over illegitimately to Mr. Calderon. Obrador told the crowd his fight will continue because "it is not possible that there are no democratic elections in Mexico. We are not rebels without a cause, like the media want to portray us. Sometimes they forget the real issue at hand, they forget that we were robbed of the presidential election."

Earlier on Tuesday, November 28, opposition legislators occupied the speaker's podium in the Parliament's Chamber of Deputies lower house where Calderon was scheduled to be sworn in as is customary. They remained there, humiliating Mr. Calderon and forcing him first to settle for a well-guarded private bewitching hour ceremony, unprecedented in the country's history, and then have to repeat it in the brawling environment of the lower house and mass-opposition controlled anger in the streets outside. Not a good way to begin a presidency that may not get any easier ahead. It led the Council on Hemispheric Affairs (COHA) on December 1 to write an article with the long and ominous title - "With Calderon's Deeply Troubled Inauguration Last Night, Amidst a Deteriorating Security Situation in Oaxaca, the Possibility of a New Mexican Revolution Cannot Be Ruled Out." What COHA didn't say was that it appears that revolution may have already begun and is beginning to spread slowly throughout most parts of the country where "the people the color of the earth" live and are now demanding their rights.

In the earlier wee-hours ceremony COHA referred to, Calderon was presented the tri-color ceremonial sash by outgoing PAN president Vincente Fox, and it now remains to be seen what he can do with it as he assumes his new office in a weakened position against an opposition with vast support determined to continue resisting his legitimacy. For weeks following the fraud-laden July 2 general election, mass protests filled the streets of Mexico City and its vast Zocalo square.

The struggle continued in an atmosphere of post-election turmoil that energized the Mexican public including the courageous people of Oaxaca who've been battling since May for the rights they've long been denied including the removal of the corrupt and repressive state governor Ulises Ruiz and united to do it by forming the Popular Assembly of the People of Oaxaca (APPO). They're now faced off against 4500 of the country's Federal Preventative Police (PFP) and thuggish paramilitary assassins sent to the state to target them. Still, they've stood their ground bravely in their determined confrontation that shows no signs of ending despite brutal police harassment on the streets with tear-gassing, illegal home searches and seizures, people disappeared, many dozens or hundreds illegally arrested for protesting injustice and falsely accused of "hindering free passage, sedition, criminal association, conspiracy, theft, rebellion, and threats" and at least 17 killed including American documentary filmmaker and journalist Brad Will and dozens wounded.

Weeks before the early morning stealth inauguration in Mexico City, the ruling PAN party set up a militarized zone around the Chamber of Deputies in the capital preparing for whatever might unfold in the run-up to December 1 and its aftermath still to come. The area was turned into an armed camp with 1200 elite PFP in riot gear along with Police of the Presidential Guard manning checkpoints in the surrounding streets in an atmosphere of martial law that persists and may signal trouble ahead on the streets of Mexico City similar to what's now happening in Oaxaca and beginning to spread elsewhere.

In addition, three-meter high metal fences were erected around the Chamber of Deputies building and remain in place, closing it off like a fortress needing protection from the people of Mexico the elected leaders are supposed to represent but never do in a country with a long tradition of authoritarian rule, corruption, dismissiveness of peoples' rights, and service only to the interests of wealth and power. The scene there represents an ominous symbol of state repression past and more likely to come that Felipe Calderon signaled on November 20 when he said: "My government will make use of all the force of the Mexican state, with the laws at hand and the power of the institutions. This is a war that we are going to win..."

Straightaway, this man shows he means it by his appointment of Jalisco Governor Francisco Ramirez Acuna to the powerful post of Interior Minister that effectively puts him in charge of state-directed repression. He assumes his new office with a well-earned reputation in his home state as a hard line authoritarian known for cracking down on protesters and imprisoning dissidents while, at the same time, allowing narco-traffickers and criminal entrepreneurs safe haven under his jurisdiction and benefitting along with them.

He, Mr. Calderon, and others in the new government will get plenty of support for what they have in mind from the Bush administration. It has its eye on exploiting all remaining parts of Mexico it hasn't yet gotten its hands on since it grabbed so much of it from the IMF-imposed structural adjustment policies of the 1980s that resulted in large-scale privatizations of state-owned industries, economic deregulation favorable to Washington, and mandated wage restraint that held pay increases below the rate of inflation whenever any were gotten at all.

Calderon and Bush will also be close allies working together to further the business gains already in place from the destructive 1994 NAFTA agreement that predatory corporate giants benefitted hugely from and now want to broaden into a North American union, effectively erasing the borders of the three NAFTA-participating countries and surrendering the sovereignty of the two smaller ones to the hegemony of the one dominant one, adversely affecting the people of all three countries who always end up the losers in deals like this, if it happens.

If the opposition in Mexico has any say about it, post-election schemes cooked up by the PAN in service to its dominant northern neighbor may not go as planned. Opposition PRD candidate Lopez Obrador (ALMO, as he's affectionately known) promises to resist the new illegitimate government, and on November 20 (the anniversary date of Mexico's 1910 revolution) conducted his own swearing-in ceremony in Mexico City's Zocalo as Mexico's "legitimate president" before hundreds of thousands of supporters. He named his cabinet members joining him and told the crowd "There are millions of Mexicans who are not willing to accept more abuses (and that his) legitimate government (would work for the poor)." He added Mr. Calderon (he calls a US "puppet") "cannot feel secure (in the office he didn't win and he's) the lowly servant of the white-collar criminals (who stole it for him)." He also presented 20 measures he intends to work for including preventing the privatization of the nation's energy sector Big US Oil has long eyed to control.

The battle lines are now drawn and began peacefully on the streets near the Parliament building on December 1 in response to Lopez Obrador asking his supporters to come out in them in protest with more sure to follow. Security forces have been there for months and will be aligned against them whenever they're in the streets or square and were joined by hundreds of Navy officers deployed around the Parliament, at least for the inauguration, already protected by several thousand elite police and members of the Presidential Guard. This was just day one of round one as Felipe Calderon begins his potentially turbulent six-year term in office that may hold many surprises as it unfolds.

The people of Mexico have shown they're fed up with decades of fraud, corruption and abuse and for months have taken to the streets in numbers large enough to make a difference and for the world to take note. They're joined in protest by their comrades in Oaxaca, other states, and by Subcomandante Marcos and the many thousands of his supporters and organizations across the country. He's leading them in his national Zapatista Other Campaign organized outside the political process to end Mexico's unjust economic system of neoliberal predatory capitalism wanting to replace it with a democratic system of social and economic justice for the people in a country long denied either.

Events ebb and flow south of the border, but overall the atmosphere's electric and more ripe for change now than it's been since Emiliano Zapata Salazar's heroic efforts led a national revolutionary movement against the Porfirio Diaz dictatorship in 1910 that overthrew him the following year. It was historic and now is a symbol of what courageous people hope will ignite a new spirit of resistance leading to change in what may be a watershed moment in Mexico's history.

It it happens, it won't come without struggle. Mexican governments aren't known for yielding easily to protests against their authority, and this one can expect plenty of help from the Bush administration already reeling from the opposition it faces in a growing number of Latin American nations and sure to become more hostile and determined to resist new threats in the region as they arise. For Washington, Mexico is the cornerstone of the hemisphere it feels it has a lien on and losing it would be another catastrophic blow adding to its strategic defeats in the Middle East brought on by the Bush administration's arrogance, blunders and ineptness.

The people of Mexico have other ideas, they're now playing out in real time, and as events ahead unfold it may be that Mexican history will be made in the hearts of the people and the spirit they show in the streets they take to and not in the halls of power where it usually happens.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net. Also visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com.



Comment on this Article


The Lobby (that doesn't exist)


Letter from James Abourezk, former US Senator from South Dakota to Jeff Blankfort on the Israel Lobby

James Abourezk, former US Senator from South Dakota
3 December 2006

The following letter was sent to me today by James Abourezk, former US Senator from South Dakota, and he readily complied when I asked that I be allowed to forward it to my list because what he had to say is of the utmost importance, given last month's election and all the new faces in Congress, and the immediate previous posting to you and James Petras's article earlier in the day..
Dear Jeff:

I just finished reading your critique of Noam Chomsky's positions in an e mail sent to me by Tony Saidy.

I had never paid much attention to Chomsky's writings, as I had all along assumed that he was correct and proper in his position on the Arab-Israeli conflict.

But now, upon learning that his first assumption is that Israel is simply doing what the imperial leaders in the U.S. wants them to do, I concur with you that this assumption is completely wrong.

I can tell you from personal experience that, at least in the Congress, the support Israel has in that body is based completely on political fear--fear of defeat by anyone who does not do what Israel wants done. I can also tell you that very few members of Congress--at least when I served there--have any affection for Israel or for its Lobby. What they have is contempt, but it is silenced by fear of being found out exactly how they feel. I've heard too many cloakroom conversations in which members of the Senate will voice their bitter feelings about how they're pushed around by the Lobby to think otherwise. In private one hears the dislike of Israel and the tactics of the Lobby, but not one of them is willing to risk the Lobby's animosity by making their feelings public.

Thus, I see no desire on the part of Members of Congress to further any U.S. imperial dreams by using Israel as their pit bull. The only exceptions to that rule are the feelings of Jewish members, whom, I believe, are sincere in their efforts to keep U.S. money flowing to Israel. But that minority does not a U.S. imperial policy make.

Secondly, the Lobby is quite clear in its efforts to suppress any congressional dissent from the policy of complete support for Israel which might hurt annual appropriations. Even one voice is attacked, as I was, on grounds that if Congress is completely silent on the issue, the press will have no one to quote, which effectively silences the press as well. Any journalists or editors who step out of line are quickly brought under control by well organized economic pressure against the newspaper caught sinning.

I once made a trip through the Middle East, taking with me a reporter friend who wrote for Knight-Ridder newspapers. He was writing honestly about what he saw with respect to the Palestinians and other countries bordering on Israel. The St. Paul Pioneer press executives received threats from several of their large advertisers that their advertising would be terminated if they continued publishing the journalist's articles. It's a lesson quickly learned by those who controlled the paper.

With respect to the positions of several administrations on the question of Israel, there are two things that bring them into line: One is pressure from members of Congress who bring that pressure resulting in the demands of AIPAC, and the other is the desire on the part of the President and his advisers to keep their respective political parties from crumbling under that pressure. I do not recall a single instance where any administration saw the need for Israel's military power to advance U.S. Imperial interests. In fact, as we saw in the Gulf War, Israel's involvement was detrimental to what Bush, Sr. wanted to accomplish in that war. They had, as you might remember, to suppress any Israeli assistance so that the coalition would not be destroyed by their involvement.

So far as the argument that we need to use Israel as a base for U.S. operations, I'm not aware of any U.S. bases there of any kind. The U.S. has enough military bases, and fleets, in the area to be able to handle any kind of military needs without using Israel. In fact I can't think of an instance where the U.S. would want to involve Israel militarily for fear of upsetting the current allies the U.S. has, i.e., Saudi Arabia and the Emirates. The public in those countries would not allow the monarchies to continue their alliance with the U.S. should Israel become involved.

I suppose one could argue that Bush's encouragement of Israel in the Lebanon war this summer was the result of some imperial urge, but it was merely an extension of the U.S. policy of helping Israel because of the Lobby's continual pressure. In fact, I heard not one voice of opposition to the Israeli invasion of Lebanon this summer (except Chuck Hagel). Lebanon always has been a "throw away" country so far as the congress is concerned, that is, what happens there has no effect on U.S. interests. There is no Lebanon Lobby. The same was true in 1982, when the Congress fell completely silent over the invasion that year.

I think in the heart of hearts of both members of congress and of the administrations they would prefer not to have Israel fouling things up for U.S. foreign policy, which is to keep oil flowing to the Western world to prevent an economic depression. But what our policy makers do is to juggle the Lobby's pressure on them to support Israel with keeping the oil countries from cutting off oil to the western nations. So far they've been able to do that. With the exception of King Feisal and his oil embargo, there hasn't been a Saudi leader able to stand up to U.S. policy.

So I believe that divestment, and especially cutting off U.S. aid to Israel would immediately result in Israel's giving up the West Bank and leaving the Gaza to the Palestinians. Such pressure would work, I think, because the Israeli public would be able to determine what is causing their misery and would demand that an immediate peace agreement be made with the Palestinians. It would work because of the democracy there, unlike sanctions against a dictatorship where the public could do little about changing their leaders' minds. One need only look at the objectives of the Israeli Lobby to determine how to best change their minds. The Lobby's principal objectives are to keep money flowing from the U.S. treasury to Israel, requiring a docile congress and a compliant administration. As Willie Sutton once said, "That's where the money is."

Jim Abourezk



Comment on this Article


Israel is on freshman lawmakers' to-do list

By Alana Y. Price and Lindsay Blakely
Times Washington Bureau
This story ran on nwitimes.com on Sunday, December 3, 2006 12:11 AM CST

WASHINGTON | New office on Capitol Hill? Check. Orientation to congressional protocols? Check. All-expense paid trip to Israel? Add that to the freshman lawmaker's calendar.

Next year first-term members of Congress could be initiated into an unofficial Washington tradition -- flying to Israel, one of the top foreign destinations for privately sponsored congressional travel. Every two years -- the years between elections -- the American Israel Education Foundation invites House and Senate members to gain firsthand knowledge about a region they will influence through legislation.
The education foundation is a nonprofit arm of the American Israel Public Affairs Committee -- AIPAC, one of the most powerful lobbies in Washington. A 2005 National Journal survey of congressional insiders ranked AIPAC second most influential lobbying group among Democratic lawmakers and fourth among Republicans.

The pro-Israel organization made headlines in August when two of its former lobbyists were charged with conspiring to pass on national defense information to the Israeli government.

AIPAC's education foundation is the third largest private sponsor of congressional travel, having spent more than $1.5 million sending lawmakers and their staffers on trips since Jan. 1, 2000, according to a Medill News Service analysis of travel disclosure forms from 2000 through mid-August 2006. Most of the trips -- worth nearly $1.4 million -- were to Israel.

"Being on the ground in Israel, seeing the terrain, being there in person provides the perspective that one can't get from being in classrooms and reading media coverage," AIPAC spokesman Josh Block said.

Block declined to provide a full itinerary for any trip, saying AIPAC does not customarily release such agendas to the public. But he said a typical trip would include meetings with Israeli and Palestinian elected officials, academicians and journalists.

A trip three years ago included an afternoon at a Holocaust Memorial and visits with then-Israeli Prime Minister Ariel Sharon, then-Palestinian Authority Prime Minister Mahmoud Abbas and the U.S. ambassador to Israel, according to Block.

Rep. Steve Israel, D-N.Y., who went on the trip, said that new members of Congress who accompanied him were shocked by Israel's small size.

"Many realized for the first time that their districts were bigger" than Israel, he said. "Why would Israel [ever] want to give up land? They could never see that unless they went."


The American-Arab Anti-Discrimination Committee urges lawmakers to go see what life is like for Palestinians, but generally can't afford to pay for the congressional trips, said spokesman Tony Kutayli.

Comment: Why would Israel want to give up land?

Of course Israel doesn't want to give up land. It wants more, and has been grabbing as much as it can since the 1967 war. The illegal settlements continue to expand, and as the report last week showed, much of this expansion is onto privately owned Palestinian land!

Israel won't be satisfied with what it has. It wants it all. And when it is done killing the palestinians and taking back all of Gaza and the West Bank, it will seek to expand its borders.


Comment on this Article


Israel lobby sets its sights on academe

Cameron Stewart
02 dec 06
The Australian

THE aftershocks of Israel's war against Hezbollah in Lebanon beginning last July are being felt in Australian universities with ugly consequences. Jewish Labor MP Michael Danby and pro-Israeli groups say students of Middle Eastern studies are being fed an increasingly biased and distorted anti-Israeli view of the region by "Arabist" academics.

Their blunt claims, aired in parliament and in the Jewish press, have prompted one of these alleged Arabists, Andrew Vincent of Sydney's Macquarie University, to hit back at his accusers.
"(They) are trying to frogmarch not just the whole Jewish community but the whole community in general into supporting a government which not all Israelis support, let's face it," said Vincent, who heads the university's Centre for Middle East Studies, on SBS's Dateline program last month.

This dispute over academic balance in relation to Israel has been simmering for years on Australian campuses but it is the war in Lebanon that has brought it to a flashpoint. It is a clash that raises raw and sensitive questions about the freedoms and the responsibilities of academe as well as the power of the pro-Israel lobby.

"Because of public commentaries about Israel's war in Lebanon in July, a lot of Israel's supporters thought that Israel was being unfairly attacked," Vincent tells Inquirer. "So they circled the wagons and attacked the attackers."

Danby entered the fray in August after hearing a radio interview in which Vincent called on Prime Minister John Howard to de-list Hezbollah as a terrorist organisation. It was a provocative comment to make in the heat of the Lebanon war and one that was sharply at odds with both sides of Australian politics at the time.

So Danby stood up in federal parliament and let rip: "I grieve for the state of Middle Eastern studies in Australia, and the effect that some poor judgments and poor teaching have had on policy decisions as it affects decision-making in Australia." He was joined by conservative analyst Ted Lapkin of the Australia/Israel Jewish Affairs Council, who wrote a scathing piece in Quadrant magazine saying that Australian academe was a "rogue's gallery of anti-Zionists".

This ideological row might be dismissed as an academic storm in a teacup, except Danby and Lapkin believe it could have very real implications for Australian policy in the years ahead. Danby says Australian universities are guilty of producing "endless one-sided propaganda" that "produces graduates who move into the Department of Foreign Affairs and other organs of government with a one-sided view of the conflict in the Middle East".

Lapkin is more blunt, warning: "The best and brightest of Australia's youth are exposed to virulent anti-Zionism throughout their university years. It remains to be seen what effect this indoctrination will have on the next generation of Australian leaders."

But what precisely is the basis for these claims that universities are running courses that are pro-Arab and anti-Israeli?

Danby's and Lapkin's criticisms are focused largely on the two best known Middle East study courses in the country: Vincent's Centre for Middle Eastern Studies at Macquarie and the Australian National University's Centre for Arab and Islamic Studies, directed by Amin Saikal.

Lapkin accuses Saikal of pursuing an "anti-Zionist agenda" that decrees that "Israel can do no right and the Palestinians can do no wrong". Among other things, Saikal is said to be highly critical of Israel's conduct in Lebanon while praising aspects of Iranian democracy in an Islamic context. Saikal does not dispute this, but says his criticisms of Israel in Lebanon are not unreasonable and they do not mean he is anti-Israeli.

"Most of the things we have said in terms of criticising Israel have been voiced by Israelis themselves inside Israel," he says. "But the (pro-Israel) lobby group here cannot tolerate any form of criticism whatsoever. They don't want an objective assessment of Israel in this country and if you make one then they attack you and call you anti-Semitic or anti-Zionist.

"I think at times, particularly in the wake of the Lebanese crisis, they have said some things which could be interpreted as crossing the line."

Saikal and Vincent say hostile emails have been sent to their respective university vice-chancellors calling for them to be sacked.

However, ANU vice-chancellor Ian Chubb defends Saikal, saying he has been "attacked personally ... because (his) views are unsavoury to others who have closed their mind. This is a fragile period in world relations, the very time when understanding and reason are needed to prevail over prejudice and ideology."

Danby strongly disputes suggestions that he or other pro-Israel advocates are trying to stifle free speech or otherwise censor debate on Israel and the Middle East.

"I encourage debate," he says. "It is through criticism of these courses that the public will arrive at a judgment themselves about their worth. My concern is that you are not getting a full range of opinions on campus, you are not getting a wide range of views."

Danby says undergraduate students are frustrated by what they see as a pro-Arab bias in these courses. "Undergraduates feel very disadvantaged, their lectures are often very anti-Israel and very anti-American," he says.

Vincent questions this, saying he has not received any complaints from his students about bias despite having many Jewish students in his course.

Australia's Jewish community is politically conservative - often more so than in Israel - and it has long been frustrated with the inherently left-wing bias perceived in Australian universities. It hopes that this public challenge to the nation's universities will ultimately lead to less strident criticism of Israel in academe.

But the pro-Israel lobby also risks overplaying its hand and being perceived as using bullying to impose its own agenda. Their complaints inevitably will be interpreted by some as an attempt to muzzle academic debate rather than simply encourage greater diversity of ideas on campus.

Regardless of one's views on the war in Lebanon, which ended in August, the reality is that the conflict has done great harm to Israel's international image. This will naturally be reflected in academic studies, just as it has in the media and in mainstream public opinion.

The question is to determine when such views go beyond reasoned argument and into the realm of anti-Israeli bias. The answer, like so many Middle Eastern issues, lies squarely in the eyes of the beholder.

Danby accuses Vincent of selectively inviting guest lecturers who are pro-Arab and anti-Israel. "Speakers at Macquarie University this year have included the Syrian ambassador, (left-wing journalist and author) Robert Fisk, former Australian ambassador Peter Rogers and a United Arab Emirates minister, Sheikha Lubna al-Qassimi," Danby says. "All of these people seem to be putting only one side of the debate."

Vincent argues that his speakers have included "a variety of Israelis who are very much in tune with current Israeli thinking". He says that earlier this year he invited Israeli's ambassador in Canberra to speak but the offer was never taken up.

But Vincent has been under growing pressure since NSW schools last year dropped a simulation exercise devised by his centre after parents complained it was creating racial tension and painted terrorists in a sympathetic light. Parents alleged the exercise, in which students played Arabs and Israelis, gave positive descriptions of groups such as Hamas's Qassam Brigades and the Palestinian Islamic Jihad without telling students that the groups were listed terrorist organisations.

Tertiary students who take Vincent's course Introduction to Middle East Politics are also asked questions that some may consider loaded against Israeli and US policy in the Middle East. These include: "Israel is sometimes accused of intransigence, why is this?"; "Should local opposition to (a democratic Iraq) be dismissed as terrorism?"; and "What is the neo-conservative agenda, and is it still in place in President Bush's second term?"

Yet the same questionnaire also asks: "Do the governments of the Arab world lack legitimacy? Why?"

Vincent fears that this debate, if unchecked, could take Australia down the path of the US, where an aggressive website called Campus Watch asks students to expose academics who they believe are anti-Israel.

The website, run by influential Israel supporter Daniel Pipes, admits that it pays special attention to those academics who are up for tenure or promotion. "Campus Watch is frightening," Vincent says. "I am sure some people in Australia would like to have Campus Watch here."

But Danby distances himself from Campus Watch, saying there is no parallel with that organisation and the present debate in Australia. "We need to have a balanced view on the issue of the Middle East. As pressure has been on the ABC (not to show bias), so should it be on these faculties of Middle Eastern studies."



Comment on this Article


Oregon delegate inspired by AIPAC Summit, young UO colleague

By SHARON UNGERLEIDER
The Jewish Review
Mon., Dec. 4

In October, I was a first-time participant at the American Israel Public Affairs Committee's two-day National Summit in Houston.

With Oregon Hillel student leader and AIPAC intern Jonathan Rosenberg, we followed two dynamic program tracks and were thoroughly briefed on the challenging global events of this historic time in U.S., Israeli and European relations.
More than 800 people attended the Summit, Jews and non-Jews, including 100 student activists and several state and national legislators.

Featured speakers included Jerusalem Post Editor David Horovitz, David Makovsky of the Washington Institute's Project on the Middle East Peace Process, The New Republic Contributing Editor and Shalem Center Fellow Michael Oren, Columbia University political science professor Jonathan Adelman, and AIPAC Director of Research and Information Rafi Danziger.

Political strategists taking part in the Summit included Dan Senor, a former senior advisor to L. Paul Bremer III when he was the U.S. presidential envoy in Iraq, and Washington Institute Executive Director Robert Satloff, an expert on Arab and Islamic politics and U.S. Middle East policy.

Top Israeli military leaders also took part in the AIPAC Summit. They included Baruch Spiegel, a retired Israel Defense Force reserve brigadier general, and Maj. Gen. (Res.) Eitan Ben-Eliahu, former commander of the Israeli Air Force.

Among such stimulating company, it was no less exciting for me to learn alongside Rosenberg and his activist student community.

Describing his experience at the Summit, the University of Oregon junior who is majoring in political science and music said, "It was inspiring to see so many concerned community activists with full-time jobs, families and massive responsibilities who dedicate so much of their energy and resources to insure that the U.S.-Israel relationship is strong."

Rosenberg, the son of former Congregation Shaarie Torah Rabbi David Rosenberg, calls Portland his hometown and describes himself as a pro-Israel activist on the UO campus where he is a member of the student Senate. He worked as an AIPAC intern last summer. He said that the Israel lobby "consistently invests and trains the next generation of campaigners and leaders."

Rosenberg, who currently also works as the Harold Grinspoon Foundation intern at Oregon Hillel on the UO campus, said he was impressed by AIPAC's broadly diverse character.

"University student body presidents, dedicated Jewish and non-Jewish activists, students from historically black colleges and conservative Christian schools-AIPAC is strictly bipartisan," said Rosenberg, "appealing equally to Democratic, Republican and independent activists."

There were dozens of panel discussions and forums addressing a wide array of U.S.-Israel issues from which participants could choose. Topics included Israel's war on terror, Syria and Iran's role in fostering instability in the Middle East, Iran's pursuit of a nuclear bomb, and the future of Israeli-Palestinian Relations.

The Summit's strategic message was punctuated by voices of courage and resistance.

Haifa's police chief recounted the coordination of 1,000 emergency responders during the recent 33 days of Hezbollah rocket attacks against northern Israel.

The chief shared a haunting memory from the war with Hezbollah. He watched, he said, as a woman in a car in front of him stopped and leapt from her vehicle with her baby in her arms. She lay flat on the pavement over her infant to protect it from the rockets.

Participants from all across the political spectrum and from all walks of life were told of the everyday heroism of Israelis and of the one million of them who were forced to flee south, away from this summer's fighting and into the welcoming arms and homes of fellow Israelis.

I will never forget Jonathan Freedland's address. An American attorney living in Israel, he spoke of Haifa as the jewel of Arab-Israeli coexistence, a hopeful band which Hezbollah's relentless barrage of rockets this summer could not destroy.

Freedland's closing comments still echo in my head, "Haifa," he said, "is one place where Jews and Arabs succeeded together."

As AIPAC teaches and trains activists for the future, it fortifies the strategic partnership between the United States and Israel. The counterpoint here is that Hezbollah will never be allowed to tear apart the fabric of this threaded, pluralistic relationship in Israel.

In a final prophetic statement Freedland said, "Haifa survived once again. And never forget, America, that this war was for all of us; and Israel is the front line. Remember that Israel is showing you now where the rocks and shoals lie."

I hope that many others will join Jonathan and me in this fascinating and vitally necessary endeavor to keep Israel safe.

Doing this will sustain our homeland's beacon of freedom and democracy for our children and ourselves. This is AIPAC's steadfast commitment and mission.

Sharon Ungerleider is a writer in Eugene.

Comment: Yeah, Israel is the front line, the front line is what life is going to be like for non-psychopaths in the future when the entire planet is locked up and the brown shirts are breaking down our doors.

The Palestinian present is the future for all of us.


Comment on this Article


Jewish Groups To Challenge Ethics Reform

Nathan Guttman | Fri. Dec 01, 2006

Two of America's most influential Jewish organizations are gearing up for their first direct confrontation with the incoming, Democratic-led Congress. The topic: Democratic proposals for congressional ethics and lobbying reform.
At issue are two key congressional perks, targeted for elimination, that Jewish organizations rely on to achieve community goals: overseas junkets, including dozens of trips to Israel each year, funded by Jewish organizations; and an estimated $25 million a year in earmarked funds for Jewish communal projects. Both the trips and the earmarked funding face possible elimination as part of the Democrats' pledge to fight corruption on Capitol Hill.

Speaker-elect Nancy Pelosi has said she plans to bring up the ethics reform legislation "within the first 100 hours of the 110th Congress," which will begin its session in January 2007. Activists with several Jewish and pro-Israel groups said they will be working in the coming weeks to head off or soften the specific measures they fear most.

With 41% of voters pointing in exit polls to corruption and scandals as an "extremely important" factor in how they voted last month, the Democratic victory is widely seen as a call for an overhaul of congressional ethical standards.

Most of the ethics reform measures being considered are described as lessons learned from the investigation of disgraced Republican lobbyist Jack Abramoff, which revealed a widespread culture of lawmakers accepting free gifts, lavish tours and personal favors in return for their votes.

Democrats are now debating the exact language of ethics reform legislation. The most sweeping proposals call for the establishment of an independent committee to oversee congressional ethics issues. More modest versions would seek only minor changes in the existing rules. Congressional sources predicted this week that in either case, the legislation will include curbs on gifts and trips sponsored by lobbying groups, limitations on earmarked spending and greater transparency in campaign finance.

Jewish groups, though supportive of most measures, are concerned about two aspects of the reform: the ban on privately funded congressional travel, and the limitations on earmarks. Both measures might - depending on the final language adopted - restrict actions of Jewish and pro-Israel groups on Capitol Hill.

All-expense-paid tours to Israel are among the most common overseas trips made by members of Congress and their aides. Watchdog groups, using data from congressional filings, have reported that Israel is the leading destination for privately sponsored congressional trips. In the years 2000 to 2005, 164 of the 1,922 overseas congressional visits were to Israel. In the past year, 62 Congress members and staffers visited Israel on trips funded by pro-Israel and Jewish groups. Most of the junkets are sponsored by the main pro-Israel lobbying group, the American Israel Public Affairs Committee, through its sister organization, the American Israel Education Foundation. The foundation is the second-largest sponsor of overseas trips.

Other Jewish groups sending lawmakers and their aides to Israel include United Jewish Communities, the national association of federated Jewish philanthropies. UJC operates through local federations and their affiliated community-relations committees.

The best-known political visit to Israel is probably that of President Bush in 1998, while he was governor of Texas. During the visit, which was funded by the Republican Jewish Coalition, Bush was taken on a helicopter ride over Israel and the West Bank with Ariel Sharon as his tour guide. The president has since mentioned this visit in many speeches on Middle East policy and in meetings with the Jewish community.

Jewish groups are now lobbying Congress to make sure that educational trips, such as those to Israel, be allowed to continue even under the new restrictions being considered. "Trips to Israel sponsored by the American Israel Education Foundation have long been considered among the most substantive, educational and valuable trips available for members of Congress," Aipac spokesman Josh Block said. "While in Israel, members have the opportunity to meet with both Israeli and Palestinian officials, academics, journalists, elected officials, hearing from speakers representing diverse views across the political spectrum, and get a personal, firsthand view of issues of great importance to American policy in the Middle East."

Aipac is one of the few lobbying groups that had enacted full disclosure of trip information even before Congress made this disclosure mandatory.

Officials from several Jewish organizations have been holding intense talks with Democratic staffers over the past week to ensure that Israel educational trips will be exempt from the new restrictions, but several sources said it is too early to determine where the Democrats are heading with the legislation. "I believe that we can draft some language that keeps bona fide educational trips kosher and makes boondoggles trayf," said William Daroff, chief Washington representative of UJC.

But for UJC, the travel limitations are only a side issue. The charity network is more worried about another part of the ethics reform legislation, directed at congressional earmarks. These are items that lawmakers are allowed to insert into spending bills to direct federal funds toward specific projects in their districts. The earmark system has been criticized as a backdoor for pouring billions of taxpayer dollars into so-called pork-barrel projects to strengthen lawmakers' popularity among home voters, or big donors.

From an estimated $64 billion spent annually through earmarks, Jewish institutions enjoy no more than $25 million. Most of that goes to a UJC program, Naturally Occurring Retirement Communities. The program is designed to deal with graying neighborhoods or apartment complexes by financing on-site social service programs that allow elderly residents to remain in their homes.

This past year, UJC managed to get NORCs included in the Older Americans Act reauthorization bill, which could pave the way for funding the program without the need for earmarks. For now, however, a ban on earmarks will do away with funding for the program, which operates in 41 cities around the country.

Congressional sources stressed this week that a total ban on earmarks does not seem likely, due to the heavy reliance of lawmakers from both parties on them as a political vehicle. The ethics reform, however, is expected to include requirements that each earmark have the name of its individual sponsoring lawmaker attached. Drafters of this version hope that abuse of earmarks will be reduced if funding perceived as corrupt bears the name of its sponsor.



Comment on this Article


Input or Intrusion?

Nov. 21
Scott Jaschik

Hiring and tenure decisions are typically decided (and appropriately decided, most in academe would say) by academics. A series of lobbying campaigns by pro-Israel groups, however, have some scholars worried that those who criticize Israel are being subjected to political tests and having their jobs endangered.
At Barnard College, Nadia Abu El-Haj, an anthropologist who is coming up for tenure, is under attack by some alumnae and pro-Israel groups for a book, published by the University of Chicago Press, that was critical of Israeli archaeology and its use in the context of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. At Wayne State University, similar groups are pushing the university not to hire Wadie Said for a faculty position in the law school. In that case, critics of Said are attacking him and his late father, the literary theorist Edward Said, saying that both Saids' activism on behalf of the Palestinian cause has amounted to support for violent groups.

These debates follow the cancellation last month of a lecture by Tony Judt, a professor at New York University, at the Polish consulate in New York City, amid charges that the Anti-Defamation League had encouraged Polish officials to call off the talk. And in June, Yale University turned down Juan Cole, a University of Michigan professor who is a leading figure in Middle Eastern studies, for a position - after a lengthy period in which critics of Cole argued that he was not a suitable choice for the position, in part because of his criticism of Israel. And Princeton University has faced criticism over a possible hire as well.

This weekend, the Middle East Studies Association, of which Cole is the president, voted to expand the work of its academic freedom committee - which has focused on helping scholars in the Middle East - to engage in efforts on behalf of colleagues in the United States.

"The subtext of these controversies is whether it is going to be allowed for Palestinians to hold positions in academe in the United States. Is it going to be allowed for people who are not Zionists to hold positions? Is there a Zionist litmus test in the United States?" said Cole in an interview Monday. He characterized the pro-Israel groups' activities as "the privatization of McCarthyism" and said that they represented the most serious threat today to academic freedom in the United States.

Winfield Myers, director of Campus Watch, a pro-Israel group that publicizes information about professors who are critical of Israel, said that Cole and others in Middle Eastern studies are distorting what is going on and that his group respects the right of faculty members to decide academic appointments. Myers said, however, that non-academics have every right to make their views known and that Middle Eastern studies professors are trying to prevent that from happening. "It is ultimately for faculty to decide. We're not saying 'approve this guy and turn this other fellow down,' " Myers said. But he said that academics do not have the right to make these decisions in a "cocoon of silence" in which information about scholars' "politicized work" isn't well known.

The professors who are being criticized were not available for comment on the criticism, much of which is taking the form of e-mail campaigns urging alumni and others to weigh in against them with senior administrators. In the case of El-Haj, much of the criticism concerns her book Facts on the Ground: Archaeological Practice and Territorial Self-Fashioning in Israeli Society.

Material published on Campus Watch states that the book's aim is to undermine the historic connection between the Jewish people and Israel, that the critique of Israeli archaeology is poorly researched and written, and that the author's anti-Israel bias undercuts her work. The material also questions whether El-Haj knows enough about Israel and has enough mastery of Hebrew to conduct any anthropological work about Israeli society. The material includes Barnard President Judith Shapiro's e-mail address and phone number.

Wayne State President Irvin Reid has had his contact info - as well as that of Frank H. Wu, the law dean - widely distributed by those seeking to prevent Said's appointment. The Web site of the pro-Israel group Stand With Us states that Said "shares his father's views" and is "supportive of his father's legacy of 'post-colonial,' 'Orientalist' slander against Israel." Said is also criticized for his participation in the defense team of Sami Al-Arian, the former University of South Florida professor who reached a plea agreement with the government on various charges against him after a jury rejected some charges and was divided on others.

David Horowitz's magazine is also coming out against Said. (Defenders of El-Haj and Said make much of the tone of the Web sites attacking them, but some of the Web sites defending them aren't exactly subtle in their tones either. One site defending Said says "the Negro President of WSU Irvin Reid is a staunch supporter of the racist state of Israel" and that because of his "unconditional support for the settler-colonial state of Zionist Israel," he has no business running a university in Detroit, home to a large Arab-American population.)

It is unclear what impact the campaigns will have. The academic job market is tough enough that when someone doesn't get a position, there are any number of reasons that could explain that decision. Winning tenure at Barnard or a faculty position at Yale aren't easy things to do regardless of whether one is being criticized on pro-Israel Web sites. At the same time, some of those who have lost their shot at jobs - like Cole at Yale - had strong faculty backing and appeared well positioned to gain certain positions prior to the lobbying campaigns.

Wu, the law dean at Wayne State, said that lobbying administrators there will have no impact. He said that the tradition at the law school - which he supports - is that job offers come only after two-thirds of the faculty agree. Wu said he has never tried to influence the faculty vote, and would never do so - or attempt to block a candidate who gained that level of support. Wu said he feels so strongly about this principle that he does not even vote as a faculty member. "We have a celebrated tradition of shared governance and academic freedom," he said. Sending him an e-mail about Said's candidacy would have about as much impact, he said, as sending an e-mail about Said to the dean of Harvard Law School, where Said is not a candidate for anything.

If the pro-Israel groups start lobbying professors, Wu warned that the effort might backfire. He said that his faculty holds a range of views politically and that professors likely don't all agree on whether it's appropriate for members of the public to seek to influence their hiring decisions. "Some might welcome [the e-mails]. Some might be offended. Some might be so turned off by the e-mail coming in that they may be persuaded to take a position that they might not have otherwise," Wu said

Roger Bowen, general secretary of the American Association of University Professors, said flatly that outside groups do not have a role in these hiring and tenure decisions. "Non-academics and external advocacy groups should not be permitted to intrude in hiring and tenure cases in the academy, he said. "Academic freedom also requires recognition that scholars alone have the right to pass judgment on the quality of a professor's credentials. No scholar should have to be subjected to political litmus tests conjured up by partisan groups."

A Barnard spokeswoman said that the college has received around 25 letters and e-mail messages from alumnae about El-Haj. The spokeswoman said that the college would never comment on the status of a tenure review. Judith Shapiro, Barnard's president, has posted on the alumnae Web site a letter about the dispute. In her letter, Shapiro noted that a review of El-Haj's work would include outside evaluations, by experts in the field. Shapiro - a cultural anthropologist herself - did not offer an opinion on El-Haj's work. But she defended the type of work done, saying that "it is a legitimate cultural anthropological enterprise to show how archaeological research can be used for political and ideological purposes," and noted that such critiques are not unique to the Middle East.

And while Shapiro said she welcomed feedback from alumnae, she also said she wanted to share "my concern about communications and letter-writing campaigns orchestrated by people who are not as familiar with Barnard as you are, and who may not be in the best position to judge the matter at hand."

Cole said that in both the Barnard and Wayne State disputes, good scholars are having their careers unfairly maligned. (In both cases, he said that he knows their work, but isn't a personal friend.)

El-Haj is "very well respected" and the issues she raises in her work are important ones, Cole said. A long-standing concern of Palestinians, he said, is that Israeli archaeologists dig through materials that cover centuries of key developments in the region to focus on the period of ancient Israel. "Getting rid of this professor would be like replicating what she is writing about in terms of what was done on the ground," he said.

And while Cole is no critic of Edward Said, he also said it was unfair and inappropriate for people who didn't like his ideas to take that out on his son. "This shows that it's a blood feud," he said.

Ari Drissman, president of the Wayne State chapter of Students for Israel, said that there were legitimate reasons to oppose Said's appointment. Drissman said that the environment at the university is "very tense" for students who support Israel, who are barraged with anti-Israel leaflets that are "without any facts." He characterized the publicity being given to Said's background as similar to a background check done by a business before hiring a new employee.

And Myers of Campus Watch used similar language. He stressed that all the groups are doing is publicizing information, not trying to intrude on actual decisions. As for his opinion, he said that El-Haj's work is "part of an ongoing effort to delegitimize the modern Israeli state," and that Said has "some rather radical politics."

In getting out the word about these people, Myers said, his group "is not part of some effort to silence the Arab voice." Rather, he said, his group is trying to open up debate. If Middle Eastern studies scholars are offended by the work of Campus Watch, Myers said, "they aren't used to getting criticism," adding that information put out by all groups - his own included - should be open for critique.

- Scott Jaschik



Comment on this Article


The War on YOU


U.S. government quietly rates millions of travellers for terrorism potential

Michael J. Sniffen, Canadian Press
Published: Friday, December 01, 2006

WASHINGTON (AP) - Without notifying the public, federal agents for the past four years have assigned millions of international travellers, including Americans, computer-generated scores rating the risk they pose of being terrorists or criminals.

The travellers are not allowed to see or directly challenge these risk assessments, which the government intends to keep them on file for 40 years.
The scores are assigned to people entering and leaving the United States after computers assess their travel records, including where they are from, how they paid for tickets, their motor vehicle records, past one-way travel, seating preference and what kind of meal they ordered.

The program's existence was quietly disclosed earlier in November when the government put an announcement detailing the Automated Targeting System, or ATS, for the first time in the Federal Register, a fine-print compendium of federal rules. Privacy and civil liberties lawyers, congressional aides and even law enforcement officers said they thought this system had been applied only to cargo.

The Homeland Security Department notice called its program "one of the most advanced targeting systems in the world." The department said the nation's ability to spot criminals and other security threats "would be critically impaired without access to this data."

Still, privacy advocates view ATS with alarm. "It's probably the most invasive system the government has yet deployed in terms of the number of people affected," David Sobel, a lawyer at the Electronic Frontier Foundation, a civil liberties group devoted to electronic data issues, said in an interview.
A similar Homeland Security data-mining project, for domestic air travellers - now known as Secure Flight - caused a furor two years ago in Congress. Legislators barred its implementation until it can pass 10 tests for accuracy and privacy protection.

In comments to the Homeland Security Department about ATS, Sobel said, "Some individuals will be denied the right to travel and many the right to travel free of unwarranted interference as a result of the maintenance of such material."

Sobel said in the interview the government notice also raises the possibility that faulty risk assessments could cost innocent people jobs in shipping or travel, government contracts, licenses or other benefits.

The government notice says ATS data may be shared with state, local and foreign governments for use in hiring decisions and in granting licenses, security clearances, contracts or other benefits. In some cases, the data may be shared with courts, Congress and even private contractors.

"Everybody else can see it, but you can't," Stephen Yale-Loeher, an immigration lawyer who teaches at Cornell Law school, said in an interview.

But Jayson P. Ahern, an assistant commissioner of Homeland Security's Customs and Border Protection agency, said the ATS ratings simply allow agents at the border to pick out people not previously identified by law enforcement as potential terrorists or criminals and send them for additional searches and interviews. "It does not replace the judgements of officers," Ahern said in an interview Thursday.

This targeting system goes beyond traditional border watch lists, Ahern said. Border agents compare arrival names with watch lists separately from the ATS analysis.

In a privacy impact assessment posted on its website this week, Homeland Security said ATS is aimed at discovering high-risk individuals who "may not have been previously associated with a law enforcement action or otherwise be noted as a person of concern to law enforcement."

Ahern said ATS does this by applying rules derived from the government's knowledge of terrorists and criminals to the passenger's travel patterns and records.

He said any traveller who objected to additional searches or interviews could ask to speak to a supervisor to complain. Homeland Security's privacy impact statement said that if asked, border agents would hand complaining passengers a one-page document that describes some, but not all, of the records that agents check and refers complaints to Custom and Border Protection's Customer Satisfaction Unit.

Homeland Security's statement said travellers can use this office to obtain corrections to the underlying data sources that the risk assessment is based on. "There is no procedure to correct the risk assessment and associated rules stored in ATS as the assessment ... will change when the data from the source system(s) is amended."

"I don't buy that at all," said Jim Malmberg, executive director of American Consumer Credit Education Support Services, a private credit education group. Malmberg noted how hard it has been for citizens, including members of Congress and even infants, to stop being misidentified as terrorists because their names match those on anti-terrorism watch lists.

The department says that 87 million people a year enter the country by air and 309 million enter by land or sea. The government gets advance passenger and crew lists for all flights and ships entering and leaving and all those names are entered into the system for an ATS analysis, Ahern said. He also said the names of vehicle drivers and passengers are entered when they cross the border and Amtrak is voluntarily supplying passenger data for trains to and from Canada.

Ahern said that border agents concentrate on arrivals more than on departures because their resources are limited.

"If this catches one potential terrorist, this is a success," Ahern said.

Comment: In this last line, we see an example of ponerized thinking. For Mr Ahern, this programme, that collects data, that is, that spies on millions of people collecting their personal data, that refuses to allow those identified to view and correct or even to know about the data on hand, such an invasive programme will be a success if only one "terrorist" is caught. So sacrificing the rights of millions of innocent people spied upon is worth catching one "terrorist".

The real terrorists are the people in government putting into practice these plans that keep a people terrorized, that make travelling such a burden that people give it up. The real terrorists are the pathocrats who are imposing a fear-based state, as well as invoking a permanent state of fear, in the US and Britain.


Comment on this Article


The House of Death

Sunday December 3, 2006
The Observer

When 12 bodies were found buried in the garden of a Mexican house, it seemed like a case of drug-linked killings. But the trail led to Washington and a cover-up that went right to the top. David Rose reports from El Paso

Janet Padilla's first inkling that something might be wrong came when she phoned her husband at lunchtime. His mobile phone was switched off. On 14 January, 2004, Luis had, as usual, left for work at 6am, and when he did not answer the first call Janet made, after taking the children to school, she assumed he was busy. Two weeks later she would learn the truth.
'It was love at first sight for Luis and me, and that's how it stayed, after two years dating at school and eight years of marriage,' says Janet. 'We always spoke a couple of times during the day and he always kept his phone on. So I called my dad, who owns the truckyard where he worked and he told me, "he hasn't been here". I called my in-laws and they hadn't seen him either, and they were already worried because his car was outside their house with the windows open and the keys in the ignition. He would never normally leave it like that.'

Luis Padilla, 29, father of three, had been kidnapped, driven across the Mexican border from El Paso, Texas, to a house in Ciudad Juarez, the lawless city ruled by drug lords that lies across the Rio Grande. As his wife tried frantically to locate him, he was being stripped, tortured and buried in a mass grave in the garden - what the people of Juarez call a narco-fossa, a narco-smugglers' tomb.

Just another casualty of Mexico's drug wars? Perhaps. But Padilla had no connection with the drugs trade; he seems to have been the victim of a case of mistaken identity. Now, as a result of documents disclosed in three separate court cases, it is becoming clear that his murder, along with at least 11 further brutal killings, at the Juarez 'House of Death', is part of a gruesome scandal, a web of connivance and cover-up stretching from the wild Texas borderland to top Washington officials close to President Bush.

These documents, which form a dossier several inches thick, are the main source for the facts in this article. They suggest that while the eyes of the world have been largely averted, America's 'war on drugs' has moved to a new phase of cynicism and amorality, in which the loss of human life has lost all importance - especially if the victims are Hispanic. The US agencies and officials in this saga - all of which refused to comment, citing pending lawsuits - appear to have thought it more important to get information about drugs trafficking than to stop its perpetrators killing people.

The US media have virtually ignored this story. The Observer is the first newspaper to have spoken to Janet Padilla, and this is the first narrative account to appear in print. The story turns on one extraordinary fact: playing a central role in the House of Death was a US government informant, Guillermo Ramirez Peyro, known as Lalo, who was paid more than $220,000 (£110,000) by US law enforcement bodies to work as a spy inside the Juarez cartel. In August 2003 Lalo bought the quicklime used to dissolve the flesh of the first victim, Mexican lawyer Fernando Reyes, and then helped to kill him; he recorded the murder secretly with a bug supplied by his handlers - agents from the Immigration and Customs Executive (Ice), part of the Department of Homeland Security. That first killing threw the Ice staff in El Paso into a panic. Their informant had helped to commit first-degree murder, and they feared they would have to end his contract and abort the operations for which he was being used. But the Department of Justice told them to proceed.

Lalo's cartel bosses told him whenever they were planning another killing, using a grisly codeword - carne asada, 'barbecue'. In the six months after Reyes's death, they used it on many occasions. Each time, says Lalo, he informed his handlers in Ice. They did not intervene.

El Paso, population 700,000, lies in Texas's far west. It is a V-shaped city almost bisected by the Franklin mountains, lashed by desert winds. Houston and Dallas are more than 600 miles away. Much closer, across a guarded fence and the river, here little wider than a stream, is Juarez. On the western side of the Mexican city are the barrios - dirt streets of ramshackle huts without sanitation, built from discarded wood and tyres, whose inhabitants live in sight of the gleaming offices of downtown El Paso.

Eastern Juarez is very different. There, in the campestre, the country club district, lie gated developments patrolled by security guards, armoured palaces of marble, with columns, fountains and huge golden domes. Most of the money comes from drugs. Los narcos control not only Juarez but the wider state of Chihuahua, ruling through corruption and fear. One organisation is paramount - the Juarez cartel led by Vicente Carrillo Fuentes. The US State Department claims he is responsible for shipping cocaine and marijuana worth billions of dollars a year and protects his business by killing. America is offering a $5m reward for his arrest.

His cartel has penetrated Mexican law enforcement at all levels. Like many of its operatives, Lalo began as a policeman - in his case in the Mexican highway police. Having resigned from the force in 1995, he began transporting cocaine by the ton for a gang based in Guadalajara. Professing disgust at his criminal associates, he started working for the US government in February 2000, supplying information not only to Ice (then known as US Customs) but also the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), the Bureau of Alcohol, Firearms and Tobacco, and the FBI. A few months later, with his handlers' encouragement, he was recruited into the Juarez cartel by Il Ingeniero, the Engineer, one of Fuentes's key lieutenants and a man notorious for acts of savage violence. His real name was Heriberto Santillan-Tabares.

'The money I got from the Americans I invested in business,' says Lalo, 36. 'I had a used-car lot, a furniture store and a cellphone accessory place.' He settled with his wife and three children on the US side of the border. 'I spoke to my handlers three or four times a day. But when I went across the bridge to Juarez, I had no back-up. I was on my own.'

Lalo claims to have facilitated numerous drug seizures and arrests. But on 28 June, 2003, his loyalty came under suspicion when he was arrested by the DEA in New Mexico, driving a truck he had brought across the border containing 102lb of marijuana. He had not told his handlers about this shipment and, in accordance with its normal procedures, the DEA 'deactivated' him as a source.

Ice took a different view. Agents in its El Paso office were trying to use Lalo to build a case against Santillan, and to nail a separate cigarette-smuggling investigation. At a meeting with federal prosecutors the week after Lalo's arrest, Ice tried to persuade assistant US attorney Juanita Fielden that, if Lalo were closely monitored, he would continue to be effective. Fielden agreed. She says in an affidavit that she called the New Mexico prosecutor and got him to drop the charges. Lalo was released.

A month later, on 5 August, Santillan asked Lalo to meet him at a cartel safe house at 3633 Calle Parsonieros, in an affluent neighbourhood of Juarez. The Mexican lawyer Reyes would be there too, Santillan said, and with the help of some members of the Juarez judicial police - the local detective force - they were going to kill him.

When Lalo arrived, two cops were already there. He went out to buy the quicklime and duct tape, and when he returned Santillan turned up with Reyes. The policemen jumped on the lawyer, beating him and trying to put duct tape over his mouth. Lalo, wearing his hidden wire supplied by Ice, recorded Reyes's desperate pleas for mercy. 'They [the police] asked me to help them get him to the floor,' reads a statement he made later. 'They tried to choke him with an extension cord, but this broke and I gave them a plastic bag and they put it on his head and suffocated him.' Even then, they were not sure Reyes was dead. One of the officers took a shovel 'and hit him many times on the head'.

When Lalo returned to El Paso on the day of Reyes's murder and told his Ice employers what had happened they were understandably worried. They knew that, if they were to continue using Lalo as an informant, they would need high-level authorisation. That afternoon and evening he was debriefed at length by his main handler, Special Agent Raul Bencomo, and his supervisor. Then he was allowed to go back to Juarez - Santillan had given him $2,000 to pay two cartel members to dig Reyes's grave, cover his body with quicklime and bury it.

Meanwhile the El Paso Ice office reported the matter to headquarters in Washington. The information went up the chain of command, eventually reaching America's Deputy Assistant Attorney General, John G. Malcolm. It passed through the office of Johnny Sutton, the US Attorney for Western Texas - a close associate of George W. Bush. When Bush was Texas governor, Sutton spent five years as his director of criminal justice policy. After Bush became President, Sutton became legal policy co-ordinator in the White House transition team, working with another Bush Texas colleague, Alberto Gonzalez, the present US Attorney General.

Earlier this year Sutton was appointed chairman of the Attorney General's advisory committee which, says the official website, 'plays a significant role in determining policies and programmes of the department and in carrying out the national goals set by the President and the Attorney General'. Sutton's position as US Attorney for Western Texas is further evidence of his long friendship with the President - falling into his jurisdiction is Midland, the town where Bush grew up, and Crawford, the site of Bush's beloved ranch.

'Sutton could and should have shut down the case, there and then,' says Bill Weaver, a law professor at the University of Texas at El Paso who has made a detailed study of the affair. 'He could have told Ice and the lawyers "go with what you have, and let's try to bring Santillan to justice". That neither he nor anyone else decided to take that action invites an obvious inference: that because the only people likely to get killed were Mexicans, they thought it didn't much matter.'

In the days after Reyes's death, officials in Texas and Washington held a series of meetings. Finally word came back from headquarters - despite the risk that Lalo might become involved with further murders, Ice could continue to use and pay him as an informant. And although Santillan had already been caught on tape directing a merciless killing and might well kill again, no attempt would be made to arrest him.

Lalo's statement, made in Dallas in February 2004, is a record of cruelty and violence, the words of a man who thought himself untouchable because of his relationship with Ice. In the months after Washington decided not to move on Santillan, the garden of the house at 3633 Calle Parsonieros began to fill with bodies. One day in September 2003, 'Santillan called to ask me to bury a guy who had apparently died of a heart attack at the moment he was kidnapped', Lalo's statement says. 'Another execution I remember was on 23 November... Santillan ordered me to have these drug mules meet him in the little Parsonieros house ... Loya [a corrupt police commander] put tape around their heads, but they could still breathe and one of them began to moan loudly, so Loya shot him in the head... but he didn't die immediately.' They were killed because they were careless in their smuggling work.

Then, and on other occasions, Santillan told Lalo in advance he was going to hold a carne asada. The deposition gives details of 13 murders, all but one of whose victims were later found buried at Number 3633. Each time Lalo crossed into Mexico his Ice handlers sought and obtained formal clearance from headquarters to allow their source to travel to a foreign country while working for a US agency. Throughout the period, Lalo says, he continued to talk to his handler Bencomo up to four times a day - usually in person, at the Ice El Paso office. He says his meetings with Santillan were all covertly recorded, while documents show that Ice had arranged for Lalo's phone to be bugged.

Curtis Compton, Bencomo's Ice supervisor, insisted in an affidavit that it did not know of any murders before they occurred: 'We only learned about the murders through interviews of Lalo after the fact. I acted in good faith that all my actions were legal and proper.'

Lalo's last country clearance was issued on 13 January, 2004. Once again Santillan had called him, asking him to come to Juarez to unlock the Parsonieros house for a carne asada. Next morning Luis Padilla disappeared.

Although the Padillas had attended Socorro high school in El Paso and lived in the US from childhood, both remained Mexican citizens, resident aliens with green-card work permits. Their children, Luis jnr, Jacqueline and Jasmine, were born in the US. Luis snr was two years ahead of Janet at school and they did not speak to each other until they attended a mutual friend's quinceria, a 15th birthday party.

Janet smiles at the memory: 'I liked everything about Luis straight away. He was silly, funny, a popular guy; he played a lot of sports. He was very religious and I started going to the same church, where he was president of the youth section.' For their first date he took her to a Mexican restaurant, and then a children's park: 'We just sat there on the swings, talking as if we'd known each other for years.' In 1996, when Janet was 16, they got married. They spent their wedding night in Juarez.

By 4pm on 14 January, Janet was on the point of phoning El Paso police when she received a call from a friend in Juarez. 'She told me, "I've just seen Luis over here. He was with some cops - they were putting him in a truck". I couldn't figure it out. He shouldn't have been in Mexico at all. At 8 o'clock I couldn't stand it any longer and I went over there myself. I went to all the different police stations. Nobody had him. Nobody knew where he was.'

Since they married Janet and Luis had only ever spent a night apart - when Luis junior was born; they had been living in Dallas, but she wanted to give birth in El Paso, in order to be near her family. In the fortnight after his disappearance, Janet and the children stayed with relatives. 'I couldn't go home. I couldn't be on my own. When he was lost, not knowing what had happened drove me crazy. When at last I heard something, at first I felt relief. A lot of people disappear in Juarez and you never know what happened to them.'

On 26 January, Janet got a call. Juarez police told her they had found some bodies. She was to meet them at the city mortuary. First, she was shown some photographs, but none was of Luis, 'I had to do it in person. I went in there and they had four bodies at that time. There were still ropes around their heads and their eyes were sticking out because they had been suffocated. It was horrible, horrible. One of them had a tattoo, one had silver teeth, another was too fat.'

Janet still did not believe this could have anything to do with Luis. 'He never took drugs and he never drank, beyond the odd beer. He never got into fights. He was still really into the church and he'd just been asked to coach middle-school sports. How could he be narco-fossa?' The police phoned again. This time they asked her to meet them at 3633 Calle Parsonieros. The place looked familiar. 'The hotel where we spent our honeymoon night backed on to the garden.

'I saw his shoes and his jacket. I went into the garden and they were probing the ground with a pole. That's when they found his body.' The police exhumed him, 'but it was hard to ID him because he was so decomposed. I looked at his hands and touched them. The flesh fell off.'

Two other men had been murdered on 14 January, both of them from Juarez. The next day Santillan told Lalo he had been asked to kill them as a favour for some associates of Vicente Carrillo Fuentes - Santillan had nothing against them personally. In such circumstances, murderers can make mistakes.

While Santillan and Lalo went on killing, Bencomo, his Ice colleagues and Assistant US Attorney Fielden were assembling their case. In December 2003 Fielden drew up a sealed indictment against Santillan. But although there was already some evidence of his involvement in killings, the indictment was only for trafficking, not murder. Before they could lure him to America and arrest him, they needed permission from the DoJ. They got it on 15 January, a day after Luis Padilla died.

But this did not bring the House of Death killings to an end. Under torture, one of Santillan's victims had revealed the address of Homer Glen McBrayer - a DEA special agent resident in Juarez who operated under diplomatic cover. At 6pm on 14 January, two men rang his doorbell continuously for 10 minutes. Afraid, his wife phoned him at work. McBrayer rushed home and ushered his wife and daughters into their car. As soon as they left the estate where they lived, they were stopped by a Mexican police car. Two civilian vehicles hemmed McBrayer's car in. Their occupants got out and waited while McBrayer talked to the cops. They were Santillan's men.

Having showed his diplomatic passport, McBrayer phoned a DEA colleague, who arrived within minutes. Unwilling, perhaps, to abduct two US agents, a woman and two children on a busy street, the cartel men backed off. As the standoff unfolded, Santillan twice called Lalo. He asked him to find out what he could about an American called Homer Glen - the corrupt police had not given McBrayer's surname. Santillan, claimed Lalo, said he thought he worked for the tres letras - code for the DEA - and intended to blow up his house.

The McBrayers were lucky to be alive, and the DEA, kept in the dark about the continued use of Lalo after the first murder six months earlier, reacted with fury. Even as Ice debriefed Lalo, it refused the DEA access to him and to recordings of the events of 14 January. Every principle governing informant handling and inter-agency co-operation appeared to have been flouted, and the Mexican government was not told of the carnage taking place on - and under - its soil.

Ice got Lalo to arrange a meeting with Santillan in El Paso and on 15 January Il Ingeniero was arrested. Two days later, Ice finally told the Mexicans that the garden at 3633 Calle Parsonieros was a mass grave. After bureaucratic delays, digging began on 23 January. On 18 February, Johnny Sutton filed a new indictment against Santillan, charging him with trafficking and five murders - including those of Reyes and Padilla.

The House Of Death suddenly seemed set to become a major national scandal. Bill Conroy, a reporter who works for an investigative website, Narconews.com, was about to publish an article about it. On 24 February, Sandy Gonzalez, the Special Agent in Charge of the DEA office in El Paso, one of the most senior and highly decorated Hispanic law enforcement officers in America, wrote to his Ice counterpart, John Gaudioso.

'I am writing to express to you my frustration and outrage at the mishandling of investigation that has resulted in unnecessary loss of human life,' he began, 'and endangered the lives of special agents of the DEA and their immediate families. There is no excuse for the events that culminated during the evening of 14 January... and I have no choice but to hold you responsible.' Ice, Gonzalez wrote, had gone to 'extreme lengths' to protect an informant who was, in reality, a 'homicidal maniac... this situation is so bizarre that, even as I'm writing to you, it is difficult for me to believe it'.

But Ice and its allies in the DoJ were covering up their actions, helped by the US media - aside from the Dallas Morning News, not one major newspaper or TV network has covered the story. The first signs came in the response to Gonzalez's letter to Gaudioso - not from Ice, but from Johnny Sutton.

He reacted not to the discovery of corpses at Calle Parsonieros, but with concern Gonzalez might talk to the media. He communicated his fears to a senior official in Washington - Catherine O'Neil, director of the DoJ's Organised Crime Drug Enforcement Task Force. Describing Gonzalez's letter as 'inflammatory,' she passed on Sutton's fears to the then Attorney General, John Ashcroft, and to Karen Tandy, the head of the DEA, another Texan lawyer.

Tandy was horrified by Gonzalez's letter. 'I apologised to Johnny Sutton last night and he and I agreed on a "no comment" to the press,' she replied on 5 March. Gonzalez would have no further involvement with the House of Death case and was ordered to report to Washington for 'performance discussions to further address this officially'.

Gonzalez was told that Sutton was 'extremely upset'. Gonzalez, who had enjoyed glittering appraisals throughout his 30-year career, was told he would be downgraded. On 4 May, DEA managers in Washington sent him a letter. It said that, if he quietly retired before 30 June, he would be given a 'positive' reference for future employers. If he refused, a reference would dwell on his 'lapse'. Gonzalez resigned, and launched a lawsuit - part of which is due to come to court tomorrow.

'I've been written off,' he says. 'They dismiss my complaints, saying I'm just a disgruntled employee. But once they knew about the carne asadas, they were legally and morally obligated to do something. They already had a solid case against Santillan for drugs and murder. What the fuck else did they need? As for the DEA, they held my feet to the fire and joined the cover-up.' He had been neutralised, but there remained the danger that details of Ice's relationship with Lalo would surface at Santillan's trial.

Janet Padilla had also been dealt with. Ice has no legal responsibility for investigating murder, but after her husband's funeral Lalo's former handler, Bencomo, came calling. 'He told me that he was going to help me find my husband's killers and bring them to justice,' Janet says. 'He said to tell him anything I knew, because he would be in charge of the case. I saw him three or four times, and later I also met Juanita Fielden.' It did not occur to Janet that she ought to contact the police or other agencies.

For Janet, Santillan's indictment for murder was a moment of hope: 'I thought I was going to get justice for Luis.' But on 19 April Sutton announced a deal with Santillan - in return for his pleading guilty to trafficking and acceptance of a 25-year sentence the murder charges were dropped. 'All of the murders were committed in Juarez, by Mexican citizens, and all of the victims were citizens of Mexico,' Sutton said.

No one had any further use for Lalo. In August 2004 someone tried to shoot him at an El Paso restaurant - instead killing an innocent bystander. After that, he was taken into protective custody. And then, on 9 May 2005, Ice, the agency that had cherished him, decided that his US visa was irregular and began legal proceedings to deport him to Mexico - without doubt a death sentence. He is now in a maximum-security jail in the Midwest, fighting his former employers through the courts. In October The Observer won clearance to visit him with his lawyer, Jodi Goodwin. On the eve of the interview he was abruptly moved to a different facility where officials said a visit was impossible. Goodwin passed on a message: 'I'm not mad, I'm sad and disillusioned. Every time I did a job and brought them information, I was congratulated. Now they want to deliver me to my death.'

'If Congress and the media start to look at this properly, they will be horrified,' Sandy Gonzalez says. 'It needs a special prosecutor, as with the case of Valerie Plame [the CIA agent whose name was leaked to the media when her diplomat husband criticised Bush over Iraq's missing weapons of mass destruction]. But Valerie is a nice-looking white person and the victims here are brown. Nobody gives a shit.'

For the three children who lost their father, and their mother, now struggling to make ends meet, it is difficult to cope. 'It's worst at night, when I put them to bed,' Janet Padilla says. 'I guess that's when it hits them. I tell them, "come on you guys, we got to make a prayer. Don't worry. Your daddy's watching you." But you know, it's very hard to make it as a dad as well as a mom.'



Comment on this Article


U.S. gov't terror ratings draw outrage

Associated Press
Sat Dec 2 2006

A leader of the new Democratic Congress, business travelers and privacy advocates expressed outrage Friday over the unannounced assignment of terrorism risk assessments to American international travelers by a computerized system managed from an unmarked, two-story brick building in Northern Virginia.

Incoming Senate Judiciary Chairman Sen. Patrick Leahy (news, bio, voting record) of Vermont pledged greater scrutiny of such government database-mining projects after reading that during the past four years millions of Americans have been evaluated without their knowledge to assess the risks that they are terrorists or criminals.

"Data banks like this are overdue for oversight," said Leahy, who will take over Judiciary in January. "That is going to change in the new Congress."

The Associated Press reported Thursday that Americans and foreigners crossing U.S. borders since 2002 have been assessed by the
Homeland Security Department's computerized Automated Targeting System, or ATS.

The travelers are not allowed to see or directly challenge these risk assessments, which the government intends to keep on file for 40 years. Some or all data in the system can be shared with state, local and foreign governments for use in hiring, contracting and licensing decisions. Courts and even some private contractors can obtain some of the data under certain circumstances.

"It is simply incredible that the Bush administration is willing to share this sensitive information with foreign governments and even private employers, while refusing to allow U.S. citizens to see or challenge their own terror scores," Leahy said. This system "highlights the danger of government use of technology to conduct widespread surveillance of our daily lives without proper safeguards for privacy."

The concerns spread beyond Congress.

"I have never seen anything as egregious as this," said Kevin Mitchell, president of the Business Travel Coalition, which advocates for business travelers. It's "evidence of what can happen when there isn't proper oversight and accountability."

By late Friday, the government had received 22 written public comments about its after-the-fact disclosure of the program last month in the Federal Register, a fine-print compendium of federal rules. All either opposed it outright or objected to the lack of a direct means for people to correct any errors in the database about themselves.

"As a U.S. citizen who spends much time outside the U.S., I can understand the need for good security," wrote one who identified himself as Colin Edmunds. "However, just as I would not participate in a banking/credit card system where I have no recourse to correct or even view my personal data, I cannot accept the same of my government."

Privacy advocates also were alarmed.

"Never before in American history has our government gotten into the business of creating mass 'risk assessment' ratings of its own citizens," said Barry Steinhardt, a lawyer for the
American Civil Liberties Union. "We are stunned" the program has been undertaken "with virtually no opportunity for the public to evaluate or comment on it."

The Homeland Security Department says the nation's ability to spot criminals and other security threats "would be critically impaired without access to this data."

And on Friday as the normal daily flow of a million or more people entered the United States by air, sea and land, the ATS program's computers continued their silent scrutiny. At that Virginia building with no sign, the managers of the National Targeting Center allowed an Associated Press photographer to briefly roam their work space.

But he couldn't reveal the building's exact location. None of the dozens of workers under the bright fluorescent lights could be named. Some could not be photographed.

The only clue he might have entered a government building was a montage of photos in the reception area of
President Bush's visit to the center. But there was only one guard and a sign-in book.

Inside, red digital clocks on the walls showed the time in Istanbul, Baghdad, Islamabad, Bangkok, Singapore, Tokyo, and Sydney. Although billboard-size video screens on the walls showed multiple cable news shows, there was little noise in the basketball-court-sized main workroom. Each desk had dual computer screens and earphones to hear the video soundtrack. Conferences were held in smaller workrooms divided by glass walls from the windowless main room.

Round the clock, the targeters from Homeland Security's Customs and Border Protection agency analyze information from multiple sources, not just ATS. They compare names to terrorist watch lists and mine the Treasury Enforcement Communications System and other automated systems that bring data about cargo, travelers and commercial workers entering or leaving the 317 U.S. ports, searching for suspicious people and cargo.

Almost every person entering and leaving the United States by air, sea or land is assessed based on ATS' analysis of their travel records and other data, including items such as where they are from, how they paid for tickets, their motor vehicle records, past one-way travel, seating preference and what kind of meal they ordered.

Government officials could not say whether ATS has apprehended any terrorists. Based on all the information available to them, federal agents turn back about 45 foreign criminals a day at U.S. borders, according to Homeland Security's Customs and Border Protection spokesman Bill Anthony. He could not say how many were spotted by ATS.

Officials described how the system works: applying rules learned from experience with the activities and characteristics of terrorists and criminals to the traveler data. But they would not describe in detail the format in which border agents see the results or in which the databases store the results of the ATS risk assessments.

Acting Assistant Homeland Security Secretary Paul Rosenzweig told reporters Friday they could call it scoring. "It can be reduced to a number," he said, but he clearly preferred the longer description about how the rules are used.



Comment on this Article


California Police admit planting evidence

Orange Country Register
04/12/2006

A Huntington Beach police officer's exoneration for planting a loaded gun in a suspect's car has led to the revelation that police routinely plant evidence in unsuspecting civilians' vehicles for training exercises.

Chief Kenneth Small said Friday that police plant contraband - including unloaded weapons, fake drugs and drug paraphernalia - in suspects' vehicles after they're arrested as a method of training new officers in searches.

The training practice came to light Friday after a Huntington Beach man said he learned that an officer who planted a handgun in his car during a traffic stop was exonerated of wrongdoing. Thomas Cox, who was later convicted of traffic and drug violations, said he watched in horror as another officer found the gun in the trunk of his Hyundai, igniting laughter among officers.

News of the training technique sparked surprise and criticism from police officials across the county, who said planting weapons in civilian vehicles is "inappropriate" and a "bad idea."
"I've never heard of anybody doing that," said George Wright, chairman of the Criminal Justice Department at Santa Ana College. "You're using someone else's property, and that can lead to other problems. ... What if someone forgets about the gun and just leaves it behind?"

Police in Las Vegas abandoned a similar training tactic for drug-sniffing police dogs last year, when a man was falsely charged with drug possession after a canine officer forgot to retrieve drugs planted in the man's car, according to published reports.

Still, Small said the exercises teach newer officers how to search vehicles in realistic situations.

Performing the exercise in a parking lot with a police vehicle would not be as effective because the officers would be expecting to find contraband, he said. The training is usually done after suspects are arrested and the cars are being readied for impound, Small said.

But Cox said he was feet away from Officer Brian Knorr that January evening when Knorr flung the gun into the trunk.

"I was thinking, 'what the hell is this?'" said Cox, a 45-year-old construction superintendent. "I thought I was going to get a weapons charge. I thought I was going to get my ass kicked."

An officer found the gun minutes later, Cox said.

"That's not my gun!" Cox said he shouted.

Cox had been pulled over by police after a witness said he saw Cox hit another vehicle and flee the scene.

Cox said he was never told the officers were performing a training exercise.

He filed a complaint with the police department in August against Knorr and another officer, who he said barreled questions at him and called him names like "Slick.''

Several officers testified about the incident during Cox's October trial. Knorr testified that he planted the loaded gun because he "saw an opportunity to create a realistic search of a vehicle."

He said he and another officer "had a little chuckle" that night because the gun was found by a veteran police officer instead of the intended subject of the exercise.

Cox was convicted of hit and run, driving without a license, driving under the influence, reckless driving and possession of marijuana. He awaits sentencing Dec. 15.

Last month he received a letter from the police department saying the officers in his complaint had been "exonerated" of wrongdoing.

Small said Friday that using a loaded weapon during training - as Knorr testified he had done - is against department policy, and that performing the exercise in front of Cox "could have been done in a better way."

But he said Knorr was exonerated because the policy was not widely understood.

"I didn't feel comfortable holding one officer accountable for it when others were doing it as well," Small said. "I think the department did something wrong because we didn't make sure people understood what our policy really was."

The department doesn't have a formal protocol for using the public's vehicles in training exercises, department spokesman Lt. Craig Junginger said. However, vehicle owners typically aren't told their cars are being used for training because they're not usually present when the training occurs, Small said.

The training exercises are "designed to be very controlled situations, planned ... and discussed with a supervisor in advance,'' Small said.

Ed Pecinovsky, bureau chief of training for the state's commission on Peace Officer Standards and Training, said that no matter how careful officers are, using an arrestee's car in a training exercise is "asking for problems."

Cox said he's considering a lawsuit.

"This is police abuse," he said. "Huntington Beach used to be my dream home. Now, I'm moving away."



Comment on this Article


CIA Torture Victim Speaks Out

AP
29/11/2006

WASHINGTON - Khaled el-Masri, who claims the CIA kidnapped and tortured him, recounted his story on Capitol Hill on Wednesday and said he hoped he could help prevent others from suffering a similar fate.

The Kuwaiti-born German citizen said he had brought his story to Washington to encourage greater oversight of CIA activities and force the U.S. government to acknowledge what happened to him.

''I really want to raise awareness in the Congress so that they can bring some pressure to bear and make changes,'' el-Masri said in German after he briefed Senate aides.
A federal appeals court in Richmond, Va., heard arguments Tuesday by el-Masri's lawyers urging the judges to reinstate his lawsuit against a former CIA director, George Tenet, and others.

Discussing the case, el-Masri told reporters, ''What really matters to me is that I would like to know why this was done to me, and I want an explanation and an apology.''

He added, ''I think that we can all benefit from what happens in my case, including others who are still in prison in other parts of the world without the rule of law.''

El-Masri alleges he was kidnapped while trying to enter Macedonia for a vacation on Dec. 31, 2003. He claims he was flown to a CIA-run prison known as the ''salt pit'' in Kabul, Afghanistan, where he was beaten and sodomized with an object during five months in captivity.

''The conditions that I was confronted with were not fit for a human,'' he told reporters. He said his food was barely edible and the water putrid.

''It was like water you left in an aquarium for years,'' he said. ''When you took one sip, the taste stayed in your mouth for hours.''

The CIA has refused to comment on el-Masri's allegations, which have put a spotlight on the intelligence agency's secret program to deliver suspected terrorists for interrogation in foreign countries. The practice has been heavily criticized by human rights groups.

El-Masri's suit was dismissed in May when a judge ruled that a trial could harm national security by revealing details about CIA activities.

El-Masri said that despite the setback, he had confidence in the courts and the U.S. justice system. He previously was denied entry into the United States when he arrived to publicize the filing of his suit last year, according to the American Civil Liberties Union, which has supported his case. In recent weeks, he was issued a visa.

ACLU lawyer Ben Wizner told the appeals court on Tuesday that el-Masri was ''the public face of a publicly acknowledged program'' whose basics generally have become known. Thus, the lawyer said, the case could be considered without exposing government secrets.

Justice Department lawyer Greg Katsis argued that the government properly invoked its state secrets privilege to protect information outlined in a classified affidavit that Judge T.S. Ellis III read before dismissing the suit

El-Masri's allegations also are the subject of a German parliamentary investigation that is trying to clarify when German government officials became aware of el-Masri's case and whether German security services participated in interrogations in Afghanistan.

The appeals court usually takes several weeks to issue its ruling.



Comment on this Article


Video is a window into a terror suspect's isolation

By Deborah Sontag / The New York Times
Published: December 4, 2006

One spring day during his three and a half years as an enemy combatant, Jose Padilla experienced a break from the monotony of his solitary confinement in a bare cell in the brig at the Naval Weapons Station in Charleston, South Carolina.

That day, Padilla, a Brooklyn-born Muslim convert whom the Bush administration had accused of plotting a dirty bomb attack and had detained without charges, got to go to the dentist.

"Today is May 21," a naval official declared to a camera videotaping the event. "Right now we're ready to do a root canal treatment on Jose Padilla, our enemy combatant."
Several guards in camouflage and riot gear approached cell No. 103. They unlocked a rectangular panel at the bottom of the door and Padilla's bare feet slid through, eerily disembodied. As one guard held down a foot with his black boot, the others shackled Padilla's legs. Next, his hands emerged through another hole to be manacled.

Wordlessly, the guards, pushing into the cell, chained Padilla's cuffed hands to a metal belt. Briefly, his expressionless eyes met the camera before he lowered his head submissively in expectation of what came next: noise-blocking headphones over his ears and blacked-out goggles over his eyes. Then the guards, whose faces were hidden behind plastic visors, marched their masked, clanking prisoner down the hall to his root canal.

The videotape of that trip to the dentist, which was recently released to Padilla's lawyers and viewed by The New York Times, offers the first concrete glimpse inside the secretive military incarceration of an American citizen whose detention without charges became a test case of President George W. Bush's powers in the fight against terror. Still frames from the videotape were posted in Padilla's electronic court file late Friday.

To Padilla's lawyers, the pictures capture the dehumanization of their client during his military detention from mid-2002 until earlier this year, when the government changed his status from enemy combatant to criminal defendant and transferred him to the federal detention center in Miami. He now awaits trial scheduled for late January.

Together with other documents filed late Friday, the images represent the latest and most aggressive sally by defense lawyers who declared this fall that charges against Padilla should be dismissed for "outrageous government conduct," saying that he was mistreated and tortured during his years as an enemy combatant.

Now lawyers for Padilla, 36, suggest that he is unfit to stand trial. They argue that he has been so damaged by his interrogations and prolonged isolation that he suffers post-traumatic stress disorder and is unable to assist in his own defense. His interrogations, they say, included hooding, stress positions, assaults, threats of imminent execution and the administration of "truth serums."

A Pentagon spokesman, Lt. Col. Todd Vician, said Sunday that the military disputes Padilla's accusations of mistreatment. And, in court papers, prosecutors deny "in the strongest terms" the accusations of torture and say that "Padilla's conditions of confinement were humane and designed to ensure his safety and security."

"His basic needs were met in a conscientious manner, including Halal (Muslim acceptable) food, clothing, sleep and daily medical assessment and treatment when necessary," the government stated. "While in the brig, Padilla never reported any abusive treatment to the staff or medical personnel."

In the brig, Padilla was denied access to counsel for 21 months. Andrew Patel, one of his lawyers, said his isolation was not only severe but compounded by material and sensory deprivations. In an affidavit filed Friday, he alleged that Padilla was held alone in a 10-cell wing of the brig; that he had little human contact other than with his interrogators; that his cell was electronically monitored and his meals were passed to him through a slot in the door; that windows were blackened, and there was no clock or calendar; and that he slept on a steel platform after a foam mattress was taken from him, along with his copy of the Koran, "as part of an interrogation plan."

Padilla's situation, as an American declared an enemy combatant and held without charges by his own government, was extraordinary and the conditions of his detention appear to have been unprecedented in the military justice system.

Philip D. Cave, a former judge advocate general for the Navy and now a lawyer specializing in military law, said, "There's nothing comparable in terms of severity of confinement, in terms of how Padilla was held, especially considering that this was pretrial confinement."

Ali al-Marri, a Qatari and Saudi dual citizen and the only enemy combatant currently detained in the United States, has made similar claims of isolation and deprivation at the brig in South Carolina. The Pentagon spokesman, Lieutenant Vician, said Sunday that he could not comment on the methods used to escort Padilla to the dentist. Blackened goggles and earphones are rarely employed in internal prison transports in the United States, but riot gear is sometimes used for violent prisoners.

One of Padilla's lawyers, Orlando Do Campo, said, however, that Padilla was a "completely docile" prisoner. "There was not one disciplinary problem with Jose ever, not one citation, not one act of disobedience," said Do Campo, who is a lawyer at the Miami federal public defender's office.

In his affidavit, Patel said, "I was told by members of the brig staff that Padilla's temperament was so docile and inactive that his behavior was like that of 'a piece of furniture.' "

Federal prosecutors and defense lawyers are locked in a tug of war over the relevancy of Padilla's military detention to the present criminal case. Federal prosecutors have asked the judge to forbid Padilla's lawyers from mentioning the circumstances of his military detention during the trial, maintaining that their accusations could "distract and inflame the jury."

But defense lawyers say it is unconscionable to ignore Padilla's military detention because, among other reasons, it altered him in a way that will impinge on his trial.

Dr. Angela Hegarty, director of forensic psychiatry at the Creedmoor Psychiatric Center in Queens, N.Y., who examined Padilla for a total of 22 hours in June and September, said in an affidavit filed Friday that he "lacks the capacity to assist in his own defense."

"It is my opinion that as the result of his experiences during his detention and interrogation, Padilla does not appreciate the nature and consequences of the proceedings against him, is unable to render assistance to counsel, and has impairments in reasoning as the result of a mental illness, i.e., post-traumatic stress disorder, complicated by the neuropsychiatric effects of prolonged isolation," Dr. Hegarty said in an affidavit for the defense.

Padilla's status was abruptly changed to criminal defendant from enemy combatant last fall. At the time, the Supreme Court was weighing whether to take up the legality of his military detention - and thus the issue of the president's authority to seize an American citizen on American soil and hold him indefinitely without charges - when the Bush administration pre-empted its decision by filing criminal charges against Padilla.

Padilla was added as a defendant in a terrorism conspiracy case already under way in Miami. The strong public accusations made during his military detention - about the dirty bomb, Al Qaeda connections and supposed plans to set off natural gas explosions in apartment buildings - appear nowhere in the indictment against him. The indictment does not allege any specific violent plot against America.

Padilla is portrayed in the indictment as the recruit of a "North American terror support cell" that sent money, goods and recruits abroad to assist "global jihad" in general, with a special interest in Bosnia and Chechnya. Padilla, the indictment asserts, traveled overseas "to participate in violent jihad" and filled out an application for a mujahedin training camp in Afghanistan.

Michael Caruso, a public defender for Padilla, pleaded "absolutely not guilty" for him to charges of conspiracy and of providing material support to terrorists. Padilla faces two charges that each carry a maximum penalty of 15 years.

Over the summer, Judge Marcia G. Cooke of United States District Court in Miami threw out the most serious charge, of conspiracy to murder, kidnap and maim persons in a foreign country, saying that it replicated accusations in the other counts and could lead to multiple punishments for a single crime. This was a setback for the government, which has appealed the dismissal.

Padilla's lawyers say they have had a difficult time persuading him that they are on his side.

From the time Padilla was allowed access to counsel, Patel visited him repeatedly in the brig and in the Miami detention center, and Padilla has observed Patel arguing on his behalf in Miami federal court.

But, Patel said in his affidavit, his client is nonetheless mistrustful. "Mr. Padilla remains unsure if I and the other attorneys working on his case are actually his attorneys or another component of the government's interrogation scheme," Patel said.

Do Campo said that Padilla was not incommunicative, and that he expressed curiosity about what was going on in the world, liked to talk about sports and demonstrated particularly keen interest in the Chicago Bears.

But the defense lawyers' questions often echo the questions interrogators have asked Padilla, and when that happens, he gets jumpy and shuts down, the lawyers said.

Dr. Hegarty said Padilla refuses to review the video recordings of his interrogations, which have been released to his lawyers but remain classified.

He is especially reluctant to discuss what happened in the brig, fearful that he will be returned there some day, Patel said in his affidavit.

"During questioning, he often exhibits facial tics, unusual eye movements and contortions of his body," Patel said. "The contortions are particularly poignant since he is usually manacled and bound by a belly chain when he has meetings with counsel."



Comment on this Article


The Reich's Wars


Iraq worse than civil war: Annan

Last Updated: Monday, December 4, 2006 | 7:47 AM ET
CBC News

The situation in Iraq is much worse than a civil war, said United Nations Secretary General Kofi Annan in a candid interview in his final few weeks on the job.

Calling the situation "extremely dangerous," Annan told the British Broadcasting Corporation that the international community must help the country to rebuild because he is uncertain Iraq can accomplish it on its own.
The situation in Iraq is much worse than a civil war, said United Nations Secretary General Kofi Annan in a candid interview in his final few weeks on the job.

Calling the situation "extremely dangerous," Annan told the British Broadcasting Corporation that the international community must help the country to rebuild because he is uncertain Iraq can accomplish it on its own.

Kofi Annan's term as UN secretary general expires at the end of the month.
(CBC)
"Given the level of violence, the level of killing and bitterness and the way that forces are arranged against each other, a few years ago, when we had the strife in Lebanon and other places, we called that a civil war; this is much worse," Annan said.

Annan was vehemently opposed to the 2003 U.S.-led invasion, calling for more time to discuss a peaceful resolution to the standoff with then Iraqi dictator Saddam Hussein.

Everyday life in Iraq is much worse under the American occupation, he said.

"If I were an average Iraqi, obviously I would make the same comparison," said Annan, whose term ends on Dec. 31.


"They had a dictator who was brutal but they had their streets. Their kids could go to school and come back without a mother or father worrying 'Am I going to see my child again?' "

Iraq's government has not been able to bring security and control, said Annan.

"It's not working the way they had hoped and it is essential to take a critical look at what is going on and if necessary, change course."

Conflict threatens to spread

Annan warned that the conflict in Iraq is just one ingredient that threatens to spill into other parts of the world.

"People are worried. They are worried about the broader Middle East, they are worried about tension with Iran, with Iraq, Lebanon, Palestine and some would even stretch it as far as to Afghanistan," he said.

"So we have a very worrisome situation in the broader Middle East and we also need to look at them as a whole, not as individual conflicts," he said.

"There are linkages between these crises."

Annan also called the three-year-old conflict in Sudan's Darfur region "deeply disappointing."

Hundreds of thousands of people have been killed and many more are being terrorized every day by atrocities committed by militias, some purportedly backed by government troops.

"It is tragic but we do not have the resources or the will to confront the situation," he said. "If you did it, would you make the situation worse or would it be better?"

Annan blamed the country's government, which has refused to let UN peacekeepers enter.

"They are refusing to let the international community come in and assist," said Annan. "They will be held individually and collectively, responsible for what is happening and what happens."

Annan offered some advice to his successor, South Korean Ban Ki-moon: "He should do it his way. I did it my way, my predecessors did it their way and he should do it his way."



Comment on this Article


Bush considering major changes in Iraq policy

www.chinaview.cn 2006-12-04 14:50:26

BEIJING, Dec. 4 (Xinhuanet) -- U.S. President George W. Bush is considering some of the major changes in Iraq policy that Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld suggested in a classified memo days before he resigned, a senior White House official said on Sunday.

In the memo, Rumsfeld said the president should consider beginning "modest withdrawals" of U.S. and coalition forces, particularly from vulnerable areas.
Rumsfeld also listed increasing the number of U.S. forces embedded with Iraqi forces, beefing up security near the Iranian and Syrian borders, and providing money to key political and religious leaders "as Saddam Hussein did."

The memo also said more Iraqi troops could be placed with U.S. units, which would improve "our units' language capabilities."

"Clearly, what U.S. forces are currently doing in Iraq is not working well enough or fast enough," Rumsfeld wrote.

Bush agrees with Rumsfeld "that things are not proceeding well enough or fast enough in Iraq. We have to make some changes, we need a new way forward in Iraq, and that's what this policy review is all about," Bush adviser Stephen Hadley said.

"What Secretary Rumsfeld did, I think very helpfully, was put together a sort of laundry list of ideas," Hadley said on ABC's "This Week."

Bush said Saturday "I want to hear all advice before I make any decisions about adjustments to our strategy in Iraq. ... The decisions we make in Iraq will be felt across the broader Middle East."

In addition to an internal government review, Bush will look at recommendations from the Iraq Study Group, a bipartisan panel co-chaired by former Secretary of State James Baker that will release its report on Wednesday.

The views of Republican and Democratic leaders in Congress, and the Iraqi government's goals, will also be factors as Bush makes decisions over the coming weeks.

Rumsfeld announced his resignation Nov. 8, a day after Democrats won control of both houses of Congress. Bush's choice to replace him, former CIA director Robert Gates, has his confirmation hearing Tuesday in the Senate Armed Services Committee.



Comment on this Article


World's youth believe 'war on terror' counterproductive

Brian Whitaker
Monday December 4, 2006
Guardian Unlimited

Young people overwhelmingly believe the US-led "war on terror" is not making the world safer, according to a poll conducted in major cities across the globe.
The survey of youngsters aged 15 - 17, which was conducted for the BBC in New York, Nairobi, Cairo, Lagos, Rio de Janeiro, Baghdad, Delhi, Jakarta, Moscow and London, found that only 14% of respondents thought US policy in Iraq and Afghanistan was making the world a safer place, while 71% said it was not. The remaining 15% did not know or declined to answer.
Negative views of the "war on terror" were strongest in Baghdad (98%) and Rio (92%).

Asked if they "would consider taking action that could result in innocent people dying if they felt very strongly about a cause", 17% said they would. The figure was highest in Baghdad (34%), followed by Jakarta (31%) and London (25%).

Religion figured strongly in the teenagers' lives, with 86% saying they believed in God or a higher being. Although 66% thought religion a force for good, a significant proportion - 20% - viewed it as a source of conflict. In Baghdad, 64% considered it so.

Just over a third (34%) said they were prepared to marry someone from a different religion. That figure was highest in Nairobi (52%) and New York (50%), and lowest in Baghdad (4%).

The teenagers also took a favourable view of immigration, with 79% saying people should be able to live in whichever country they choose. Sixty-four percent said they would emigrate to secure a better future and 14% said they would risk their life to do so.

Oddly, the largest numbers of those who had no intention of emigrating were found in the troubled city of Baghdad (50%).

Opinion was divided as to whether those who move to a new country should keep apart to maintain their own beliefs and culture (38%), or integrate and adopt the culture of their new country (49%).

Only 51% of respondents said they had heard of climate change and understood what it was, and among those only 34% have changed their behaviour as a result. A majority (52%) said they would not lower their standard of living to reduce the effects of climate change.

The vast majority (85% overall) thought crime was generally increasing in their country, but only 6% said they would consider stealing if they really wanted something and could not afford it. Sixteen percent said they would commit a crime in order to become an instant millionaire if they knew they could get away with it - a figure which rose to 37% in Nairobi and 31% in London.

Overall, 17% said they would consider cheating to get into university.

The poll, for the BBC World Service, was conducted by research agency Synovate in October, with 300 or more interviews in each city. Questions about religion and terrorism were not permitted in Egypt because of government restrictions.



Comment on this Article


U.S.-trained Afghan police force is failing, report says

By James Glanz and David Rohde / The New York Times
Published: December 4, 2006

Five years after the fall of the Taliban, a joint report by the U.S. Defense Department and the U.S. State Department has found that the American-trained police force in Afghanistan is incapable of carrying out routine law enforcement work. The report has also concluded that managers of the $1.1 billion training program cannot say how many officers are actually on duty or where thousands of trucks and other pieces of equipment issued to police units have gone.
In fact, most police units had less than 50 percent of their authorized equipment on hand as of June, says the report, which was issued two weeks ago but is only now circulating among members of relevant committees in the U.S. Congress.

The report also found that no effective field training program had been established in Afghanistan, despite years of warning from police training experts that field training was the backbone of successful training.

Police training experts who have studied or have firsthand experience with the American effort in Afghanistan said they agreed with the report's findings but said additional problems needed to be investigated, including the quality, cost and effectiveness of relying on private contractors to train police officers.

Those experts also questioned why the principal contractor in Afghanistan, the American company DynCorp International, escaped direct criticism in the report, which focused on U.S. government managers.

Considering the state of the program, it will need an estimated $600 million per year indefinitely to sustain the force, says the report, undertaken by the offices of the inspectors general at the Defense Department and at the State Department. Howard Krongard, is the inspector general at the State Department, which led the work on the report, and his counterpart at the Pentagon is Thomas Gimble.

American advisers will also have to combat endemic corruption and ineffectiveness in the Afghan Interior Ministry, the report says.

Efforts to make up for the shortfall of effective officers are already under way on some of the issues that the report identifies. Afghan and American officials recently announced that they had instituted an "auxiliary police" program at the end of the summer, which aims to hire 11,200 auxiliary police officers in parts of the country beset by Taliban attacks, primarily in the country's south.

But these officers receive only two of the standard eight weeks of training, and the police training experts say that program could worsen the situation. They say the new hastily created program could place ill-trained and poorly vetted officers in the field and allow militias and criminals to infiltrate the force. An American official involved in the new effort said it became necessary after southern governors besieged by Taliban attacks began hiring police officers on their own this summer. American officials feared they were seeing the beginnings of de facto private militias.

"This was designed to avoid the creation of the militias," said the official, who was not authorized to comment publicly.

Experts on police training say the United States has made the same mistakes in training police forces in Afghanistan as it has in Iraq, including far too little field training, poorly tracking equipment and relying on private contractors for the actual training. At the same time, these experts say, the failure to create viable police forces in the two countries has played a pivotal role in undermining the American efforts to stabilize them.

In Afghanistan, the failure has contributed to the explosion in opium production, corruption at the Interior Ministry and the resurgence of the Taliban.

In Iraq, the challenge is even larger: sectarian death squads have infiltrated the police force and helped push the country to what many are now calling a civil war.

"In both places, we were extraordinarily late getting started," said Robert Perito, a policing expert at the United States Institute of Peace and former official with the National Security Council, the State Department and the Justice Department.

"In both places, you have a dysfunctional Interior Ministry in control, and in both places the United States has tried to stand up a ministry advisory group to bring order out of chaos."

In an interview this fall, the Afghan president, Hamid Karzai, said the violence in the country's south was partly a result of the lack of a viable force. He called for "much more support" from the United States and for an expansion of the country's about 70,000-officer force.



Comment on this Article


The White House Can't Put Out The Mideast Fires It Ignited

December 04, 2006
Eric S. Margolis

Remember when narrow-minded Republican know-nothings launched a hate campaign against French President Jacques Chirac and everything French because Paris would not go along with George Bush's jolly little war in Iraq?

Well, it turns out that Chirac's warnings in 2003 that a US invasion of Iraq would set the Mideast on fire, encourage terrorism, and produce a disaster have been tragically born out by events.
Iraq is falling ever deeper into chaos and sectarian conflict. Outgoing UN Secretary General Kofi Annan calls it 'worse than a civil war.' Lebanon is teetering on the brink of civil war. The agonies of Palestine - now the world's largest outdoor prison - continue without relent. Iran's power and influence are surging, scaring the daylights out of Washington's sunni clients in Saudi Arabia, Jordan, and the Gulf.

For the latter, thank George Bush. He overthrew two of Iran's bitterest enemies, Taliban and Saddam Hussein, then stuck US ground forces in the $250 million per day Iraq quagmire that is now estimated to cost at least $1 trillion before the United States admits defeat and pulls out.

As Iraq turns into a nightmare of carnage and hate, President Bush and mentor Dick Cheney rushed to Jordan and Saudi Arabia to urge their local allies to pull America's bacon out of the fire.

But Iraq's hapless 'prime minister,' Nuri al-Maliki, presides only over Baghdad's US-protected Green Zone. The US controls what pass for Iraq's police and armed forces. How can Bush expect a powerless figurehead to do what the mighty US cannot?

At least Malliki had the pluck to make a symbolic protest after humiliating reports leaked in Washington the US intended to dump him. So much for Iraq 'democracy.' Washington may be headed towards installing a ruthless Saddam clone, either the brutal CIA 'asset,' Iyad Allawi, or some iron-fisted general.

Iraq has no real government or army. What western reporters and Pentagon spinners term the Iraqi Army is really a collection of Shia militias, death squads and mercenaries, many former convicts. The US occupation's extensive use of Shia death squads to fight the Sunni resistance has played a key role in igniting Iraq's current sectarian bloodbath. This little-known story is a major scandal.

Meanwhile, Saudi Arabia and Jordan warn they may send troops into Iraq to protect its Sunni minority from ethnic cleansing by the Shia majority. Such a move could provoke the powerful Turkish Army to invade independence-seeking Kurdish regions of northern Iraq. Iran would be quickly drawn into the melee.

Iraq's neighbors deeply fear its chaos will spread across their borders, with dangerous, unpredictable consequences for all concerned, particularly Jordan, Kuwait and Saudi Arabia.

The long-awaited Iraq Study Group's report comes out this week. It is expected to call for a phased withdrawal of US combat troops from Iraq, and retention of some 'intervention units' in neighboring countries. France ruled its West African empire for a half a century this way: installing compliant puppet rulers kept in power by strategically located French Foreign Legion and Air Force units ready to swiftly intervene at signs of unrest.

The Iraq Study Group will also likely call for direct talks with 'axis of evil' members, Iran and Syria. Their cooperation is essential to stabilizing Iraq.

But a furious, behind- the- scenes battle is raging in Washington between advocates of diplomatic engagement with Damascus and Tehran, and the powerful Israel lobby, which has successfully blocked for decades all attempts to open such badly needed dialogue or press Israel over Palestinian rights. Israel, its American supporters, and so-called 'Christian Zionist' evangelicals are pushing hard for US attacks on Iran's nuclear infrastructure.

In another welcome sign of the expanding purge of neocon extremists from the administration, the odious John Bolton just resigned as UN Ambassador, producing sighs of relief in the world organization. His main role there was to promote neocon causes, punish the UN for rebuking Israel, and sabotage UN collective undertakings. Bolton jumped before the new Democratic-controlled Congress made him walk the plank.

A second important neocon, senior Pentagon official Stephen Cambon, was also purged this week. He played a key role in producing faked intelligence over Iraq for his boss, Paul Wolfowitz, and in engineering the war. The Pentagon brass is delighted by what they are gleefully terming 'ethnic cleansing' of the pro-war neocon ideologues from the Pentagon.

So far, so good. But if and when Washington announces 'phased withdrawals' of US forces from Iraq, the already shaky morale of American troops there will plummet. Who wants to risk life or limb for a phased withdrawal?

This is exactly what I saw happen to US forces in Vietnam after President Lyndon Johnson announced military victory was no longer his goal. No GI wanted to be the last soldier killed in a lost war started by bungling politicians. I organized a protest in officers' school over Johnson's 'no-win' policy that ended up getting 200 of us sent to 'death units.' (see my column on Gen. Ware in my 'Archives' for more on this interesting story).

Once Washington utters the dreaded 'w' word - withdrawal' - Iraqis working for the US occupation will decamp to the Sunni or Shia opposition. Iran's influence in Iraq will soar. America's Arab allies - nastily described as 'fat women' by a jihadist web site - will panic.

Actually, they are panicking already, and with good reason. America's defeat in Iraq by a bunch of rag-tag Sunni guerillas is going to electrify the Muslim World and jeopardize the continued rule of all the US-backed despots, generals and feudal monarchs who so badly misgovern the Mideast. Wherever he is, Osama bin Laden must be smiling broadly. His master plan is working right on schedule.

But President Bush keeps insisting 'no retreat.' He still seems unable to see the writing on the wall in Babylon.



Comment on this Article


Jockeying for Position


China nearing deal to develop huge Iran field

30 November, 2006
Reuters

BEIJING: China's Sinopec Group is near to clinching one of its biggest overseas deals, to develop Iran's giant Yadavaran oilfield, a top Chinese industry official said yesterday.

Yadavaran, in southwest Iran, is expected to produce 300,000 bpd, about the same amount Iran now exports to China. Iran is China's third largest oil supplier after Saudi Arabia and Angola.
"Both sides have agreed on the technical development plans. Parties also reached consensus over the reserve of Yadavaran," the official close to the negotiations told Reuters, but declined to give a timeline for signing the pact.

Sinopec Group, China's second-largest state-run oil and gas firm, and the National Iranian Oil Company (NIOC) would each take 50% of the project with an estimated reserve of 3bn barrels, said the official.

NIOC last week was quoted by the oil ministry's website SHANA as saying that all the elements of the contract had been finalised and ready for signing.

The Beijing-based Chinese oil executive said some final, small issues remained, but added the Chinese side was confident they will be resolved. The official declined to elaborate. If completed, this would be one of the largest overseas energy investments by Sinopec, parent of listed Sinopec Corp, after its purchase of mid-sized oilfield Udmurtneft in Russia for about $3.5bn earlier this year.
"The industry should not be surprised that a final deal is near. Companies have been in talks for nearly three years," said the official.

The official also confirmed a Reuters report on Monday that Royal Dutch Shell Plc, as a technical partner of Sinopec, has an option to take a stake in the project.
Sinopec agreed in October 2004 to take the lead in developing Yadavaran and to buy 10mn tonnes of liquefied natural gas a year from Iran for 25 years, but differences over the size of field and costs were behind a previous delay.

Chinese state oil firms, keen to boost oil and gas reserves overseas to meet surging fuel demand at home, have shown less concerns over political hurdles.
Washington has already penalised Chinese firms to working in Iran, which it accuses of seeking nuclear arms and funding anti-Israeli militia. Tehran denied these charges.



Comment on this Article


French jets pound the Central African Republic

Saturday, December 02, 2006
by IRIN

Hundreds of civilians have been fleeing towards neighbouring Sudan after air strikes by French jet fighters against rebels near the northeastern town of Birao.

Residents in the region said those fleeing on the road to Sudan were women and children. Most of the men, fearful of being targeted as rebel fighters, fled into the bush instead. Some have been there without proper food but it is not known how many there are.
"For the past three days I have been looking for my two wives and six children who ran into the bush," Marzouk Hassane, a Birao businessman, said on Thursday. He said the air strikes began on Monday.

The chief of operations of the rebel Union des forces démocratiques pour le rassemblement (UFDR), Diego Yao, said on Thursday: "The French used six jet fighters and four helicopters to pound our position in Birao."

The French military attaché in Bangui, the capital, declined to give his name or comment on reports of French military action. France had said it would provide only logistics and military equipment to the CAR army.

Yao said the air strikes had forced his men to abandoned Birao and flee into the bush. He also said a large number of the town's residents had been killed by the air strikes. This information has not yet been confirmed by independence sources.

"The casualties are high but we need an independent organisation to assess this," Yao said.

A CAR army colonel in Bangui said only rebels had been targeted by the national and the French armies.

"The military operation in the region is aimed at chasing away the rebels and it is a pity that some civilians were caught in the fighting," said the colonel, who did not want to be named.

The rebels had seized Birao on 31 October and went on to take Ouadda-Djalle, Ouadda and Sam-Ouandja. They had threatened to take the mining town of Bria, 650 km northeast of Bangui.

After losing these towns, the government appealed to France, its ally and former colonial power, for help. The CAR government said France provided logistical support to the army in the drive to retake Birao, a town of 30,000 residents.

The army has also retaken Mouka and Oudda.

When the insurrection began, the government blamed Sudan for providing help to the rebels, a charge that the Sudanese government has denied. However, some Bangui-based diplomats said CAR's northern rebellion was linked to the fighting in Darfur, Sudan, where pro-government militias have been battling a guerrilla force in the west of that country.

"We cannot disassociate the CAR crisis from that of Chad and Darfur," a diplomat, who requested anonymity, said.



Comment on this Article


Royal blasted for 'simplistic' ideas on Middle East

PARIS, Dec 3, 2006 (AFP)

Ségolène Royal, the presidential candidate for France's opposition Socialist Party, sparked a foreign policy furore on the weekend as she toured the Middle East in a bid to boost her credentials for the world stage.

French Foreign Minister Philippe Douste-Blazy on Sunday took Royal to task for what he called her "simplistic" ideas on the volatile region, after she made a gaffe while visiting Lebanon on Friday.
During a meeting with a Lebanese MPs in Beirut on Friday, Royal had voiced agreement with an MP from the Hezbollah militant movement, Ali Ammar, that US foreign policy smacked of "insanity".

She said she shared his views "on a lot of things, notably his analysis of the role of the United States."

Ammar also compared Israel's behaviour towards Lebanon - which Israel bombarded over July and August in its 34-day war with Hezbollah - with "Nazism".

Royal, caught off guard by the storm her comments unleashed back in France, was forced to amend her comments by saying she meant to criticise only Washington's military adventure in Iraq. She said she drew a distinction between the policies of US President George W. Bush's White House and "the wider policies of the United States."

She also said she did not hear Ammar's "Nazism" comment - "otherwise I would have left the room."

The fumble was Royal's first error as she campaigns to become France's first woman head of state in elections due in April and May next year.

She had organised her Middle East trip - which on the weekend saw her travelling on to Israel and the Palestinian territories - to counter criticism in France that she was a political lightweight with a poor grasp of foreign policy.

The ruling conservative UMP party, which is yet to formally nominate its presidential candidate, seized on her gaffe, with Douste-Blazy going on French radio and television in Paris to blast Royal's words.

"I want to remind her that we are stronger and better listened to when we remain firm on our principles - I'm thinking in particular about Israel's right to security and about relations with the United States, even if we disagree sometimes with them," he said.

He quoted from Charles de Gaulle, saying: "I went to the Orient complicated with simple ideas. And hoping that these ideas were not simplistic."

The head of the Socialist Party, François Hollande, who is also Royal's partner and father of her four children, attempted to hose down the uproar.

The focus on her exchange with Ammar was "misplaced", he told Jewish Community Radio. He claimed that the translation of the meeting was "abridged, cut down, and did not contain all the comments reported elsewhere."

Hollande said "Hezbollah made comments that were, as usual, provocative, insulting. She reacted to them as she should have reacted to them" on the basis of the translation.

It was uncertain what damage the incident would inflict on Royal's campaign.

The latest poll, published on Sunday and conducted before Royal started her Middle East trip, showed she and her likely rival on the right, Nicolas Sarkozy, were in a dead heat for the presidency in terms of voter intentions.

The two declared candidates to replace Jacques Chirac each have 50 percent support, the poll by the IFOP institute showed.

Royal shed one point from the last IFOP poll released two weeks ago, while Sarkozy, who Thursday declared he was calling for his ruling conservative UMP party's nomination, picked up a point.

Comment: Hmmm.

"I want to remind her that we are stronger and better listened to when we remain firm on our principles - I'm thinking in particular about Israel's right to security and about relations with the United States, even if we disagree sometimes with them," he said.


Some principles! If Royal is in fact critical of US or Israeli policy, she's gonna have to shut up about it until she's elected.


Comment on this Article


International network France 24 to hit airwaves

PARIS, Dec 3, 2006 (AFP)

France's first round-the-clock international news television network hits the airwaves this week, offering a French viewpoint to rival CNN and the BBC.

France 24 will launch its main parallel French and mostly English channels after first debuting via Internet streaming late on Wednesday, with TV kicking off on cable and satellite on December 7.
"We are positioning ourselves as an international channel equipped with a French eye," Grégoire Deniau, France 24's editorial director said.

"We have an approach which is more distanced and closer to the south than the other international news channels," he said.

As Qatar-based Al-Jazeera launched its English-language TV news channel mid-November, France 24's journalists were already gearing up for their debut at the network's new Paris hub.


France 24 gears up for 'global battle'
France 24: Perspective or propaganda?
Although the France 24 website will be trilingual in French, English and Arabic from the outset, television programmes in Arabic will only begin in mid-2007, and Spanish is set to follow in 2009.

"As to Al-Jazeera, it represents a very specific viewpoint, it defends, even in its Anglophone version, the eye of the Middle East on the rest of the world," Deniau added.

France is famous for defending the French language against a creeping dominance of English - President Jacques Chirac stormed out of an European Union summit earlier this year when a fellow Frenchman spoke in English.

But the new French 24/7 TV network says it is broadcasting in several languages in order to reach large population groups, although it stresses it carries a single message.

Alain de Pouzilhac, the channel's chief executive officer, has said that France 24 would challenge 'Anglo-Saxon' views presented by BBC World and CNN International by relying on "French values".

He said in an interview with Le Figaro newspaper at the end of October that the channel would highlight "diversity (and)... confrontation, without forgetting the culture and French art of living."

First mooted several years ago, the project gained momentum with the US-led invasion of Iraq because Chirac was reportedly miffed by the way CNN and the BBC presented France's opposition to the war.

Chirac has said he hoped the channel would place France "at the forefront of the global battle of images".

With a mix of news, economic news, culture, sports and weather, with features and debate, the channel is targeting opinion leaders, and will initially be broadcast in Europe, the Middle East, Africa, and the US cities of New York and Washington DC.

State-funded, France 24 is a private, joint venture between France's leading commercial and national public television networks, TF1 and France Televisions, and will be funded to the tune of 86 million euros (110 million dollars) by the government for 2007.

France 24 will produce some of its own pictures but also rely on its managing companies and partners, including Agence France-Presse and Radio France Internationale.

For several weeks, the network's 380-strong staff, including 170 journalists, have been doing dry-runs at its three-storey headquarters in Issy-les-Moulineaux, on Paris' southern outskirts.

Some 80 million households in more than 90 countries will be able to receive the network, it has said.



Comment on this Article


Coup begins despite denials

05 December 2006
By MICHAEL FIELD and Reuters

Fiji's fragile democracy has ended as soldiers in full combat gear moved swiftly to disarm the police force and tighten their hold on Suva.
Prime Minister Laisenia Qarase was in hiding last night as military head Commodore Voreqe Bainimarama deployed troops across the city.

Dozens of troops set up roadblocks in and around Suva, completely blocking some roads but allowing traffic to pass along others, a Reuters witness said.

Mr Qarase narrowly avoided being captured by the military late in the afternoon when he used a helicopter to get around a military roadblock on the King's Highway out of Suva.

The army kept up the pressure on Qarase when he was later summoned to President Ratu Josefa Iloilo's residence.

Qarase drove to the sprawling harbourside estate but was told by soldiers at a roadblock outside that he would have to walk the rest of the way, a witness inside the grounds said.

Qarase, whose bodyguards were also disarmed by the military, refused and returned to his office.

It was not formally pronounced as a coup - Fiji's fourth since 1987 - but acting police commissioner Moses Driver admitted he was powerless if the military wanted to do anything in the city.

"We won't be able to do anything at all, I'm sorry."

The police, he said, "were not geared up" to deal with the military.

The weapons seized from the police tactical response unit are believed to include sub-machine guns, shotguns and Glock pistols.

Commodore Bainimarama called a brief press conference last night to announce that his soldiers had stripped the weapons from the police tactical response unit.

"This was done to ensure that the (unit) won't be used by dissidents as an instrument against the RFMF and the people of Fiji."

Commodore Bainimarama said soldiers would disarm bodyguards protecting Mr Qarase and other government ministers.

But as he spoke a soldier passed him a piece of paper, which he read and then announced: "I understand the weapons belonging to bodyguards for the ministers and prime minister have been returned."

Asked who was now running the country, Commodore Bainimarama said he would not comment.

Mr Driver had said earlier that the military raid on the police weapons stash was unlawful and the culprits could expect to face charges.

Armed soldiers who had set up roadblocks around Suva had also acted illegally, Mr Moses told a press conference.

Australian Foreign Minister Alexander Downer told his parliament yesterday: "It is clear Fiji is on the brink of a coup."

The military was trying to slowly take control as there was a split in its ranks over whether to stage a coup, Mr Downer said.

"My guess is that within the military there is a fair bit of resistance to these tactics and quite a lot of resistance to a coup. There isn't an inclination to mutiny against the commander, so it's a torturously complicated situation."

However there were no obvious signs of a split in the military.

Qarase told Fiji radio on Monday morning that he remained in control and has called an emergency cabinet meeting for Tuesday.

A New Zealand Foreign Affiars Ministry spokesman said that at any one time there were about 1500 New Zealand tourists and up to 3000 expatriate New Zealanders in Fiji.

The ministry has advised against all non-essential travel to Suva.

Flight Centre spokesman John McGuinness said in the past two weeks, about 30 per cent of those with travel plans to Fiji had either cancelled, deferred or changed destinations.

However, as the buildup of tension in Fiji had been gradual, those who decided to change their travel plans had already done so, he said.

"We are seeing a drop-off in those changing their plans. Those who have decided to go are sticking to their plans."

The United States, Britain and the United Nations have all warned Bainimarama not to attempt to take over the government, with concerns that another coup would devastate the fragile local economy based on tourism and sugar.



Comment on this Article


Dion win puts Liberals ahead of Tories, poll finds

Updated Mon. Dec. 4 2006 9:31 AM ET
CTV.ca News Staff

A new poll finds Stephane Dion's victory at the Liberal leadership convention puts the party ahead of the ruling Conservatives for the first time since January's election.

The Liberals have moved six percentage points ahead of Stephen Harper's Conservatives, according to a poll conducted by the Strategic Counsel for CTV and The Globe and Mail in the hours after the convention.
Dion scored a surprise win over political rookie Michael Ignatieff on the fourth ballot in a highly dramatic convention that ended early Saturday evening.

When asked which party they would vote for if an election were held today, the Liberals led by Dion came out on top: (percentage-point change from an Oct. 12-15 poll in brackets):

Liberals: 37 per cent (+5)
Conservatives: 31 per cent (-1)
NDP: 14 per cent (-3)
Bloc Quebecois: 11 per cent (unchanged)
Greens: 7 per cent (-2)
In Ontario, the Liberals experienced a 12-point jump, going from 36 per cent to 48 per cent. The Tories dropped a point to 32 per cent. However, in Quebec and the West, the Liberals' numbers were flat.

"The Liberal Party has had almost a week of sustained and generally favourable media coverage, so everybody really expected they would get a bump in the polls," CTV's Ottawa Bureau Chief Robert Fife said.

Approval numbers for Harper's government remain in the black: 56 per cent approve of the job his government is doing, while 38 per cent disapprove.

However, pollster Tim Woolstencroft of The Strategic Counsel told CTV.ca those numbers are eroding when compared to figures from the summer. In mid-July, 67 per cent approved and 27 per cent disapproved.

Asked about how Harper and Dion would measure up in an election campaign, Fife said: "Stephane Dion and Stephen Harper are men of great integrity, high intelligence and are strategic thinkers.

"They also have different visions of the country. So I think we are going to see an amazing federal election campaign."

Most observers think Canada could be plunged into an election as early as this spring.

The poll also finds that choice of Dion as Liberal leader seems to have the initial stamp of approval from the Canadian public and has also given the party a bump in popularity.

"We have the Liberal grassroots thinking that Dion was a better choice and Canadians seem to agree," said Fife.

The Strategic Counsel poll found that 55 per cent of Canadians consider Dion to be a good choice for leader.

Nineteen per cent felt the Quebec MP and cabinet veteran was a poor choice, while 27 per cent had no opinion.

"Stephane Dion is a little like (former Liberal prime minister) Jean Chretien. The media and elites always underestimated Chretien, but he identified with people on Main Street," Fife said.

"I think average Canadians respect Stephane Dion because he's gutsy and he's tough, and I think (Conservative Prime Minister) Stephen Harper should be very careful."

In Dion's home province, 62 per cent found Dion a good choice while 29 per cent said he was a poor one.

Both those numbers are the highest and lowest for any regional breakout.

While 27 per cent polled either didn't know or refused to answer the Dion question, that number dropped to nine per cent in Quebec.

"They know him better there," Woolstencroft told CTV.ca.

Dion has been a polarizing figure in Quebec because he is a strong federalist.

Right now, a good interpretation is that Canadians appear willing to give Dion a chance, he said.

Woolstencroft said his performance in Parliament over the coming week could have an impact on defining his image.

Only about 34 of Canadians say they followed the campaign closely. In a separate question, Dion and Ignatieff came out highest for name recognition.



Comment on this Article


Business as Usual


Analysis: High bar set in AIPAC case

By Shaun Waterman
UPI Homeland and National Security Editor
Nov. 30, 2006 at 10:02AM

The government has been set a high bar for conviction in the AIPAC secrets case -- prosecutors must show the two lobbyists charged under espionage laws knew that the disclosure of the material they allegedly passed to reporters and Israeli officials would hurt the United States.
The defendants, Steven Rosen and Keith Weissman, lobbyists for the American-Israel Public Affairs Committee, or AIPAC, are charged with conspiring with Department of Defense intelligence analyst Larry Franklin to leak U.S. secrets in an apparent effort to influence U.S. policy towards Iran.

In a transcript of a recent pre-trial hearing, made available Tuesday, the judge in the case made it clear that prosecutors must prove intention, or what lawyers call "mens rea" -- Latin for "a guilty mind" -- for every element of the conspiracy.

"The Court imposed the requirement that the government prove that the defendant knew the information ... would harm the United States," Judge Thomas Ellis told the Nov. 16 hearing, though prosecutors had asked that this requirement be lifted.

That is important, explains government transparency advocate Steven Aftergood of the Federation of American Scientists, because it means the defendants, if found guilty, will have been proved to have "the intention of hurting the United States."

"That distinguishes the activities with which they are charged from the routine activities of reporters and advocates," Aftergood told United Press International, "who may made trade in classified information," but don't so with the intention of harming U.S. security.

He called the bar set by the ruling "a considerable, possibly insurmountable obstacle" to the government.

In a statement announcing the indictment, prosecutors alleged that since at least April 1999, Rosen and Weissman had "use[d] their contacts within the U.S. government ... to gather sensitive U.S. government information, including classified information ... for subsequent unlawful communication, delivery, and transmission to persons not entitled to receive it."

The case has raised the hackles of civil liberties advocates who charge that zealous prosecutors are abusing an over-broad statute designed to punish spies to criminalize the everyday behavior of reporters, lobbyists, and researchers, all of whom occasionally trade in secrets, the stock-in-trade of Washington's back-room policy process.

Jonathan Turley, professor of law at George Washington University, told UPI that the prosecution had "radically expanded the practical scope of national security law." He said it had always been understood that government employees who leaked were in criminal jeopardy, but not the reporters -- or in this case lobbyists -- to whom they were leaking.

He said the case was an effort to "criminalize the act of simply receiving classified information."

Judge Ellis fueled those fears when told a hearing earlier this year that the law on its face applies to everyone: "academics, lawyers, journalists, professors, whatever."

The Department of Justice routinely declines comment on ongoing cases, but prosecutors have said in court filings that they "recognize that a prosecution under the espionage laws of an actual member of the press ... would raise legitimate and serious issues and would not be undertaken lightly.

Indeed," they conclude, "the fact that there has never been such a prosecution speaks for itself."

Rosen and Weissman's supporters say there is no difference between what they are charged with doing and what reporters and other members of what their lawyers call "the Washington policy community," do every day.

But the reality is more complex, according to former counter-intelligence officials who have followed the case.

They make a distinction between reporters -- who seek information about U.S. policy in order to publish it to illuminate public debate -- and the defendants, who are accused of using the information they obtained in a covert effort to influence U.S. foreign policy, including by passing it on to foreign government officials.

"This was a counter-espionage investigation," said one retired veteran, pointing out that it had been conducted by the counter-intelligence unit at the FBI's Washington Field Office.

"They were looking for spies. Those guys don't do leaks," he told UPI earlier this year.

The case was originally expected to come to trial this year, but due to its complexity, the date has been repeatedly deferred, according to Aftergood.

Judge Ellis now says he will reserve time in May and June 2007 for a possible trial.

He also said that a Justice Department investigation into who leaked word of the investigation to CBS News in August 2004 -- a full year before indictments were filed -- is "ongoing."

But defense lawyers said they had been told by "senior officials at CBS News" that no one there had been contacted about the investigation.

Nonetheless, the existence of that probe, and others confirmed by officials, including into the leaks about the existence of the National Security Agency's program of warrantless wiretaps aimed at suspected terrorists, raises concerns.

Critics like Turley accuse the administration of launching a "scorched earth campaign against whistleblowers."

He said the AIPAC case, the leak probes, and another investigation in which federal prosecutor Patrick Fitzgerald had sought to review the phone records of New York Times reporters, were all "part of a mosaic that threatens vital First Amendment institutions, like the press."

Comment: "A high bar" means that the two Israeli spies will most likely not be convicted. How convenient is that?

Comment on this Article


How Many Votes Were Stolen Or Suppressed In 2006?

By Bruce Dixon
02 December, 2006
Black Agenda Report

...roughly 3 million Democratic votes in November 2006 appear to have been cast but not counted, or shifted to the Republican column"

You'd barely know it from inside the opaque bubble that is corporate mainstream news, but millions of Americans, going into this November's election, feared that their votes, if they were allowed to cast them at all, might not be counted. The few media mentions of this widespread fear that Republican operatives might somehow hijack the midterm elections vanished utterly in the wake of substantial Democratic victories nationwide.

But a closer look at this November's elections indicates that if they weren't stolen it wasn't because nobody tried.
On election night 2006, attorney Jonathan Simon of Election Defense Alliance monitored the unadjusted National Election Pool data as it came online at CNN. Exit poll data has long been the standard worldwide for ascertaining the integrity of vote counts. But just as in 2004, this November's unadjusted exit poll data showed results very different from both the announced election returns and the "adjusted" poll data released the following day. The unadjusted polling indicates that Democrats nationwide may have won the election not by 7%, but by a whopping 11%. Thus roughly 3 million Democratic votes in November 2006 appear to have been cast but not counted, or shifted to the Republican column.

It wasn't that Republicans didn't try to steal the election, according to Simon. They just didn't steal enough to make up for the groundswell of opposition in the final weeks.

Rob Kall's thorough and remarkably overlooked OpEd News story dated November 17 tells us this:

We see evidence of pervasive fraud, but apparently calibrated to political conditions existing before recent developments shifted the political landscape,' said attorney Jonathan Simon, co-founder of Election Defense Alliance, "so 'the fix' turned out not to be sufficient for the actual circumstances.' Explained Simon, 'When you set out to rig an election, you want to do just enough to win. The greater the shift from expectations, (from exit polling, pre-election polling, demographics) the greater the risk of exposure - of provoking investigation. What was plenty to win on October 1 fell short on November 7.'

"The findings raise urgent questions about the electoral machinery and vote counting systems used in the United States," according to Sally Castleman, National Chair of EDA. "This is nothing less than a national indictment of the vote counting process in the United States!"

"The numbers tell us there absolutely was hacking going on, just not enough to overcome the size of the actual turnout. The tide turned so much in the last few weeks before the election. It looks for all the world that they'd already figured out the percentage they needed to rig, when the programming of the vote rigging software was distributed weeks before the election, and it wasn't enough," Castleman commented.


Kall's excellent article goes on to explain that the reasons pollsters gave for "adjusting" their results and bringing them into conformity with "official" election returns don't wash. Although there are legitimate reasons to adjust polling data, doing so to prevent contradictions between them and the "official" results does not qualify, and amounts to a coverup on the part of pollsters.

But the three million Democratic votes apparently lost, strayed or stolen this November are only the tip of this ugly rock. The new Republican election math isn't just about proprietary hardware, software hacks and voting machines that can subtract as well as add. According to Cast Out: Voter Supression Strategies 2006 and Beyond, a paper issued by the Brennan Center For Justice at NYU Law School, a nationwide wave of federal, state and local statutes and administrative regulations are being enacted with the explicit goal of disenfranchising communities that vote mainly Democratic.

In addition to electronic fraud, the Brennan Center identifies four other looming threats to the franchise.

Restricting Voter Registration Drives

Back in the early nineties, well before he declared there was no such thing as black America, Barack Obama made his political bones directing a massive Chicago-based registration drive which, with significant help from commercial black radio, and the participation of scores of community-based organizations, succeeded in putting more than 120,000 mostly minority voters on the rolls in a scant three months. In that case and many since around the country, non profit and community groups registering voters in parking lots, on street corners, at events and door to door have accounted for a significant share of new registrations, 20% of total new registrations in the last two years.

"The kind of massive volunteer-based voter registration drives that ... characterized the Jesse Jackson campaigns for president in 1984 and 1988 are for all practical purposes illegal in much of the country."

The response of many state officials has been to close that door and all but outlaw community-based voter registration drives. Arbitrary regulations have been imposed on their activity and draconian fines or imprisonment are now penalties for minor infractions such as collecting a form a day early, turning it in a day late, assisting a voter in filling out a form, or recording a voter's contact information from a form for verification or get-out-the-vote purposes. The state of Florida shut down the League of Women Voters by imposing a $70,000 fine for having lost 14 filled out registration forms. Restrictive laws like this are presently on the books in Georgia, New Jersey, Maryland, Ohio, California, Washington state, Colorado, Missouri, and of course, Florida.

The kind of massive volunteer-based voter registration drives that enabled the election of Chicago's first black and only progressive mayor Harold Washington in 1983, or that characterized the Jesse Jackson campaigns for president in 1984 and 1988 are for all practical purposes illegal in much of the country.

Barriers to Getting on the Voter Rolls: No Match - No Vote

HAVA, the cynically misnamed "Help America Vote Act" requires every state maintain an electronic voter database as the final authority on who is and is not registered to vote. Some state authorities have taken advantage of this "final authority" by enacting laws that require every name, before being added to the database, be "confirmed" by detection of an exact match in some OTHER government database, such as Social Security or drivers license records.

The catch here is that the matching process introduces countless errors any of which can be grounds for rejecting the voter's application. Suppose a first name, sex, date of birth and Social Security number match between a new voter record and a Social Security record, but a middle name is spelled differently. The voter's application is rejected. Suppose one has a middle initial and the other spells out the middle name? Rejected. Suppose one has a married name and the other a hyphenated name? Rejected. Different addresses? Rejected. Names with apostrophes? Rejected. Typos not in the voter application, but in the drivers license, Social Security or other record being "matched" against? Rejected.

When California law required a "no match - no vote" rule and Los Angeles County attempted to comply, almost 20% of eligible voters were deleted from the rolls till state officials cancelled the policy. In Pennsylvania, the number of people who could be excluded from the rolls by such a policy is as high as 30%. And the Social Security Administration reported early in 2006 that as many as 28% of voter records checked against its databases yielded no matches.

Despite successful challenges in many areas to "no match-no vote" policies, the Republican legislators and administrators that enact them defend these practices stubbornly, and give ground only grudgingly. And "no match-no vote" laws are proposed in new states every legislative session. There is no doubt that these laws and regulations have disenfranchised tens or hundreds of thousands of voters in the election just past.

Purges of the Voters Rolls

The famous example of Florida in 2000, which had a private contractor make up deliberately imprecise and overwhelmingly black lists of supposed felons, and knocked everyone off the rolls whose name was even a near match - even deleting multiple voters for a match with a single alleged felon, and at least one felon the date of whose crime was more than a decade in the future - illustrates how spurious purges can be implemented to ethnically cleanse the voter rolls. But these practices did not end with 2000 and were never limited to Florida.

Brennan Center Study furnishes these examples:

In Kentucky, 8,000 people were purged because their names matched those of people registered in Tennessee or South Carolina in an attempt to identify voters who had moved. A lawsuit brought by the Kentucky Attorney General has already shown that this purge may have affected eligible voters whose names happened to be the same as others in neighboring states.
In Indiana, 4,500 people were purged, and 36,000 more might be purged. This purge was touted as partisan.

In Washington, 55,000 people were purged earlier this year.

In Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 105,000 people were purged from the city voter rolls.

In Churchill County, Nevada, the number of registered voters decreased from 12,537 to 11,880 due to purges.

In Ohio, there were 175,000 purged voters in Cuyahoga County and 133,000 purged voters in Hamilton and Lucas Counties.

Paradoxically, the existence of central voter databases on the state level actually makes it easier to mistakenly or maliciously purge large numbers of undesirable voters, along with those who may have died or moved away. And in many cases procedural safeguards, such as attempts to notify purged voters, are flawed or nonexistent. It is impossible to know how many voters were denied their right to vote based on malicious wholesale purges. But the number is certainly substantial, and may easily rival the number of votes that lost their way this past election day.

Voter ID and Citizenship Requirements

Many new state and federal proposals require voters to show specific forms of ID at the polling place, ostensibly to keep "terrorists" and others from impersonating real voters. But that extraordinarily rare and risky form of vote fraud occurs less than once in every 100,000 votes cast. The real targets of restrictive Voter ID and "proof of citizenship" laws are minority voters and the poor who are more likely to move oftener than they change drivers licenses, or less likely to have the required documents.

"...78% of young black people (in Milwaukee) from 18 to 24 don't have drivers licenses. 97% of Wisconsin college students were recently found not to have current addresses on their drivers licenses. These facts explain the attraction and the intent of voter ID restrictions."

The Brennan Center estimates that more than 10% of all eligible voters nationwide don't possess any state-issued ID. For the poor, the actual cost of such ID is more than the application fee itself, but includes secondary fees, travel expense and time away from work, child or elder care needed to obtain supporting documents like birth certificates, naturalization papers, notarized copies of apartment leases or Social Security documentation. In 2005 the state of Georgia enacted a strict voter ID law even though 36% of its seniors had no drivers licenses, and more than half the state's 200 counties had no office where state ID could be obtained. Courts have so far prevented Georgia from enforcing the law, likening the cost of compliance to many of the state's poorer citizens to a 21st century poll tax.

Before 2005, proof of citizenship at the polling place was not a voting requirement anywhere in the US. But in Milwaukee, the American city with the nation's highest rate of black incarceration, it is estimated that only half as many African Americans possess drivers licenses as whites, and that 78% of young black people from 18 to 24 don't have drivers licenses. 97% of Wisconsin college students were recently found not to have current addresses on their drivers licenses. These facts explain the attraction and the intent of voter ID restrictions. And according to many reports, even in places where picture ID is not required to vote, officials at the polling places are demanding it, and turning people away who don't produce it.

Where are the Democrats?

Despite millions of voters purged and denied in the months before election day, despite millions more votes actually cast that were not counted on election day, and despite DLC flacks like Rahm Emmanuel who used rivers of corporate cash to knock populist and antiwar Democratic congressional candidates out of primary elections in favor of pro-war losers like Tammy Duckworth (Illinois 6th district) and Harold Ford in Tennessee, Democrats won a resounding nationwide victory.

Speaker-to-be Pelosi infamously declared impeachment "off the table" in favor of good works, positive accomplishments and bipartisan good will. But the trains of wholesale voter suppression, disenfranchisement and electronic vote fraud have already left the station and are picking up speed. If Democrats in office and small "d" democrats in the streets fail to demand new regulations that guarantee every voter the right to vote, and force every vote to be counted, if they do not convene and aggressively pursue investigations -- if we don't get in their faces and in the streets to lay down on or tear up the tracks those trains run on, this November's victory will be wasted. It could be a long time till the next one.

Bruce Dixon is Managing Editor at Black Agenda Report and can be reached at bruce.dixon at BlackAgendaReport.com



Comment on this Article


The Christian Right Goes Back to Bible Boot Camp

By Alexander Zaitchik, AlterNet. Posted December 4, 2006.

After a study revealed that less than 10% of evangelicals were bible literate, James Dobson's Focus on the Family is desperately taking a two-day multi-media Bible boot camp on the road, selling "truth" for $179 a seat.
It's been a rough season for the Christian right. Even for an eschatological movement, these are dark days. First came former Deputy Director of the Office of Faith-Based and Community Initiatives David Kuo's public admission that evangelicals were often derided as "nuts" and "goofy" within the inner sanctums of the Bush administration. Then, weeks before losing their shotgun seat in the 109th Congress, the booming voice of the National Association of Evangelicals, Ted Haggard, was silenced in a scandal involving a gay hooker, massage oils, methamphetamine, and a string of Denver hotel rooms booked under false names.

But even before all that hit the fundamentalist fan, the movement was contending with a quieter, more systemic crisis: functional Biblical illiteracy among the flock. That's right, religious conservatives aren't so religious, after all.

This alarm was sounded by George Barna, chief pollster and CEO of the Barna Group, a Ventura, CA-based Christian polling and communications outfit. In August of 2005, Barna reported that less than ten percent of born-again Christians held what he termed a "Biblical worldview." Based on his survey, very few grasped the nuances of scripture or believed in "Absolute Truth" any more than their secular counterparts; the "Body of Christ" had been infected with the virus of Relativism, a wasting disease.

"Although most people own a Bible and know some of its content," reported Barna, "our research found that most [professed evangelicals] have little idea how to integrate core biblical principles to form a unified and meaningful response to the challenges and opportunities of life."

The prolific Barna dashed off a book in response to this worrying discovery. Entitled Think Like Jesus -- and marketed as "one of those books that really ticks off Satan" -- it quickly sold out in Barna's online bookstore. A second edition of Think Like Jesus soon went to press to further aggravate the Lord of Darkness.

Barna's poll and subsequent call to think like Jesus caught the attention of Dr. James Dobson, patriarch of the two most important religious right groups, the $140-million-a-year Focus on the Family, and its more politically minded spin-off, the D.C.-based Family Research Council. Dobson called Barna's report on Christian America's disappearing Biblical worldview "very distressing news," and felt that it warranted a muscular response, one befitting the massive resources at his disposal. The result is Focus on the Family's "The Truth Project: An In-Depth Christian Worldview Experience," a slick and intensive two-day training conference that kicked-off a North American tour last month at a mega-church outside Atlanta. It has since visited sell-out audiences in six cities; there are already 10 events planned for 2007.

Partly because the testimonials sound so scripted -- "The presentation in Boston was wonderful and definitely worth my 12 hour round-trip drive!" -- it's hard to say if The Truth Project is really the transformative Christian experience Focus claims it to be. It is, however, an open window into how the country's largest religious right group sees the world -- and how it would like everyone else to see it. The Truth Project is also a testament to the extent to which the religious right leadership understands it is fighting a desperate and rearguard culture war. How can an Army of Light be expected to conquer Satan when the troops not only march out of step, but can't even clean or load their religious rifles? The training conferences are a natural activity for conservative Christian activists at the dawn of the 110th Congress: a retreat from the front lines to regroup and retrain infantry who the generals fear are going AWOL, even as they maintain nominally Christian identities.

Toward this end, Focus on the Family has developed what is essentially a two-day multi-media Bible boot camp, with more than a whiff of a Holiday Inn get-rich-quick seminar. Held in churches instead of hotels, the seminars explain how to attain "Truth", not financial independence. This Truth comes in the form of a neatly packaged immutable Christian worldview to be taken home and shared with your neighbors. Attendees also receive a 12-DVD set of the lectures; meals are not provided.

The seminar is scripted and presented by Dr. Del Tackett, an energetic yet predictably dull senior executive at Focus on the Family and an adjunct professor at New Geneva Theological Seminary and Summit Ministries. Before joining Focus, Tackett spent 20 years in the Air Force and was director of technical planning for George H. W. Bush's National Security Council. The Truth Project website describes him as a "visionary and a teacher."

Sitting on stage next to Tackett during the length of the seminar is a serious question of adolescent construction: "Do you really believe that what you believe is really real?"

Or, as a secular humanist might put it: In your heart of hearts, do you guys honestly buy, or even understand, all this Bible crap?


Barna and Dobson are convinced that the vast majority of evangelicals do not, a fact with spiritual and political implications.


"Only by understanding the immutable truth claims of Christ," says Dobson in The Truth Project's promotional video, can Christians successfully defend against the "postmodern worldview" in which "God does not exist", "the family is defined as any circle of love", and "homosexuality is the moral equivalent of heterosexuality."


"If we capture and embrace more of God's worldview and trust it with unwavering faith," says Dobson, "then we begin to...form the appropriate responses to questions on abortion, same-sex marriage, cloning, stem-cell research and even media choices." But the real prize is bigger than any one issue. By fully embracing Truth, religious conservatives can "recapture Western Civilization", which they "invented but have lost."

The questions that will ultimately lead to recapturing the flag of civilization is born-again boilerplate: Is absolute truth defined by the Bible? Did Jesus Christ live a sinless life? Is God the all-powerful and all-knowing Creator of the universe, and does He still rule it today? Is Satan real?

Over the course of his 12 lectures, Del Tackett explains that we know the answers to be yes. We know because the Bible tells us so. In fact, the Bible tells us everything we could ever want to know -- if we only we read it correctly. Most of The Truth Project thus involves parsing Scripture and teasing out its life lessons for 21st-century Christians. This text analysis is often ridiculous, with Tackett probing the possible double meanings of Biblical diction, as if the King James Bible was transcribed directly from the mouth of God, and was not an artistic creation of a team of 17th-century scholars in Oxford and Cambridge.

If the seminar's content is vapid, The Truth Project is still no ordinary Sunday school slide show. No corners were cut in production of the video clips that accompany the lectures. With its nature montages and flashy editing, The Truth Project includes the first religious films ready for IMAX distribution.

Even more striking than the production values, though, is how little knowledge Tackett assumes on the part of his committed born-again audience. Even John 3:16 is reviewed as if for the first time. Once they are explained, Tackett holds basic Biblical Truths up against the Lies of secular culture and the lying liars who tell them. His bete noir throughout is Carl Sagan, the legendary poster-boy of humanism and scientism. Tackett is so obsessed with Sagan that he not only shares an affinity for turtlenecks and corduroy sports jackets, but one suspects he imagines himself to be Sagan's God-fearing equivalent, and the Truth Project his answer to Cosmos, Sagan's famous book and PBS series. Clips from Cosmos are followed by bitter rebuttals from Tackett, who bristles at Sagan's contention that the earth is made of "star stuff", spinning without much purpose in a universe lacking an all-knowing Creator offering redemption through acceptance of his carpenter son. Alongside Sagan, other recurring villains include Charles Darwin and John Dewey.

In a lecture entitled "The State," Tackett explains the proper relationship between ecclesiastical and earthly authority, leaning heavily on the Book of Romans. ("Do not conform any longer to the pattern of this world, but be transformed by the renewing of your mind, " 12:2.) After drawing a circle with the words God, King and Citizens in the center, Tackett swerves into a rambling exegesis of the books of Daniel and Samuel. When he finally returns to his triangle (God-King-Citizens) inside the circle, he is dragging coils of disjointed scripture that he says prove the King is never in charge -- "God is in charge." And when the King forgets that God is in charge? Then "the state becomes the most monstrous of spheres" and "mass graves" cannot be far behind. To back this up, Tackett supplements the Bible with quotes from the Black Book of Communism and an 1828 edition of Webster's dictionary, which defines politics as that realm dealing with "ethics and morals."

The Bible also contains a few policy recommendations. Tackett points to a mention of a 10 percent tax in the Old Testament, seeing in this a divine recommendation for a flat tax. Apparently Steve Forbes had a direct line in to God, after all. Tackett also locates Biblical grounds for opposing the welfare state and the rise of supranational institutions. It goes without saying that all "freakish sexual behavior," including homosexuality, is to be resisted with the utmost strenuousness.

Tackett blames the sad state of the nation on a long and vicious secular assault on America's Christian foundations by men like Dewey and Sagan. The good news is that America can once again reflect the Godliness of its founders, if only we will let it.

"The people who came here," explains Tackett, "came with a mature and comprehensive Biblical worldview." He gushes over how, as late as the early 20th century, American schoolchildren learned their catechisms along with their multiplication tables. He also provides an orgy of selective quotation from America's overwhelmingly Deist founding fathers, as well as genuinely Christian revolutionary B-listers like Benjamin Rush and Noah Webster. But Tackett can never quite bring himself to describe even the firebrand Sam Adams as a "revolutionary"; all are simply "founders." Tom Paine does not appear anywhere in this history lecture, entitled, "The American Understanding."

If America has turned away from its blessed orgins in Christ, it is because we have forgotten the Bible -- that all-encompassing, simplifying book. It is because we have lost our Biblical worldview, in fact, that we even need things like modern laws at all. "We've had to modify and amend the Constitution," says Tackett, incredibly, "because we're no longer governed internally."

"When we throw God out, our laws become waste paper," he continues. Christianity is the foundation of this country, not the Constitution."

That's Focus on the Family politics in a nutshell: Pilgrims without the Progress.

Perhaps the most tortured and convoluted lecture is the one entitled "Labor", encapsulating society and the economy. Just as Takcett cannot bring himself to utter the word "revolution" in discussing the American Revolution, he also never says "capitalism" when discussing the American economy and its heavily degraded public sphere, as if the hyper-sexualized culture he so loathes has no relation to barrage advertising or an economy based on mass gratuitous consumption. The Truth Project devotes much energy to warnings about the greedy state becoming a monster, but the modern corporation makes not even the briefest cameo. Except for the "freakish" sex it permits and the Satanic trappings of the welfare state, we live in a "glorious social system [that] God has given us."

Whatever the lecture on "Labor" lacks in intellectual seriousness, it more than makes up for in humor. Tackett, a former manager at Kaman Sciences Corporation and ITT Industries, sees in his fellow Christians a management wet dream. Just as the book in Genesis begins with God hard at work -- "forming out of the ground all the beasts of the field and all the birds of the air" -- Tackett believes a Biblical worldview should lead naturally to a positive, can-do, union-free work ethic.

After explaining the Biblical injunction to work and enjoy it, he imagines two businessmen having lunch. One says to the other: "I wish I could hire a Christian! They are so joyful, creative, excited and trustworthy! When I leave the office, they work even harder!"

Why, they're just like magical minimum-wage worker elves!

And however meager the fruits of their joyful Christian labor, teaches Tackett, evangelicals should avoid class envy or joining in demands for "redistribution rights." They should also avoid buying pirated CD's. It's all in the Bible, you see, the only book you'll ever need. But it is a book that can be supplemented on occasion. Say, by a set of The Truth Project DVD's. But unlike George Barna's Think Like Jesus, they are not available in stores.



Comment on this Article


Boeing Accused of Running Torture Travel Agency

By Rick Anderson, Seattle Weekly.
Posted December 2, 2006.

A British author and an ex-prisoner's attorney say that records uncovered by Spanish investigators show Boeing has a direct role in "extreme renditions" -- planning and organizing the flights through a unit of its Seattle commercial airplane division.
Since 2003, human-rights investigators and news media reports have described a Boeing Business Jet as one of the most-dreaded planes in the Central Intelligence Agency's clandestine air force. The modified 737 -- a model rolled out in Renton in 2001 -- was built for executive fun and comfort. But it is alleged to be the flagship of the CIA's "extreme rendition" squadron, ferrying suspected terrorists to secret agency prisons or countries where the U.S. is said to outsource torture.

The use of this jet, with a 6,000-mile flying range and plush customized cabin, has until now been Boeing's only connection to the prison airlifts. But a British author and an ex-prisoner's attorney say that records uncovered by Spanish investigators show Boeing has a more direct role -- planning and organizing the flights through a unit of its Seattle commercial airplane division.

Boeing won't confirm or deny the claim. But the Spanish documents, and an investigation by Amnesty International and the Council of Europe, indicate Boeing was making arrangements for as many as 1,000 rendition flights through 14 countries by four CIA planes, including that notorious Boeing Business Jet.

"Travel agent for the CIA seems the right words," Stephen Grey says of Boeing's role. A British author, he has written about prisoner rendition and the CIA's global torture program in his new book, Ghost Plane, in which he has documented about 90 rendition flights.

The Bush administration has acknowledged transfers of Al Qaeda suspects to Guantánamo Bay but has denied the U.S. engages in torture-transfer flights. Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice said in 2005 that the United States "does not use the airspace or the airports of any county" for such purposes. Senate Democrats, who take control in January, are promising a full investigation.

According to Grey and others, a wholly owned Boeing subsidiary called Jeppesen Inc. cleared the airways and runways for the CIA, providing landing and navigation assistance, scheduling flight crews, and booking hotels for them. Jeppesen is a unit of Boeing's Seattle-based Commercial Aviation Division.

The cargo of prisoners includes many who say they were tortured and others who claim to have been mistakenly abducted and abused. One detainee, Khaled el-Masri, a German of Lebanese decent who is suing the CIA and aviation companies under the Alien Tort Statute for alleged Fifth Amendment (due process) violations, says he now plans to add Boeing to his lawsuit.

Masri "was injected with a drug and chained to the floor of the plane," says his attorney, Ben Wizner of the New York ACLU. "I don't think anybody would hold Boeing responsible for manufacturing the plane. However, the emergence of [Boeing's flight-assistance role] changes all that."

The prisoner flights, launched by the Clinton administration to transfer foreign suspects to trial in the United States, became a darker undertaking following 9/11. George W. Bush approved what critics say amounts to the kidnapping of foreign nationals, some flown to countries such as Morocco or Egypt, known for abusive interrogation techniques. Others were taken to a system of CIA prisons in Afghanistan and Europe, or the U.S. compound in Guantánamo, rights groups say.

In his book, Grey cites documents showing Boeing made travel arrangements for the CIA flights. He does not specifically name Boeing, but in a phone conversation last week with Seattle Weekly, Grey confirmed that Spanish government documents he obtained name Jeppesen's International Trip Planning unit as rendition flights planner.

Boeing bought the Denver-based company, then called Jeppesen Sanderson, in 2000 for $1.5 billion from the (Chicago) Tribune Co., whose mixed portfolio includes the Los Angeles Times and the Chicago Cubs. John Hayhurst, then a Boeing vice president here, hailed Jeppesen as "another enduring global brand" for Boeing's business roster. Boeing later bought two related companies and expanded the Jeppesen unit, offering electronic mapping and navigation services to airline, general aviation, and government customers along with flight and trip planning.

Spain's largest newspaper, El Pais, last year reported that Jeppesen was named the CIA's flight arranger in investigative documents compiled by Spanish police. More recently, The New Yorker magazine noted the connection, reporting "it is not widely known that the [CIA] has turned to a division of Boeing, the publicly traded blue-chip behemoth, to handle many of the logistical and navigational details for these [rendition] trips."

On its Web site, Boeing boasts: "From Aachen to Zhengzhou, King Airs to 747s, Jeppesen has done it all."

But what, exactly, has it done? How deep is Boeing's involvement in the rendition flights? The company won't specifically say. From Chicago headquarters, Boeing spokesperson Tim Neale points out that flight planning is done for "thousands and thousands of customers each year. It's done on a confidential basis, and unless a customer authorizes us to comment, we can't."

He adds: "Jeppesen's flight planning process is to provide the route that is going to be followed, how much fuel is needed on board, where they will stop, and how many people will be on board, for weight reasons.

"We don't necessarily know very much about the purpose of a flight because that information isn't necessary to create a flight plan. What somebody's going to do when they get off is not part of that plan."

It's not publicly known how much Boeing, the nation's No. 2 defense contractor, earned from the flights. The CIA, a stand-alone agency, does not reveal its contracts and agency work can be billed through other government departments, including the Pentagon. Jeppesen has done $7.7 million in defense contracting since Boeing bought it in 2000, based on a review of Pentagon records.

Grey says he plans to soon post on the Internet "assorted aviation documents including Jeppesen planning data" that confirm Boeing's role (Update: Grey posted the flight logs recently at www.ghostplane.net.). The documents include, he says, a 2004 Boeing-arranged flight on the Boeing jet from Morocco through Spain and on to Afghanistan, which coincides with the Masri case.

Masri was mistaken as an Al Qaeda suspect and arrested by Macedonia officials on New Year's Eve 2003. In a Virginia federal lawsuit filed against ex-CIA Director George Tenet and others, Masri says he was "forcibly abducted" in Macedonia and handed over to U.S. officials. He was beaten, drugged, and eventually flown to a CIA prison in Afghanistan, he says. Five months after his abduction, the suit notes, "Mr. El-Masri was deposited at night, without explanation, on a hill in Albania" -- and that was two months after U.S. officials realized they made a mistake, the suit says.

The lawsuit was thrown out earlier this year, not because it lacked merit but because it could lead to disclosure of state secrets, a federal judge ruled. Masri is appealing and Wizner, his attorney, was scheduled to make his arguments this week before a Virginia appeals court.

"Obviously," says Wizner, "before we can add Boeing to the suit, we have to get it reinstated. It's a real hurdle -- the CIA is, in effect, claiming immunity, that they're never liable in such cases." He's buoyed by three federal court rulings in recent months that rejected similar government-secrets argument -- all of them cases involving challenges to warrantless eavesdropping authorized by President Bush.

"If the el-Masri suit can continue, we would try to develop evidence that people within Jeppesen were aware that detainees were being subjected to human rights abuses on these flights," Wizner says. "If we can show that, Boeing should by all rights be a defendant."



Comment on this Article


Forget shopping, this could turn into a crash

Larry Elliott, economics editor
Monday December 4, 2006
The Guardian

The last time the pound was at this level against the dollar was in the uneasy days of 1992 between John Major's April election victory and the cataclysm of Black Wednesday, when the markets realised that Britain's economic policy was based on smoke and mirrors.

With the economy deep in recession and unemployment heading to 3 million (again), Britain badly needed deep cuts in interest rates to stimulate growth. Yet the foundation stone for the government's anti-inflation policy was membership of the Exchange Rate Mechanism, which required rates to be kept high to defend the pound's value.
Policy was pulled in two directions at once but the government's credibility was at stake, so it talked tough and hoped the financial markets did not spot that it was acting weak. But the markets latched on immediately, sensing that Major and his chancellor, Norman Lamont, would not follow through on their blood-curdling public statements to do whatever it took to maintain the pound's ERM parity because that would have killed off any hopes of economic recovery. Once the markets woke up to the fact that the Tories were paper tigers, Black Wednesday was inevitable.

It's hard not to feel a sense of deja vu now, with the Federal Reserve facing a milder version of the dilemma that troubled the Treasury and the Bank of England 14 years ago. There are real differences between Britain then and the US now: the dollar is floating, rather than fixed; it is underpinned by its status as a global reserve currency; and the US economy has not been mired in recession for two years.

Even so, Ben Bernanke, the Fed's chairman, knows his credibility is on the line. Inflation is high enough to make the central bank nervous and that ought to mean the 18th rise in interest rates since the trough of 1%, taking them to 5.5%. But the deflating housing bubble is now affecting the rest of the economy. Friday's manufacturing snapshot was a lot weaker than Wall Street expected, with an index of below 50 suggesting that industry's output is falling.

Dean Baker, of the Centre for Economic Policy and Research in Washington, is predicting a recession in the next year, with the economy contracting by 0.7% and more than a million added to the dole queues. Most analysts are not that gloomy - at least not yet - but most expect this year's slowdown to persist through 2007 and to prompt the Fed to ease policy in the first half of next year.

So Bernanke's warning last week on the need for vigilance against inflation fell on deaf ears. The dollar fell because the markets do not believe the Fed will make good on its threat. Bernanke is wary of cutting rates for fear of looking soft on inflation; he is wary about raising rates for fear of weakening the economy. So, for now, he'll do nothing and hope that something comes up to get him out of the bind he's in. That doesn't always work: ask Major or Lamont.

Rebalancing

One lesson from the ERM experience is that a weaker dollar is not necessarily a bad thing. In the context of the US trade deficit, it is to be welcomed that the dollar is likely to get a lot cheaper. Sterling's devaluation in 1992 and four points off interest rates coupled with a tighter fiscal policy helped rebalance the UK economy, boosting production at the expense of consumption. A similar rebalancing is long overdue in the US.

Indeed, it is unclear why a $2 pound is being greeted with such enthusiasm on this side of the Atlantic. It makes a Christmas shopping spree in New York far cheaper but the British economy's problem is not that we shop too little but too much. Sterling's trade-weighted index hit a six and a half year high on Friday and the UK trade deficit is at about 5% of GDP. Economic fundamentals suggest the pound must go lower, just as it is obvious the dollar had to fall.

Bernanke's problem, however, is that there is the world of difference between a gentle but steady decline in the dollar and a pell-mell crash. A controlled depreciation would ease strains caused by global imbalances - US trade deficits, Asian trade surpluses - and insulate the US economy a little from the impact of a severe housing market downturn. A crash in the dollar would lead to turmoil on the world's markets, an increase in long-term US interest rates and a vastly increased risk of a hard landing.

One difficulty in analysing how the markets will react is that nobody is sure why the dollar has suddenly fallen out of favour. Some commentators say the trigger was the hint from China that it favoured diversifying reserves so they were less weighted towards dollars. But Beijing has said this regularly over the past three years but carried on buying US assets and thus propping up the dollar. There seems no logical reason why Asian central banks should start dumping greenbacks; not only would they be selling their US assets at a loss, it would make their exports more costly.

Carry trades

A greater risk is that private investors change their behaviour. Hedge funds could determine what happens next. One issue is the growth in carry trades, which is when money is borrowed in a country with low interest rates (such as Japan) and invested in a country with high rates (the US, say). This is lucrative for investors and supports the dollar but risky and attractive to speculators only if the currency in the country with high rates remains strong. If it doesn't, gains from the differential in rates are wiped out by the depreciating currency.

All in all, the prognosis is not good for the dollar. The economy is weak, policymakers seem paralysed and speculators look ready to stampede for the exit. Doing nothing is sometimes the least bad option; it is hard to see that it will be this time. There is a risk that the Fed will get badly behind the curve, and that every bit of gloomy economic news triggers more selling of dollars. Bernanke needs to start preparing the markets for rate cuts or he could be facing a real panic.



Comment on this Article


Squeezing Palestine


Israeli Arabs seek right to return to villages abandoned in 1948

Last update - 14:01 03/12/2006 By Yoav Stern, Haaretz Correspondent

ccording to a position paper written by Mossawa - the Advocacy Center for Arab Citizens in Israel and presented in a conference in Nazareth on Friday, Israeli Arabs want the right to return to villages abandoned in 1948, educational autonomy and changes to the Israeli flag and national anthem.
The paper, written in close coordination with the Israel Higher Arab Monitoring Committee, was presented as part of the week-long Second Annual Days of Mossawa Festival and Nazareth Film Festival, which ended Saturday.

"Our goal is to achieve a historic compromise with the Jewish community in Israel," Mossawa Center director Jafar Farah told the conference. "The move by refugees of 1948 to their villages will not change the demographic balance or endanger the Jews. Unlike the refugees in Arab states, we are [already] here," Farah said. "The internal refugees [residents forced to leave their villages in 1948 who moved to other Arab communities within Israel] represent about one-fourth of the Arab population in Israel today."

Farah said the paper was spurred by a sense among many Israeli Arabs that they must have their say at a time when many Israeli organizations are working to frame a national constitution.

"We found ourselves in an absurd situation, in which Jews are deciding what is good for the Arabs because the Arab elites are not involved in the discussions. Now the decision makers will have to take our opinion into account," Farah said.

The 10-point position paper emphasizes the need to grant communal rights to the Arab public, including the increased use of the Arabic language; equality and fairness in immigration policy; the correct allotment of national resources; and fair representation. With regard to national symbols, the paper says: "The state's symbols, its flag and its national anthem are emotionally charged, public resources ... the state must give appropriate expression to the presence of Arab citizens in Israel and its historical relationship to the place."

Among the many jurists participating in the conference was Supreme Court Justice Salim Jubran, who said the existing Basic Right on Citizenship law must be amended to complete the constitutional protection of minority groups. He repeated his opposition to the Citizenship Law, which restricts the rights of Israeli Arabs to marry Palestinians.

Another participant, Dr. Raef Zreik, said the position paper does not refer to the Israeli Arabs' position regarding the Jewish majority in the country. He said the Israeli Arabs can officially recognize the right of the Jewish public to a state only as part of an overall peace agreement with the Palestinian people.



Comment on this Article


Report: Arab, Jewish birthrates in Jerusalem equal for first time

By Nadav Shragai, Haaretz Correspondent

For the first time ever, in 2005 the Arab and Jewish birthrates in Jerusalem were equivalent at 3.9 children per woman. An American-Israeli research report recently submitted to Jerusalem Mayor Uri Lupolianski found that the Arab fertility rate in Jerusalem has dropped in recent years, while the fertility rate among Jewish women in the capital has risen.
Dr. Maya Choshen of the Jerusalem Institute for Israel Studies, who edits the Statistical Yearbook of Jerusalem, confirmed that the data used to compare Jewish and Arab birthrates was accurate, but noted it only covered one year. "Statistical trends must be examined over a number of years before reaching conclusions," Choshen added.

The researchers Bennett Zimmerman, Roberta Seid, Michael Wise and Yoram Ettinger recommend annexing 100,000 Palestinians to Jerusalem in order to resolve the city's demographic problem. According to the four, as a result of annexing additional East Jerusalem territory leading toward Ma'aleh Adumim, Givat Ze'ev and Gush Etzion, the Jewish population will also increase by tens of thousands and negative Jewish emigration out of the capital will be reduced.

Recently, the political parties of Kadima and Labor have adopted the approach that outskirts of the city with large Arab populations should be removed from the Jerusalem jurisdiction to resolve the capital's demographic issues.

This could make the city a magnet for the Jewish population, tipping the demographic scales toward it. "Avoiding expanding city territory, due to concerns of a demographic burden, will increase the housing and employment burden and accelerate negative emigration out of Jerusalem," the report states.

The researchers reiterate previous findings that Jerusalem's key problem is negative Jewish emigration, which stems from tight housing and job markets. They attribute the distress to a lack of land for transportation infrastructure, which they say is only resolvable by doubling city jurisdiction.

In the 2000-2003 period, 63,000 residents left Jerusalem, while only 37,000 moved to the capital. In the past 25 years, 311,000 residents have moved away, while 208,000 Jews have changed their place of residence to the city.



Comment on this Article


Israel decides to maintain policy of restraint in Gaza

www.chinaview.cn 2006-12-04 09:49:20

JERUSALEM, Dec. 3 (Xinhua) -- Israeli Security Cabinet decided on Sunday to maintain policy of restraint in Gaza, despite continuous rocket attacks launched from the Palestinian side into southern Israel.

The Security Cabinet met hours after a Qassam rocket struck in the Negev to discuss how to respond to the Palestinian rocket attacks against southern Israel, local daily Ha'aretz reported on its Website.
However, the cabinet adopted the proposal offered by Israeli Defense Minister Amir Peretz to carry preventative action against the Qassam fire.

Peretz told the cabinet meeting that the Israeli army should fire at the Palestinian militants who involved in rocket firing as the ceasefire in Gaza is only being observed partly by the Palestinian side.

Israeli Prime Minister Ehud Olmert also voiced support to Peretz proposal at the cabinet meeting, saying that "Israel mustact responsibly and wisely, while considering all aspects of the matter."

His speech was echoed by Foreign Minister Tzipi Livni, who said that the "situation is sensitive, and we must act wisely and with serious consideration."

The newborn mutual ceasefire between Palestinians and Israel seems short-lived, as the Palestinian rocket attacks and Israeli counterattacks continued regardless of the truce deal.

On Nov. 26, following months of Israeli military operations, Israel and the Palestinians agreed on a ceasefire under it Israel withdrew forces from Gaza in exchange for stopping home-made rocket attacks against Israel.

Comment: Gee, restraint against out-moded rockets that hardly do any damage. How chivalrous.

Comment on this Article


Truce deal falters following Israeli operations in West Bank

www.chinaview.cn 2006-12-03 22:24:31

RAMALLAH, Dec. 3 (Xinhua) -- Hours after Israel's rejection to expansion of a Palestinian-Israeli truce deal to the West Bank, Israeli troops shot dead a Palestinian boy in the West Bank city of Nablus Sunday afternoon, putting an already fragile truce agreement in jeopardy.

Witnesses said that the Israeli soldiers hit Mohammed Jebji, 15,who was on his way to school, with a gunshot on his head.
The incident took place while the soldiers clashed with Palestinian demonstrators and stone-throwers in Nablus, they added.

In southern West Bank city of Hebron, medical sources said an eight-year-old boy was critically wounded after an Israeli settler opened fire at him.

The ongoing violence in West Bank threatens a fragile ceasefire started in Gaza last Sunday.

In the wake of the violence in the West Bank, the Islamic Resistance Movement (Hamas) announced it has suspended its participation in a special committee formed earlier in the day to oversee ways of enforcing the truce deal.

Despite the Palestinian hope that the ceasefire could be extended to cover West Bank, Israeli Defense Minister Amir Peretz confirmed earlier in the day that Israel would continue its military operations in West Bank.

Moreover, Peretz orders his army to open fire at any Palestinian militant in Gaza who tried to launch home-made rockets into Israel.

The newborn mutual ceasefire between Palestinians and Israel seems short-lived, as Israeli artillery was reported to have resumed shelling northern Gaza Strip on Sunday afternoon.

On Nov. 26, following months of Israeli military operations,Israel and the Palestinians agreed on a ceasefire under it Israel withdrew forces from Gaza in exchange for stopping home-made rocket attacks against Israel.

Comment: Remember, the cease-fire only covers Gaza. The IDF can continue doing what it wants in the West Bank. So there is no general ceasefire that covers all the Palestinians. So, imagine that you are Palestinian and you see the injustice of it. Israel can continue massacring and killing Palestinians. Now the focua is taken away from Gaza; it is on the West Bank. But the Palestinians never have the right to defend themselves. Never. Not under any condition.

But Israel always has the right to kill while claiming they are acting in self defence.


Comment on this Article


The Rabid State


William Fletcher: "Israel is a Rabid State!"

William Hughes
03/12/2006

"'Imprisonment Wall' is more descriptive than 'Security Fence.'" - Jimmy Carter, former U.S. President, in writing about Israel's notorious Apartheid Wall. (1)

Washington, D.C. - "The logic of both Israel and Apartheid-era South Africa can be found in their common origins as settler states," said Professor William Fletcher. On Dec. 1, 2006, he gave a talk at the Palestine Center, entitled, "Two Walled Cities: Jerusalem and Johannesburg, Apartheid and Palestine." Fletcher emphasized: "In both cases the settlers created myths, semi-religious or explicitly religious, including that God had provided the land for them and that the land was unoccupied upon arrival...In both cases, the settlers portrayed themselves to be victims against the natives, who were described as semi-barbaric and/or intolerant. Given the permanent state of siege, every settler state's aggression came to be described as a defensive act." (2)

Fletcher, a native of New York City, was a former assistant to President John Sweeney of the AFL-CIO and the ex-CEO of the TransAfrica Forum. He is presently the Belle Zeller Visiting Professor at Brooklyn College, City University of New York. A graduate of Harvard, in 1976, with a B.A. degree in Government, he now lives in Maryland with his family. In his youth, Fletcher dabbled in the politics of the Black Panther Party and helped to form a "Black Student Alliance" on his high school campus. (3)

Continuing, Fletcher said: "For the settler state, [Israel and Apartheid-era South Africa], there is a zero sum calculation when it comes to the natives. This does not necessarily mean that the natives necessarily must be annihilated, but it does mean the natives can never be allowed to prevail. In this context, one can look at Jerusalem and Apartheid-era Johannesburg as emblematic of settlers' strategy and of the settler state as a whole. Though there are significant differences between Israel and Apartheid-era South Africa, e. g. the religious significance of Jerusalem, the settlers' approach in both cases in these cities shares much in common. In the case of Jerusalem, the entire city has been seized by the settlers, who have no intention of sharing it with the Palestinians. The settler plan is one of driving out the Palestinians through a combination of intimidation and inconvenience, otherwise known as psychological warfare. That is the painful difficulty encountered by Palestinians living in occupied East Jerusalem. Johannesburg, however, was constructed to be for whites only." (2)

More tie-ins between the duo regimes: While Nelson Mandela, later the first President of a free South Africa, languished in a prison cell for close to 27 years, mostly on Robben Island, the Apartheid- era South African clique and the government of Zionist Israel were in bed together. The authors, Edward Herman and Gerry O'Sullivan, experts on state terrorism, wrote: "[They] had a de facto military alliance for many years, and Israel had given support to all of South Africa's terrorist clients, including UNITA and RENAMO." (4) In 1979, there was even media speculation that Israel-South Africa had jointly tested "a nuclear weapon" in the Indian Ocean. Both governments denied that charge. (5)

Fletcher underscored: "Each settler state has handled its indigenous population somewhat differently...In South Africa...the premium was placed on the removal of the natives from the land and their sociopolitical marginalization. In the case of Palestine, I would argue a bit of both seems to be underway. Though the emphasis seems to be on the removal from land. In both the Occupied Territories and Apartheid-era South Africa, the settler state wishes to make the situation so inhospitable that the indigenous people leave on their own. It combines violent coercion with what can be described as...psychological warfare...Just as the Apartheid-era South African regime presented itself to the world as visonary...creating those fictitious Homelands...with limited resources...[for the natives]...so too, do the Israelis when it comes to their vision of a Palestinian state or statelet." (2)

A question was raised by an audience member about ex-President Jimmy Carter's new book and about Rep. John Conyers' (D-MI) criticism of the use of the word "Apartheid" in its title. (1) Fletcher responded: "I think [Conyers] should have just kept his mouth shut...I was very troubled by that. And, I have to say to some extent, I was surprised...He needs to hear from his friends...This was really off- the-wall. This was wrong."

Relevant to Fletcher's theme, former President Jimmy Carter put the nub of the Israel-Palestine question this way in his latest best selling book: "The overriding problem is that, for more than a quarter century, the actions of some Israeli leaders have been in direct conflict with the official policies of the United States, the international community, and their own negotiated agreements. Israel's continued control and colonization of Palestinian land have been the primary obstacles to a comprehensive peace agreement in the Holy Land. In order to perpetuate the occupation, Israeli forces have deprived their unwilling subjects of basic human rights. No objective person could personally observe existing conditions in the West Bank and dispute these statements." (1)

If the above didn't hit home hard enough, President Carter added this mega zinger: "The 'Wall' ravages many places along its devious route that are important to Christians. In addition to enclosing Bethlehem in one of its most notable intrusions, an especially heartbreaking division is on the southern slope of the Mount of Olives, a favorite place for Jesus and his disciples, and very near Bethany, where they often visited Mary, Martha, and their brother, Lazarus. There is a church named for one of the sisters, Santa Marta Monastery, where Israel's thirty-foot concrete wall cuts through the property. The house of worship is now on the Jerusalem side, and its parishioners are separated from it because they cannot get permits to enter Jerusalem. Its priest, Father Claudio Ghilardi, says, 'For nine hundred years we have lived here under Turkish, British, Jordanian, and Israeli governments, and no one has ever stopped people coming to pray. It is scandalous. This is not about a barrier. It is a border. Why don't they speak the truth?' Countering Israeli arguments that the wall is to keep Palestinian suicide bombers from Israel, Father Claudio adds a comment that describes the path of the entire barrier: 'The Wall is not separating Palestinians from Jews; rather Palestinians from Palestinians.' Nearby are three convents that will also be cut off from the people they serve. The 2,000 Palestinian Christians have lost their place of worship and their spiritual center." (1)

Getting back to Fletcher. He said: "The Carter's book offers a really great opportunity for people to say, 'The guy is right.' Even if that is all we say, it starts to have an impact. I'm convinced, particularly that when I look at the poll numbers in response to the Israeli invasion of Lebanon...that we actually can shift opinion." Throughout his talk, Fletcher also gave vivid examples of the evils of colonialism, with regard to the massive crimes of the British in Australia, New Zealand, Tasmania and in Ireland. (6)

Fletcher mentioned, too, the defeat in the Democratic Primary of Rep. Cynthia McKinney (D-GA) in the last election and how she was targeted by the Zionists for daring to speak out for human rights for the Palestinians. He said, "Zionist elements wanted her out!" Fletcher said she was an "apparition that floated behind every member of the Congressional Black Caucus." He added, people who support a free and democratic Palestine need to learn how to organize and "to mobilize" politically around that issue. That can mean, he argued, giving candidates who are under attack, like McKinney, money for their campaign and volunteers. "There is no room for lethargy. Wishful thinking," the idea that if a candidate does the right thing, people will rush in to support the politico, "is the problem."

Finally, Fletcher made this chilling statement, with regard to Israel-Palestine, he said: "Clearly, there are economic objectives that are there in terms of seizing the land-getting the best land...But, the Israeli state is a rabid state. And, I don't think that we should ever assume that they wouldn't do something maniacal. You know, like unleashing a nuclear weapon, if they felt that they had to, regardless of the consequences. And, I think that they would do so with the assumption that the U.S. would support them."



Comment on this Article


UN General Assembly Reaffirms Palestinian Statehood

PalestineFreeVoice
02/12/2006

United Nations General assembly adopts six resolutions urging both sides to maintain 26th November Palestinian-led Truce Initiative

Assembly says settlement of Palestinian question at core of Arab-Israeli conflict

The General Assembly adopted on Friday 1st December 2006 a series of resolutions on the situation in the Middle East, sponsored by Arab and Non-Aligned delegations,including one text reaffirming the United Nations' permanent responsibility regarding the question of Palestine, until the question is resolved in all its aspects and in accordance with international law.

Stressing the need for realization of the inalienable rights of the Palestinian people, primarily the right to self-determination and the right to their independent State, the Assembly adopted, by a recorded vote of 157 in favour to 7 against (Australia, Israel, Marshall Islands, Federated States of Micronesia, Nauru, Palau, United States), with 10 abstentions, an orally amended text on the "peaceful settlement of the question of Palestine," which stressed the need for Israel's withdrawal from the Palestinian Territory occupied since 1967. (See annex IV.)
Convinced that achieving a just and lasting settlement of the question of Palestine -- the core of the Arab-Israeli conflict -- was the key to stability in the Middle East, the Assembly welcomed the Palestinian truce initiative and its acceptance by Israel that went onto effect on 26 November, and urged both sides to maintain that truce, which could pave the way for genuine negotiations towards a just resolution to the conflict -- and extend it to the West Bank.

The text emphasized the importance of the safety and well-being of all civilians in the whole Middle East region, and condemned all acts of violence and terror against civilians on both sides,the extrajudicial executions and the excessive use of force and suicide bombings,the UN General Assembly stressed the urgent need for "sustained and active" international involvement, including by the Quartet, to support both sides in revitalizing the peace process towards resumption and acceleration of direct negotiations between the parties to achieve a just, lasting and comprehensive peace settlement, in accordance with the Road Map.

Speaking after action, the Permanent Observer of Palestine to the United Nations thanked those who had voted in favour of the resolution,calling the 192-member Assembly's overwhelmingly positive response yet another indication of the massive support part of the international community towards moving forward the peace process. He hoped one Member State, in particular, had noted the response and would listen carefully to the collective voice of the international community.

On Jerusalem,

the Assembly adopted a resolution reiterating its determination that any actions taken by Israel to impose its laws, jurisdiction and administration on the Holy City are illegal and, therefore, null and void, and had no validity whatsoever. It did so by a recorded vote of 157 in favour to 6 against (Israel, Marshall Islands, Federated States of Micronesia, Nauru, Palau, United States), with 10 abstentions. (See annex V.)

By that text, also the Assembly expressed its grave concern, in particular, about the continuation of Israel's illegal settlement activities, including the so-called "E-1 plan", and its construction of the wall in and around East Jerusalem, and the further isolation of the city from the rest of the Occupied Palestinian Territory, "which is having a detrimental effect on the lives of Palestinians and could prejudge a final status agreement on Jerusalem."

The resolution on the Syrian Golan was adopted by a recorded vote of 107 in favour to 6 against (Canada, Israel, Marshall Islands, Federated States of Micronesia, Palau, United States), with 60 abstentions. (See annex VI.)

In addition to resuming talks with Syria and Lebanon, and respecting commitments and undertakings reached during the previous talks, the Assembly also, once again, demanded Israel's complete withdrawal from the occupied Syrian Golan to the 4 June 1967 line.

The Assembly also adopted three texts concerning the Committee on the Exercise of the Inalienable Rights of the Palestinian People, the Division for Palestinian Rights, and the Department of Public Information's special information programme on Palestine, all by recorded votes.



Comment on this Article


U.S. ambassador to the UN resigns

Last Updated: Monday, December 4, 2006 | 10:17 AM ET
The Associated Press

The U.S. ambassador to the United Nations is stepping down.

Unable to win American Senate confirmation, John Bolton said Monday he'll resign once his temporary appointment expires by early January.

Bolton's nomination has languished in the Senate foreign relations committee for more than a year, blocked by Democrats and several Republicans.
President George W. Bush gave Bolton the job temporarily in August 2005, while Congress was in recess. The appointment expires when Congress formally adjourns, no later than early January.

Although Bush could not give Bolton another recess appointment, the White House was believed to be exploring other ways of keeping him in the job, perhaps by giving him a title other than ambassador.

But Bolton informed the White House he intended to leave when his current appointment expires, White House deputy press secretary Dana Perino said.

Bush planned to meet with Bolton and his wife Monday in the Oval Office.

As late as last month, Bush, through his top aides, said he would not relent in his defence of Bolton, despite unwavering opposition from Democrats who view Bolton as too combative for international diplomacy.

The White House resubmitted Bolton's nomination last month but, with Democrats capturing control of the next Congress, his chances of winning confirmation appeared slight.

The incoming chairman of the Senate foreign relations committee, Democratic Senator Joe Biden of Delaware, said he saw "no point in considering Mr. Bolton's nomination again."



Comment on this Article


North and south

By Amos Harel and Avi Issacharoff
Mon., December 04, 2006

1.The third Lebanon war

There will be a war next summer. Only the sector has not been chosen yet. The atmosphere in the Israel Defense Forces in the past month has been very pessimistic. The latest rounds in the campaigns on both fronts, Lebanon and the Gaza Strip, have left too many issues undecided, too many potential detonators that could cause a new conflagration. The army's conclusion from this is that a war in the new future is a reasonable possibility. As Amir Oren reported in Haaretz several weeks ago, the IDF's operative assumption is that during the coming summer months, a war will break out against Hezbollah and perhaps against Syria as well.
At the same time, the IDF does not anticipate a long life for the cease-fire achieved last Saturday night with the Palestinians in the Gaza Strip. When the present tahdiya (lull) joins its predecessors that fell apart - the hudna (cease-fire) of summer 2003 (which lasted for a month and a half) and the tahdiya of winter 2005 (which was in its death throes for months until its final burial at the end of the disengagement) - there is a danger that the big bang will take place in Gaza. At its conclusion, like a self- fulfilling prophecy, IDF soldiers will return to the heart of Rafah for the first time in 13 years.

Of the two worrisome scenarios, the IDF speaks more in public about a conflagration in Gaza, but is also genuinely worried about a war in the North, mainly in light of the army's dubious achievements in the previous round there. Deputy Chief of Staff Moshe Kaplinsky has recently spoken about a war in the North in the summer, in several closed military forums. The army is already undergoing an intensive process of preparation, which is based in part on lessons already learned from the second Lebanon war. The announcement this week of a renewal of reservist training at the Tze'elim training base is a signal to neighboring countries that the IDF is reinforcing and rehabilitating itself, but it was also meant for internal consumption: It broadcasts to the public and to the army that the process of post-war rehabilitation is being conducted with the requisite seriousness.

Do all signs lead to war? One senior defense official says the answer to this question is no. He says that what we are dealing with is more a question of image than of substance. The extremist assessment of the good chances of a conflict in the North is designed to present the army with a target (and more important, with a target date). By summer preparations will be completed, and the IDF will brush itself off and restore the professional capability that it mistakenly thought it had when Israel so hastily went to war last summer.

The process of rehabilitating the army's preparedness is combined with efforts by Chief of Staff Dan Halutz to present the investigation of the recent war (which is supposed to end in about two weeks) as his crowning achievement. In spite of his denials, Halutz is seriously considering resigning, but is looking for the proper context. The conclusion of the inquest, which Halutz describes as the most thorough and honest that the IDF has ever conducted, is likely to provide such a context. The chief of staff can say that he is leaving his successor with a clean desk and that after comprehensive rehabilitation, the army is once again on the right path.

In view of the risk of war against Syria, chief of Military Intelligence Amos Yadlin is talking about Israel's obligation to examine the possibility of renewing peace negotiations with Damascus. In this, Yadlin is joining his predecessor, Major General Aharon Ze'evi Farkash. And like his own predecessor, Ariel Sharon, Prime Minister Ehud Olmert is also reacting with displeasure to this talk, and wondering aloud whether the head of MI is not exceeding the bounds of his authority. Nevertheless, at least in the Lebanese arena, Olmert recently reexamined the possibility of compromising with the Siniora government on the question of the Shaba Farms (Har Dov). With or without any connection, a UN team has begun a project to map the area in order to decide on the size of the controversial region. The mapping work is being done at UN headquarters in New York, on the basis of maps and satellite photos.

Olmert has been told that there is little chance that Syria would agree to an arrangement in which Israel would transfer this area to Lebanon. According to this assessment, Syrian President Bashar Assad is not enthusiastic about the possibility. When proposals for a remapping of the Syrian-Lebanese border were made to Assad, he replied that he would agree to that only if it began in the area of Tripoli in the north. In other words: as far as possible from the Shaba farms.

2. Palestinian freeze

In the Palestinian arena, the sides are returning to square one at the end of this week. Although the firing of Qassams has lessened in recent days, the Hamas government of Ismail Haniyeh refuses to give up its place. Haniyeh has embarked on a visit to Arab countries that will last for about two weeks. Until his return, no practical negotiations are taking place between Fatah and Hamas over the establishment of the national unity government.

At the beginning of the week, in the wake of the cease-fire, the Israeli side drew up complex, multi-stage scenarios regarding an overall deal that also involves the release of kidnapped soldier Gilad Shalit and the establishment of a new Palestinian government. However, as usual, the internal Palestinians arena is even more chaotic than Israel realizes. Apparently nothing has been decided yet in the Shalit affair. And the fate of the government of technocrats, which Haniyeh and Palestinian Authority Chairman Mahmoud Abbas (Abu Mazen) have been discussing for months, is still unclear.

In the office of the chairman they were angry this week, but not only at Hamas. Abbas vented his frustration at a meeting that he held with Haniyeh on Monday. The chairman told the prime minister that he would no longer discuss a national unity government with him. If you think you'll succeed in removing the siege on your government without my help, he told him - tfadal (be my guest). The frustration in Abbas' circle is directed to a great extent against the Egyptians, who went out of their way this week to flatter Khaled Meshal, head of the Hamas political bureau in Damascus. It began with a press conference convened by Meshal in the Cairo press club, continued with an interview he gave to Egyptian television, and ended with a visit by Haniyeh and his entourage in Cairo, the first stop on the prime minister's journey. One of Abbas' men mentioned in disappointment that Egyptian intelligence chief Omar Suleiman himself had promised the chairman that Egypt would not allow Haniyeh to travel abroad via the Rafah crossing for the purpose of raising money for the Hamas government.

The price of Haniyeh's trip is clear to Abbas. Only last week two Hamas senior officials brought $25 million into the Gaza Strip in suitcases via the Rafah crossing. That is a huge sum in terms of the present Gazan economy, and not a single dollar of it will reach the coffers of the PA. The entire sum is earmarked for the Hamas charity apparatus and for the organization's military arm. At present, the return of Haniyeh's entourage from abroad means additional millions of dollars for Hamas, whereas Fatah is suffering from mounting budgetary distress.

Abbas' people are afraid that if the Shalit deal is finally completed, only Hamas will benefit from it. The release of hundreds of Palestinian prisoners from Israeli prisons will be attributed to the force of Hamas' arms, rather than to the conciliatory approach of Abbas - in spite of Olmert's promises to release the prisoners into his arms. Abbas' men made a last, almost desperate attempt this week to get things to work for their benefit. They secretly turned to the two splinter groups that helped Hamas to kidnap Shalit - the Popular Resistance Committees and Jish al-Islam (the Army of Islam) - and suggested that they hand the soldier over to the chairman. The chances of success for such a move are slight.

As things look at the moment, Hamas is emerging strengthened from the cease-fire, and its position will continue to improve after the Shalit deal. The surprising support from Egypt will further solidify the position of Haniyeh and Meshal in the unity government contacts.

Fatah is nevertheless likely to register one achievement from the completion of a prisoner-release deal - if senior Palestinian prisoner Marwan Barghouti is among those freed. The release of Barghouti, who was sentenced in Israel to five cumulative life sentences, will ease the sting of the Hamas achievement and will restore Fatah's men in the field to public awareness. Israel has been discussing the possibility of his release for several years, in the hope of igniting a political move together with the Fatah leadership. A number of IDF generals have even expressed their support of this. On the other hand, the idea was sharply opposed by former Shin Bet security services chief Avi Dichter and his successor Yuval Diskin. This week someone in Jerusalem made sure to brief the political correspondents about Barghouti's substantial contribution, from his prison cell, to bringing about the cease-fire agreement.

Dichter and Diskin have a convincing argument: Barghouti was involved in the murder of Israelis. The leading gang of the Fatah military wing in the West Bank gathered around him and were inspired by him in their operations at the start of the intifada. The courts were convinced by the materials collected by the Shin Bet and MI, and convicted Barghouti of acts of murder. On the other hand, Barghouti has been actively involved for years in steps to achieve a cessation of the fighting. Yet this time it was urgent for political bodies in Israel to give credit to the senior prisoner. Perhaps this can be seen as preparing the ground for his release in a future deal.

While Olmert, in taking the dual steps of agreeing to the cease-fire and making the hopeful speech at the grave of David Ben-Gurion, created the appearance of a diplomatic process with the Palestinians, security elements are skeptical about the chances of survival of the agreement with the PA. Halutz hinted at that in the Knesset Foreign Affairs and Defense Committee, when he said that the political leadership had "consulted partially" with the IDF about the agreement.

The army and the Shin Bet see eye to eye concerning the processes taking place in the Gaza Strip. Hamas is building in Gaza a southern version of Hezbollah-land, and the cease-fire will enable it to increase its strength without interference, by carrying on with the arms-smuggling industry. The calm will collapse at the time most convenient for the enemy, not for Israel. For the present, in order to defend itself from claims that it caused the cease-fire to fail, the IDF is awaiting precise instructions from the political leadership. These have not been forthcoming, and the army has to guess the intentions of the politicians and, based on them, to determine its instructions for opening fire.

3. Ofra is expanding

A Peace Now report about the settlements, which merited only limited coverage in the Israeli media, made considerable waves abroad. The New York Times thought that the revelations by Dror Etkes - the head of the organization's Settlements Watch program, who said that 40 percent of the settlement areas in the West Bank are located on private Palestinian land - was a front-page story. The detailed data gathered by Peace Now, which are backed by aerial photos and information about the legal status of each plot of land, indicate that no fewer than 130 settlements were built on private Palestinian property.

Senior officials in the Israeli Civil Administration confirm the reliability of the data and the conclusion to be drawn from them: The most significant violation of the law in the territories is not related so much to the outposts, but rather to the large and well-established settlements, which in Israeli discourse are considered legitimate. (The Judea and Samaria Regional Council denies this, and claims that all the construction in the settlements is done on state land.)

The settlement of Ofra, north of Ramallah, is a good example. Seen as the flagship of Gush Emunim (the original settlers' movement), this community sits on Palestinian land, according to the report. Not all of it, it's true. Only 93 percent. In light of this, the debate about last February's demolition of nine houses in its satellite outpost, Amona, seems somewhat marginal.

Etkes' team obtained aerial photos that document the development of Ofra in four stages, from its establishment in 1969 until today. Almost all the construction has been carried out on land belonging to Palestinians from the neighboring villages. Peace Now relies on a databank similar to the one coordinated by deputy defense minister Brigadier General (res.) Baruch Spiegel, whose main principles were published in Haaretz about two months ago. The U.S. administration, which keeps close track of any information about the settlements, has since asked for clarifications from the defense establishment. But Big Brother's surveillance does not really affect what happens on the ground. On the contrary: The present days of the shaky Olmert government are good for the settlers. The tractors are once again working energetically on the hills of Samaria, while Defense Minister Amir Peretz continues to issue weekly notices about his intention of dealing soon and with utmost seriousness with the construction in the outposts.



Comment on this Article


Litvinenko


Ex-spy's death probe widening beyond Britain

www.chinaview.cn 2006-12-04 13:49:50

BEIJING, Dec. 4 (Xinhuanet) -- A top British official said Sunday an inquiry into the death of a poisoned ex-KGB spy Alexander Litvinenko, who died in London after he was exposed to a rare radioactive element, had expanded overseas.

"The police will follow wherever this investigation leads; inside or outside Britain," Home Secretary John Reid told Sky News. "Over the next few days ... all of these things, I think, will widen out a little from the circle just being here in Britain."
Scotland Yard officers, assisted by the FBI, have already traveled to Virginia to interview former KGB officer Yuri Shvets.

A United States-based friend of the former Russian spy Litvinenko said he had given police the name of a suspect he believes orchestrated his killing, according to Associated Press' report.

Shvets said he had known Litvinenko since 2002 and had spoken to him on Nov. 23, the day he died.

"The truth is, we have an act of international terrorism on our hands. I happen to believe I know who is behind the death of my friend Sasha (Litvinenko) and the reason for his murder," Yuri Shvets said in an exclusive interview with the AP by telephone from the United States.

"This is firsthand information, this is not gossip. I gave them the firsthand information that I have," Shvets told the AP.

"I want this inquiry to get to the bottom of it, otherwise they will be killing people all over the world - in London, in Washington and in other places," Shvets said.

Moreover, police sources confirmed that counter-terrorism officers were expected to leave for Moscow "very soon", though a spokeswoman at Scotland Yard, the headquarters of London's Metropolitan Police, declined to comment.

The BBC said nine officers could travel to Russia as early as Monday.

A report in the News of the World newspaper, Britain's biggest-selling weekly tabloid, said they were to interview the three Russians who met Litvinenko on Nov. 1, shortly before he fell ill.



Comment on this Article


Poisoned Former Agent Litvinenko Asked for Muslim Burial - Father

Created: 04.12.2006 14:48 MSK (GMT +3), Updated: 15:35 MSK
MosNews

Alexander Litvinenko, the former Russian intelligence agent poisoned in London, requested before his death that he be buried according to Muslim tradition, his father said in an interview for the Kommersant daily newspaper published Monday. The former agent and critic of the Kremlin expressed the wish as he lay dying in his father's arms, Valter Litvinenko said.
"He said I want to be buried according to Islamic tradition. I said okay son. It will be as you wish. We already have one Muslim in our family. The important thing is to believe in the Almighty. God is one," he said in the interview. Valter Litvinenko said he was sure that President Vladimir Putin was involved in the death a view apparently voiced by the former agent himself in a letter before his November 23 death and rejected claims that former Russian agents may have been responsible, the AFP news agency reports.

"No kind of veterans organization would dare to kill a former secret service member. There was an order right from the top to kill my son," Valter Litvinenko said. "I am in no doubt that this was done by members of the Russian secret services, with the permission of Vladimir Putin," he said.

Russian authorities have denied any involvement in Litvinenko's death.

The father added that he would return to Russia after burying his son, although he considered that returning was not without danger.

Separately, Russia's foreign ministry said on Monday that British investigators had been issued with visas to come to Russia to pursue their inquiries into Litvinenko's death.




Comment on this Article


Russia's Foreign Minister Lavrov Warns Against "Politicizing" Litvinenko Affair

Created: 04.12.2006 19:22 MSK (GMT +3), Updated: 20:11 MSK, 1 hour 15 minutes ago
MosNews

Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov said on Monday the Litvinenko affair was damaging ties with Britain. On the same day British detectives headed for Moscow as part of their investigation into the mysterious death of the former security agent in London, the Reuters news agency reports.
"The police have left today for Moscow to carry out enquiries," British Home Secretary John Reid told journalists in Brussels on the margins of a meeting of European Union justice and home affairs ministers.

Lavrov, also in the Belgian capital, said the fallout from Alexander Litvinenko's death was harming relations with Britain. Litvinenko died in a London hospital on November 23, three weeks after suffering radiation poisoning caused by Polonium 210.

Lavrov said insinuations in Britain of high-level Russian involvement in Litvinenko's death were "unacceptable," adding: "It is of course damaging our relations." Both Russia and Britain believe Litvinenko's death should not be politicized, Lavrov added. "If there are any questions, they should be put through law enforcement agencies," Interfax quoted him as saying.

Responding to Lavrov's comment, Reid said British Foreign Minister Margaret Beckett had been in touch with Moscow "and they have assured us we'll get all the cooperation necessary." Asked how long the British police would spend in Russia, a British embassy spokesman said "They'll stay as long as it takes."

Associates of Litvinenko have alleged either Kremlin involvement in his killing or that rogue elements in Russia's state security service were responsible.

Before he died Litvinenko, a former Russian state security service agent who became one of President Vladimir Putin's sharpest critics in the London-based Russian emigre community, accused Putin of ordering his death.

The Kremlin has strongly denied any part in the killing, and Kremlin opponents also find the theory of Putin's involvement highly improbable, noting such a high-profile killing on foreign soil could only damage him.

Italy's foreign minister said he would ask Putin in Moscow on Tuesday to help the British police in their investigation. "I think that it is also an opportunity, given that Putin has decided to receive me, to tell Russian authorities that we want answers," Massimo D'Alema told reporters in Belgrade. "It's clear that I will ask Russia to offer its full cooperation to the judiciary and to the British police forces above all."

Scotland Yard detectives are likely to try to interview Russian citizens who met Litvinenko at London's Millennium Hotel on November 1, the day he fell ill.

Andrei Lugovoi, a former KGB agent, says he and businessman Dmitry Kovtun met Litvinenko that day at the hotel. But Lugovoi, now back in Moscow, says they discussed a business opportunity and denies anything to do with an attempt on Litvinenko's life.

Alex Goldfarb, a London-based friend of Litvinenko, said the British investigators should insist on also seeing another ex-KGB agent, Mikhail Trepashkin, who had "substantive information" of use to them. Trepashkin, serving a four-year sentence in an Urals prison for divulging state secrets, alleged in a letter last Friday that the FSB, the Russian state security service, had created a hit squad to kill Litvinenko and other enemies of the Kremlin.



Comment on this Article


Jailed Russian Security Officer Eager to Testify in Litvinenko Case, Pledges Help to Scotland Yard

Created: 04.12.2006 17:45 MSK (GMT +3), Updated: 19:00 MSK, 2 hours 26 minutes ago
MosNews

Former Russian intelligence officer, Mikhail Trepashkin, now serving a four-year sentence in an Urals prison for divulging state secrets, said he was willing to testify in the Alexander Litvinenko lethal poisoning case, his lawyer announced Monday, the Interfax news agency reports.

In a letter released last Friday Trepashkin alleged that the FSB Russian state security service had created a hit squad to kill Litvinenko and other enemies of the Kremlin.
"He [Trepashkin] says that he possesses information that may shed light on the murder. And he is ready to speak out," Yelena Liptser, a lawyer for Trepashkin, told a news conference in Moscow on Monday. Trepashkin told his lawyers about his readiness to testify in Nizhny Tagil, where he is serving his sentence, she said.

Russia on Monday cleared the way for British detectives probing the mystery poisoning of former KGB spy Alexander Litvinenko to visit Moscow, and promised to help their investigation, the Reuters news agency reported Monday.

Friends of Litvinenko, who died from radioactive poisoning from polonium 210, said meanwhile that the British investigators should insist while in Russia on seeing Mikhail Trepashkin, who had "substantive information" of use to them.

Before he died, Litvinenko accused Russian President Vladimir Putin of ordering his slow and agonizing death, which sparked a health scare in Britain and strained London's relations with Moscow.

The Kremlin has denied any part in the death of the former Russian state security service agent who became one of Putin's sharpest critics in the London-based Russian emigre community.

The foreign ministry in Moscow confirmed on Monday that visas has been issued to Scotland Yard investigators and the Russia's general prosecutor's office offered to cooperate.

While Litvinenko blamed Putin for his death, other theories have centered on the possible involvement of rogue Russian agents, acting independently of the Kremlin.

Litvinenko met Russian citizens at London's Millennium Hotel on Nov. 1, the day he fell ill.

Andrei Lugovoi, also a former KGB agent, agrees he and businessman Dmitry Kovtun met Litvinenko that day at the hotel. But Lugovoi now back in Moscow, says they discussed a business opportunity and he denies anything to do with an attempt on Litvinenko's life.

In Brussels, British Home Secretary (interior minister) John Reid said the police investigation would push forward irrespective of whatever diplomatic fall-out there might be. "Police will issue their own bulletin, but they will be going to Russia," he told journalists after arriving for a meeting of European Union justice and home affairs ministers.

"This investigation will proceed as normal whatever the diplomatic or whatever the wider considerations," he said. Reid said he would seek to reassure his EU colleagues that the health threat arising from traces of polonium 210 found in several locations in London was minimal.



Comment on this Article


Protecting War Criminals


Damage Control: Noam Chomsky and the Israel-Palestine Conflict

By Jeffrey Blankfort
Al-Jazeerah, November 30, 2006

While the Bush administration is sinking into the Iraqi mess and supports the Israeli destruction campaign in Palestine and in Lebanon, a controversy is expanding in the United States on the exact links between the US imperialism and the Zionist expansionism. Suddenly, the thought of Noam Chomsky, which was imposed, for a long time, as a reference to the US left-wing, does not function any more. It is the moment, for the journalist Jeffrey Blankfort, to question this superstar. We publish here, in three parts, his long study of the limits of Noam Chomsky's thought.
"In an article in the New York Times (April 19, 2003), reporter Emily Eakin tells the story of a University of Chicago confab called to assess theory's fate. At a session attended by a bevy of humanities superstars, a student asked: What good is theory if, he said, 'we concede in fact how much more important the actions of Noam Chomsky are in the world than all the writings of critical theorists combined.'" (Jon Spayde, Senior Editor, Utne Reader Nov/Dec 2004).

Noam Chomsky has been the foremost critic of America's imperial adventures for more than three decades. That is probably the only point of agreement shared by his legions of loyal supporters and his equally committed although far less numerous detractors. His domination of the field is so extraordinary and unprecedented that one would be hard-put to find a runner-up. It is a considerable achievement for someone who has been described, at times, as a "reluctant icon." [1]

Despite his low-key demeanor and monotone delivery, Chomsky has been anything but reluctant. On closer examination, however, it appears that he has gained his elevated position less from scholarship than from the sheer body of his work that includes books by the dozens-30 in the last 30 years-and speeches and interviews in the hundreds.

In the field of US-Israel-Palestine relations he has been a virtual human tsunami, washing like a huge wave over genuine scholarly works in the field that contradict his critical positions on the Middle East, namely that Israel serves a strategic asset for the US and that the Israeli lobby, primarily AIPAC, is little more than a pressure group like any other trying to affect US policy in the Middle East. For both of these positions, as I will show, he offers only the sketchiest of evidence and what undercuts his theory he eliminates altogether.

Nevertheless, he has ignited the thinking and gained himself the passionate, almost cult-like attachment of thousands of followers across the globe. At the same time it has made him the favorite hate object of those who support and justify the US global agenda and the domination of its junior partner, Israel, over the Palestinians. Who else has whole internet blogs dedicated to nothing else but attacking him?

What is less generally known is that he admits to having been a Zionist from childhood, by one of the earlier definitions of the term-in favor of a Jewish homeland in Palestine and a bi-national, not a Jewish state-and, as he wrote 30 years ago, "perhaps this personal history distorts my perspective" [2]... . Measuring the degree to which it has done so is critical to understanding puzzling positions he has taken in response to the Israel-Palestine conflict...

Given the viciousness and the consistency with which Chomsky has been attacked by his critics on the "right," one ventures cautiously when challenging him from the "left." To expose serious errors in Chomsky's analysis and recording of history is to court almost certain opprobrium from those who might even agree with the nature of the criticism but who have become so protective of his reputation over the years, often through personal friendships, that have they not only failed to publicly challenge substantial errors of both fact and interpretation on his part, they have dismissed attempts by others to do so as "personal" vendettas.

Chomsky himself is no more inclined to accept criticism than his supporters. As one critic put it, "His attitude to who those who disagree with him, is, by and large, one of contempt. The only reason they can't see the simple truth of what he's saying is that they are, in one way or another, morally deficient." [3]

Although I had previously criticized Chomsky for downplaying the influence of the pro-Israel lobby on Washington's Middle East policies, [4]. I had hesitated to write a critique of his overall approach for the reasons noted. Nevertheless, I was convinced that while, ironically, having provided perhaps the most extensive documentation of Israeli crimes, he had, at the same time immobilized, if not sabotaged, the development of any serious effort to halt those crimes and to build an effective movement in behalf of the Palestinian cause.

An exaggeration? Hardly. A number of statements made by Chomsky have demonstrated his determination to keep Israel and Israelis from being punished or inconvenienced for the very monumental transgressions of decent human behavior that he himself has passionately documented over the years. This is one of the glaring contradictions in Chomsky's work. He would have us believe that Israel's occupation and harsh actions against the Palestinians, its invasions and undeclared 40 years war on Lebanon, and its arming of murderous regimes in Central America and Africa during the Cold War, has been done as a client state in the service of US interests. In Chomsky's world view, that absolves Israel of responsibility and has become standard Chomsky doctrine.

Following through with a critique of his work seemed essential after reading an interview he had given last May to Christopher J. Lee of Safundi: the Journal of South African and American Comparative Studies and circulated on Znet [5].

Quite naturally, the discussion turned to apartheid and whether Chomsky considered the term applied to Palestinians under Israeli rule. He responded: "I don't use it myself, to tell you the truth. Just like I don't [often] use the term "empire", because these are just inflammatory terms... I think it's sufficient to just describe the situation, without comparing it to other situations".

Anyone familiar with Chomsky's work will recognize that he is no stranger to inflammatory terms and that comparing one historical situation with another has long been part of his modus operandi. His response in this instance was troubling. Many Israeli academics and journalists, such as Ilan Pappe, Tanya Reinhart and Amira Hass, have described the situation of the Palestinians as one of apartheid. Bishop Tutu has done the same and last year Ha'aretz reported that South African law professor John Dugard, the special rapporteur for the United Nations on the situation of human rights in Occupied Palestine and a former member of his country's Truth and Reconciliation Commission, had written in a report to the UN General Assembly that there is ""an apartheid regime" in the territories "worse than the one that existed in South Africa."" [6]

Chomsky explained his disagreement: "Apartheid was one particular system and a particularly ugly situation... It's just to wave a red flag, when it's perfectly well to simply describe the situation... "

His reluctance to label Israel's control of the Palestinians as "apartheid" out of concern that it be seen as a "red flag," like describing it as "inflammatory," was a red flag itself and raised questions that should have been asked by the interviewer, such as who would be inflamed by the reference to 'apartheid' as a "red flag" in Israel's case and what objections would Chomsky have to that?

A more disturbing exchange occurred later in the interview when Chomsky was asked if sanctions should be applied against Israel as they were against South Africa. He responded: "In fact, I've been strongly against it in the case of Israel. For a number of reasons. For one thing, even in the case of South Africa, I think sanctions are a very questionable tactic. In the case of South Africa, I think they were [ultimately] legitimate because it was clear that the large majority of the population of South Africa was in favor of it. Sanctions hurt the population. You don't impose them unless the population is asking for them. That's the moral issue. So, the first point in the case of Israel is that: Is the population asking for it? Well, obviously not".

Obviously not. But is it acceptable to make such a decision on the basis of what the majority of Israelis want? Israel, after all, is not a dictatorship in which the people are held in check by fear and, therefore, cannot be held responsible for their government's actions. Israel has a largely unregulated, lively press and a "people's army" in which all Israeli Jews, other than the ultra-orthodox, are expected to serve and that is viewed by the Israeli public with almost religious reverence. Over the years, in their own democratic fashion, the overwhelming majority of Israelis have consistently supported and participated in actions of their government against the Palestinians and Lebanese that are not only racist, but in violation of the Geneva Conventions.

Chomsky made his position clear: "So; calling for sanctions here, when the majority of the population doesn't understand what you are doing, is tactically absurd-even if it were morally correct, which I don't think it is. The country against which the sanctions are being imposed is not calling for it".

The interviewer, Lee, understandably puzzled by that answer, then asked him, "Palestinians aren't calling for sanctions?". Chomsky: "Well, the sanctions wouldn't be imposed against the Palestinians, they would be imposed against Israel." Lee: "Right... [And] Israelis aren't calling for sanctions!".

That response also disturbed Palestinian political analyst, Omar Barghouthi, who, while tactfully acknowledging Chomsky as "a distinguished supporter of the Palestinian cause," addressed the issue squarely: "Of all the anti-boycott arguments, this one reflects either surprising naiveté or deliberate intellectual dishonesty. Are we to judge whether to apply sanctions on a colonial power based on the opinion of the majority in the oppressors community? Does the oppressed community count at all? [7]

For Chomsky, apparently not. But there were more absurdities to come: "Furthermore, there is no need for it. We ought to call for sanctions against the United States! If the US were to stop its massive support for this, it's over. So, you don't have to have sanctions on Israel. It's like putting sanctions on Poland under the Russians because of what the Poles are doing. It doesn't make sense. Here, we're the Russians".

First, what does Chomsky mean by saying "there is no need of it?" He was certainly aware, at the time of the interview that Israel, with its construction of a 25-foot high wall and fence, appropriately described by its critics as the "Apartheid Wall" was accelerating the confiscation of yet more Palestinian land and continuing the ethnic cleansing that began well before 1947 and there was nothing other than the weight of public opinion that might stop it.

Second, while there would be considerable support of sanctions against the US, if such were possible, would this not violate Chomsky's own standard for applying them? Had he not moments before, said that the majority of the people must support them? He apparently has a different standard for Israelis than he does for Americans. And what the Palestinians may wish doesn't count.

Then, having just told the interviewer that he did not like making comparisons, what can one make of his placing the relationship that existed between Poland and the former Soviet Union (Russia, in his lexicon) in the same category as that existing between Israel and the United States? He was referring to the implementation of sanctions by the Reagan administration against Poland in 1981 after the East Bloc nation had instituted martial law in response to the rise of the Solidarnosc movement. What role the Soviet Union had in that has been debated, but it should be obvious that there is no serious basis for such a comparison.

In retrospect, however, it was no surprise. In the Eighties, Chomsky placed Israel's relationship to the US in the same category as that of El Salvador when the Reagan administration was backing its puppet government against the FMLN. Not embarrassed at having spouted such nonsense, he still repeats it. [8] Even then, he exhibited a gritty determination to deflect responsibility for Israel's actions on to the United States. To point this out is not to defend the US or its egregious history of global criminality-which is not defensible-but to expose the deep fault lines that inhabit Chomsky's world view.

In case I had missed something, however, I wrote him, asking if he wished to clarify what the Polish-Soviet relationship had in common with that of Israel and the US? He declined to answer that question but with reference to my asking him about his avoidance of placing blame on Israel, he responded: "I also don't acknowledge other efforts to blame others [presumably Israel] for what we do. Cheap, cowardly, and convenient, but I won't take part in it. That's precisely what's at stake. Nothing else". [8]

"Cheap, cowardly and convenient" to blame Israel? If his primary desire is to protect Israel and Israelis from any form of inconvenience is not obvious from that private response, his public effort to sabotage the budding campus divestment program should leave no doubt where and with whom his sympathies lie.

Chomsky is against the boycotting of investments in Israel

In an exchange with Washington Post readers, Chomsky was asked by a caller: "Why did you sign an MIT petition calling for MIT to boycott Israeli investments, and then give an interview in which you state that you opposed such investment boycotts? What was or is your position on the proposal by some MIT faculty that MIT should boycott Israeli investments? "

Chomsky replied: "As is well known in Cambridge, of anyone involved, I was the most outspoken opponent of the petition calling for divestment, and in fact refused to sign until it was substantially changed, along lines that you can read if you are interested. The "divestment" part was reduced to three entirely meaningless words, which had nothing to do with the main thrust of the petition. I thought that the three meaningless words should also be deleted... On your last question, as noted, I was and remain strongly opposed, without exception - at least if I understand what the question means. How does one "boycott Israeli investments"?" (Emphasis added). [9]

I will assume that Chomsky understood very well what the caller meant: investing in Israeli companies and in State of Israel Bonds of which US labor union pension funds, and many states and universities have purchased hundreds of millions of dollars worth. These purchases clearly obligate those institutions to lobby Congress to insure that the Israeli economy stays afloat. This isn't something that Chomsky talks or writes about.

The caller was referring to a speech that Chomsky had made to the Harvard Anthropology Dept. shortly after the MIT and Harvard faculties issued a joint statement on divestment. It was gleefully reported in the Harvard Crimson by pro-Israel activist, David Weinfeld, under the headline "Chomsky's Gift": "MIT Institute Professor of Linguistics Noam Chomsky recently gave the greatest Hanukkah gift of all to opponents of the divestment campaign against Israel. By signing the Harvard-MIT divestment petition several months ago-and then denouncing divestment on Nov. 25 at Harvard-Chomsky has completely undercut the petition".

At his recent talk for the Harvard anthropology department, Chomsky stated: "I am opposed and have been opposed for many years, in fact, I've probably been the leading opponent for years of the campaign for divestment from Israel and of the campaign about academic boycotts."

He argued that a call for divestment is "a very welcome gift to the most extreme supporters of US-Israeli violence... It removes from the agenda the primary issues and it allows them to turn the discussion to irrelevant issues, which are here irrelevant, anti-Semitism and academic freedom and so on and so forth." [10] (Emphasis added.)

Here you see one of the tactics that Chomsky uses to silence his few left critics; he accuses them of aiding "the most extreme supporters of US-Israeli violence."

When contacted by the Cornell Daily Sun which was preparing an article on the MIT-Harvard divestment movement, Chomsky repeated his objections, and "despite acknowledging the existence of this petition,", the reporter wrote, Chomsky said, "I'm aware of no divestment movement. I had almost nothing to do with the "movement" except to insist that it not be a divestment movement.'" [11] (Emphasis added)

A least, he cannot be accused of inconsistency. After speaking at the First Annual Maryse Mikhail Lecture at the University of Toledo, on March 4, 2001, Chomsky was asked: "Do you think it's is a good idea to push the idea of divestment from Israel the same way that we used to push for it in white South Africa? "

Chomsky replied: "I regard the United States as the primary guilty party here, for the past 30 years. And for us to push for divestment from the United States doesn't really mean anything. What we ought to do is push for changes in US policy. Now it makes good sense to press for not sending attack helicopters to Israel, for example. In fact it makes very good sense to try to get some newspaper in the United States to report the fact that it's happening. That would be a start. And then to stop sending military weapons that are being used for repression. And you can take steps like that. But I don't think divestment from Israel would make much sense, even if such a policy were imaginable (and it's not). Our primary concern, I think, should be change in fundamental US policy, which has been driving this thing for decades. And that should be within our range. That's what we're supposed to be able to do: change US policy. " (Emphasis added)

Let us examine the response he gave at this event. Having stated forthrightly his opposition to pressuring Israel through divestment, he made no suggestion that his audience contact their Congressional representatives or senators regarding their support for aid to Israel. Mass appeals to Congress to stop funding, whether it was in opposition to the war in Vietnam or the Contras in Nicaragua, have been a basic element in every other nation-wide struggle against US global policy. Why not in this case? If Chomsky has ever called for any actions involving Congress, I could find no record of it.

Middle East activists, consequently, following Chomsky's lead, have continued to allow members of Congress and liberal Democrats, in particular, avoid paying any political price for supporting legislation that has provided Israel with the billions of dollars and the weaponry it has used to suppress the Palestinians, confiscate their land and expand its illegal settlements. This is what has devastated the Palestinians, not the meaningless three score plus Security Council resolutions reprimanding Israel that the US has vetoed but which, for Chomsky, validate his position that the US is the main culprit.

What he suggested to this audience-getting a newspaper to report the helicopter "sales" to Israel should have had those not entranced by his presence shaking their heads. As for changing US policy being "within our range," if Israel is a US "strategic asset," as he maintains, how does Chomsky suggest this be done? Beyond contacting your local newspaper editor, he doesn't.

Chomsky clears Israel of its crimes

Last year, Noah Cohen had the temerity to challenge Chomsky's opposition to both a "single state" solution and implementing the Palestinian "right of return." Chomsky defended his "realism" and accused Cohen of being engaged in "an academic seminar among disengaged intellectuals on Mars... [and] those who take these stands" [are] "serving the cause of the extreme hawks in Israel and the US, and bringing even more harm to the suffering Palestinians." [12]

Note, again, how Chomsky accuses those who disagree with him of harming the Palestinians. This evidently includes the Palestinians themselves who refuse to surrender their "right of return." Their crime, in Chomsky's opinion, is to oppose what he praises as the "international consensus," the support of which, for him, is "true advocacy." [13]

"The main task", he says, "is to bring the opinions and attitudes of the large majority of the US population into the arena of policy. As compared with other tasks facing activists, this is, and has long been a relatively simple one." [14] Simple? Who, we must ask, is on Mars? Of course, as noted previously, he offers no suggestions as how to accomplish this.

Although he doesn't advertise it publicly, Chomsky did sign a petition calling for the suspension of US military aid to Israel, but it has received little publicity and Sustain, the organization initiating the campaign has done little to promote it. It is not a demand that Chomsky raises in his books or interviews. When I pointed this out, he responded: "That is totally false. I've always supported the call of Human Rights Watch and others to stop 'aid' to Israel until it meets minimal human rights conditions. I've also gone out of way to publicize the fact that the majority of the population is in favor of cutting all aid to Israel until it agrees to serious negotiations (with my approval)... " [15]

Given the probable nature and outcome of previous "serious negotiations", and the relative strength in the power relationship, this would present no problem for Israel as was demonstrated at Oslo and since. Chomsky's claim to have supported Human Rights Watch's call for stopping aid to Israel, however, was a figment of his imagination. This was confirmed by an HRW official who explained that HRW had only asked that the amount of money spent on the occupied territories be deducted from the last round of loan guarantees. [16]That is hardly the same thing. When I pointed this out to Chomsky, he replied: "To take only one example, consider 'HRW, Israel's Interrogation of Palestinians from the Occupied Territories,' p. xv, which states that US law prohibits sending any military or economic aid to Israel because of its practice of systematic torture. " [17]

To my objection that this did not exactly constitute what would be described as a "campaign", he testily responded: "Calling actions illegal is sufficient basis for a reference to a call that the actions should be terminated. If you prefer not to join HRW and me in calling the aid illegal, implying directly that it should be terminated, that's up to you. Not very impressive... " [18] (Emphasis added)

I will leave it to the reader to decide whether describing US aid to Israel as illegal in a single document is the same as conducting a campaign to stop it.

Two and a half years earlier, Chomsky had made his position quite clear: "It is convenient in the US, and the West, to blame Israel and particularly Sharon, but that is unfair and hardly honest. Many of Sharon's worst atrocities were carried out under Labor governments. Peres comes close to Sharon as a war criminal. Furthermore, the prime responsibility lies in Washington, and has for 30 years. That is true of the general diplomatic framework, and also of particular actions. Israel can act within the limits established by the master in Washington, rarely beyond. [19] " (Emphasis added)

While no doubt a statement of this sort is comforting to the eyes and ears of Israel's supporters in "the left," it should be obvious that his waiving of the Jewish State's responsibility to adhere to the Nuremberg principles, as well as the Geneva Conventions, clearly serves Israel's interests. (While a strong case can certainly be made against Peres, as well, he is not in Sharon's class in the "war criminal" competition.)

Chomsky's rationalization of Israel's criminal misdeeds in The Fateful Triangle should have rung alarm bells when it appeared in 1983. Written a year after Israel's invasion of Lebanon, in what would become a sacred text for Middle East activists, he actually began the book not by taking Israel to task so much as its critics: "In the war of words that has been waged since Israel invaded Lebanon on June 6, 1982, critics of Israeli actions have frequently been accused of hypocrisy. While the reasons advanced are spurious, the charge itself has some merit. It is surely hypocritical to condemn Israel for establishing settlements in the occupied territories while we pay for establishing and expanding them. Or to condemn Israel for attacking civilian targets with cluster and phosphorous bombs "to get the maximum kill per hit." When we provide them gratis or at bargain rates, knowing that they will be used for just this purpose. Or to criticize Israel's 'indiscriminate' bombardment of heavily-settled civilian areas or its other military adventures, while we not only provide the means in abundance but welcome Israel's assistance in testing the latest weaponry under live battlefield conditions... .In general, it is pure hypocrisy to criticize the exercise of Israeli power while welcoming Israel's contributions towards realizing the US aim of eliminating possible threats, largely indigenous, to American domination of the Middle East region". [20]

First, the PLO was seen as a threat by Israel, not by the United States in 1982, particularly since it had strictly abided by a US-brokered cease-fire with Israel for 11 months, giving it a dangerous degree of credibility in Israeli eyes. Second, whom did Chomsky mean by "we?" Perhaps, President Reagan and some members of Congress who gently expressed their concern when the number of Palestinians and Lebanese killed in the invasion and the wholesale destruction of the country could not be suppressed in the media. But he doesn't say. It certainly wasn't those who took to the streets across the country to protest Israel's invasion. Both political parties had competed in their applause when Israel launched its attack, as did the AFL-CIO which took out a full page ad in the NY Times, declaring "We Are Not Neutral. We Support Israel!" paid for by an Israeli lobbyist with a Park Avenue address. The media, in the beginning, was also supportive, but it is rare to find an editorial supporting US aid to Israel. It is rarely ever mentioned and that's the way the lobby likes it. So is Chomsky creating a straw figure? It appears so.

If we follow Chomsky's "logic," it would be an injustice to bring charges of war crimes against Indonesian, El Salvadoran, Guatemalan, Haitian, or Filipino officers, soldiers, or public officials for the atrocities committed against their own countrymen and women since they were funded, armed and politically supported by the US. Perhaps, General Pinochet will claim the Chomsky Defense if he goes to trial.

He pressed the point of US responsibility for Israel's sins again in his introduction to The New Intifada, noting that as one of the High Contracting Parties to the Geneva Conventions, "It is therefore Washington's responsibility to prevent settlement and expropriation, along with collective punishment and all other measures of violence... .It follows that the United States is in express and extreme violation of its obligations as a High Contracting Party." [21]

I would agree with Chomsky, but is the US refusal to act a more "extreme violation" than the actual crimes being committed by another signatory to the Conventions, namely Israel? Chomsky would have us believe that it is.

It is a point he made clear at a talk in Oxford in May, 2004, when he brought up the killing a week earlier of the Hamas spiritual leader, Sheik Ahmed Yassin by the Israeli military as he left a Mosque in Gaza. "That was reported as an Israeli assassination, but inaccurately" said Chomsky. "Sheikh Yassin was killed by a US helicopter, flown by an Israeli pilot. Israel does not produce helicopters. The US sends them with the understanding that they will be used for such purposes, not defense, as they have been, regularly."

Chomsky is correct to a point. What is missing from his analysis is any reference to the demands from Congress, orchestrated by the American Israel Public Affairs Committee (AIPAC), Israel's officially registered lobby, to make sure that the US provides those helicopters to Israel to use as its generals see fit. (In fact, there is not a single mention of AIPAC in any one of Chomsky's many books on the Israel-Palestine conflict). What Chomsky's British audience was left with was the conclusion that the assassination of Sheik Yassin was done with Washington's approval.

While its repeated use of helicopters against the Palestinian resistance and civilian population has been one of the more criminal aspects of Israel's response to the Intifada, absolving the Israelis of blame for their use has become something of a fetish for Chomsky as his introduction to The New Intifada [22] and again, in more detail in Middle East Illusions, illustrates:

"On October 1, [at the beginning of the Al-Aksa Intifada] Israeli military helicopters, or, to be more precise, US military helicopters with Israeli pilots, sharply escalated the violence, killing two Palestinians in Gaza... . The continuing provision of attack helicopters by the United States to Israel, with the knowledge that these weapons are being used against the civilian Palestinian population, and the silence of the mainstream media is just one illustration of many of how we live up to the principle that we do not believe in violence. Again, it leaves honest citizens with two tasks: the important one, do something about it; and the second one, try to find out why the policies are being pursued". (Emphasis added) [23]

What to do Chomsky again doesn't say, but he does try to tell us why:

"On that matter, the fundamental reasons are not really controversial... It has long been understood that the gulf region has the major energy sources in the world... ". [24]

Chomsky then goes on for two pages explaining the importance of Middle East oil and the efforts by the US to control it. It is the basic explanation that he has repeated and republished, almost verbatim, over the years. What it has to do with the Palestinians who have no oil or how a truncated Palestinian state would present a threat to US regional interests is not provided, but after two pages the reader has forgotten that the question was even posed. In his explanation there is no mention of the lobby or domestic influences.

Chomsky does acknowledge that "major sectors of American corporate capitalism, including powerful elements with interests in the Middle East [the major oil companies!]" have endorsed a "two-state solution" on the basis that: "The radical nationalist tendencies that are enflamed by the unsettled Palestinian problem would be reduced by the establishment of a Palestinian mini-state that would be contained within a Jordanian-Israeli military alliance (perhaps tacit), surviving at the pleasure of its far more powerful neighbors and subsidized by the most conservative and pro-American forces in the Arab world... .This would, in fact, be the likely outcome of a two-state settlement." [25]

Such an outcome would have little direct influence on regional Arab politics, except to demoralize supporters of the Palestinian struggle in the neighboring countries and around the world, a development that would clearly serve US interests. It would, however, curb Israel's expansion, which is critical to Israel's agenda, not Washington's. Chomsky also fails to recognize a fundamental contradiction in his argument. If the support of Israel has been based on its role as protector of US strategic resources, namely oil, why does not that position enjoy the support of the major oil companies with interests in the region?

It is useful to go look at Chomsky's earlier writings to see how his position has developed. This paragraph from Peace in the Middle East, published in 1974 and repackaged with additional material in 2003, is not dissimilar from the liberal mush he often criticizes: "I do not see any way in which Americans can contribute to the active pursuit of peace. That is a matter for the people of the former Palestine themselves. But it is conceivable that Americans might make some contribution to the passive search for peace, by providing channels of communication, by broadening the scope of the discussion and exploring basic issues in ways that are not easily open to those who see their lives as immediately threatened". [26]

Readers should note amidst the vagueness of this paragraph, how Chomsky's suggestion that "the active pursuit of peace" should be left to "people of the former Palestine" mirrors a phrase that we have heard frequently from Clinton and since from George the Second and Colin Powell, namely, "leaving the negotiations to the concerned parties".

This was published a year after the October 1973 war when the US was massively increasing both military and economic aid to Israel, a fact Chomsky emphasizes in his other writings. Raising it in this context, however, was not on his agenda at that time.

It is reasonable to conclude by now that Chomsky's dancing around the question of US aid, his opposition to divestment and sanctions, and to holding Israel to account, can be traced more to his Zionist perspective, irrespective of how he defines it, than to his general approach to historical events . It doesn't stop there, however. An examination of a sampling of his prodigious output on the Israel-Palestine conflict reveals critical historical omissions and blind spots, badly misinterpreted events, and a tendency to repeat his errors to the point where they have become accepted as "non-controversial facts" by successive generations of activists who repeat them like trained seals. In sum, what they have been given by Chomsky is a deeply flawed scenario that he has successfully sold and resold to them as reality.

The consequences are self-evident.

Those who have relied on Chomsky's interpretation of the US-Israel relationship for their work in behalf of the Palestinian cause, have been functionally impotent. There is simply no evidence that any activity they have undertaken has applied any brake on the Palestinians' ever-deteriorating situation. I include here, specifically, the anti-war and solidarity movements and their leading spokespersons who have adopted Chomsky's formulations en toto. How much responsibility for their failure can be laid at Chomsky's feet may be debatable, but that he has been a major factor can not be. On the other hand, for those in the movement whose primary interest has been to protect Israel from blame and sanctions, and their numbers are not small, Chomsky has been extremely helpful.

Jeffrey Blankfort A United-Stator Jewish journalist. He is a co-founder of Labor Committee of the Middle East, and the former director of Middle East Labor Bulletin. This author's articles

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[1] Noam Chomsky interviewed by Tim Halle, 1999.

[2] Peace in the Middle East, Vintage, 1974 p. 49-51.

[3] Mick Hartley, January 10, 2004.

[4] «Occupied Territory: Congress, the Lobby and Jewish Responsibility», City Lights Review, San Francisco, 1992, The Israel Lobby and the Left: Uneasy Questions, Left Curve, Oakland, 2003.

[5] Safundi, Znet, May 10, 2004.

[6] Ha'aretz, August 24, 2004.

[7] www.jihadunspun.org, Dec. 25, 2004.

[8] Pirates and Emperors, South End Press. Cambridge, 2002.

[9] Washington Post, 26 novembre 2003.

[10] Harvard Crimson, 2 décembre 2003.

[11] Cornell Daily Sun, 12 avril 2004.

[12] Znet, July 26, 2004.

[13] Znet, August 26, 2004.

[14] Ibid.

[15] E-mail, November 26, 2004.

[16] Leila Hull, HRW, e-mail, November 27, 2004.

[17] E-mail, November 25, 2004.

[18] E-mail, novembre 26, 2004.

[19] Znet, April 2, 2002.

[20] The Fateful Triangle, South End, Boston, 1983, pp. 1-2.

[21] The New Intifada, Verso, London-New York, 2001 p. 18-19.

[22] Ibid, p. 6.

[23] Middle East Illusions, Rowman and Littlefield, Lanham, MD, 2003, p.207.

[24] Middle East Illusions, p. 209 Fateful Triangle, pp. 17 ff.

[25] The Fateful Triangle, pp 43-44.

[26] Peace in the Middle East, p. 56.



Comment on this Article


Government approves creation of Ministry of Strategic Threats

By Gideon Alon, Haaretz Correspondent
Last update - 03:10 04/12/2006

The government on Sunday unanimously approved the establishment of a Ministry of Strategic Threats, to be led by MK Avigdor Lieberman (Yisrael Beiteinu).

The decision comes despite the view expressed by Attorney General Menachem Mazuz that "there exists a lack of clarity on the role of this ministry, and this considering the government's decision that 'the establishment of this office is not intended to reduce the authority of another minister in the domain of his or her ministry."

The government also approved 20 staff positions in the ministry, including those of director general.
The ministry will have a budget for hiring outside consultants, conducting investigations and holding meetings.

The government also decided that the Nativ organization, which operates in the former Soviet states and forms links with Jews intending to immigrate to Israel, would be moved from the Prime Minister's Office to the Ministry of Strategic Threats.

Naomi Ben-Ami, the former Israeli ambassador to Ukraine and Moldova, was appointed head of the organization.

The statement accompanying the decision said, "in the age of growing strategic threats against Israel, it is appropriate to upgrade the work of the government's staff in the interest of integrating its policies against these threats. The high number of bodies reporting to the prime minister dealing with strategic threats...bolsters the need for establishing a staff and an organized decision-making proces.



Comment on this Article


NZ Government overrules war-crimes arrest order for Israeli General

NZ Herald
01 December 2006

Attorney-General Michael Cullen has over-ruled a District Court judge's decision to issue an arrest warrant against a visiting former Israeli general the judge believed was answerable for Middle East war crimes.

Auckland District Court Judge Avinash Deobhakta on Monday issued warrants ordering the arrest of Moshe Ya'alon, a former Israeli Defence Force chief of staff and head of intelligence.

The warrants were in response to information laid with the court under New Zealand's obligations as a signatory to the Geneva Convention.

Papers lodged with the court, and obtained by the Herald, alleged General Ya'alon played a central role in the 2002 assassination of suspected Hamas commander Salah Shehadeb in Gaza City.

The assassination, in the form of a bomb strike on Mr Shehadeb's home, also killed seven members of the neighbouring Mattar family and 15 others.

The court papers said General Ya'alon later admitted to his part in the planning of the assassination and was, therefore, a party to the bombing.

Judge Deobhakta noted the bombing had drawn international condemnation and ordered the warrants be issued.
The application, in the name of an Auckland company director, Janfrie Wakim, established a prima facie case against General Ya'alon, he said.

"I am satisfied [the papers] disclosed 'good and sufficient reasons' to believe that he was, together with others, responsible for the bombing."

But the judge's warrant was never enforced and on Wednesday Dr Cullen ordered a stay of proceedings.

The minister said yesterday he issued the stay after advice from Crown Law that the evidence against General Ya'alon was not sufficient. But he sidestepped questions on whether the Government believed a war crimes case could be made against General Ya'alon.

In a written statement supplied to the Herald, he said: "The materials supplied to support the allegations could not be relied upon to show a prima facie case against the defendant."

Asked if the Government had any concerns about General Ya'alon's past conduct, he said: "The Crown has no evidence of any allegations that would be relevant in determining the legal issues."

Judge Deobhakta determined when issuing the ruling that the while any prosecution required the leave of the Attorney General to proceed, his consent was not needed to issue a warrant.

Dr Cullen said to his knowledge no Government officials, MPs or ministers had met General Ya'alon and "there has been no contact at any level" between his office and Crown Law and the Israeli Government or its Canberra-based embassy.

The honorary consul for Israel, David Zwartz, said General Ya'alon was in New Zealand on a private fundraising visit organised by the Jewish National Fund.

He was accompanied by the fund's director in Australia, where he had toured before coming to New Zealand.

Mr Zwartz said he did not believe there was any substance to claims General Ya'alon was a war criminal.

A statement issued last night by the London-based law firm Hickman and Rose - which represents the Palestinian Centre for Human Rights - said Palestinians were "devastated" by Dr Cullen's decision.

"An arrest and proper decisions on prosecution or extradition of Moshe Ya'alon should have taken place, based on the evidence presented to the court."

Davey Salmon of Auckland law firm LeeSalmonLong, which took the application to arrest to court, said the quashing of the warrants could reflect poorly on New Zealand's reputation internationally.

General Ya'alon is known to Palestinian groups as the Butcher of Qana.




Comment on this Article


Mother Earth's Revenge


Volcano erupts on Russia's Kamchatka peninsula

PETROPAVLOVSK-KAMCHATSKY, December 4 (RIA Novosti)

The Karymsky volcano on the Kamchatka peninsula in Russia's Far East has increased its activity, spewing ash up to an altitude of 6,900 meters (22,637 feet), the local emergencies center said Monday.
Karymsky is one of Kamchatka's most active volcanoes, and rises to 1,486 meters (4,875 feet) above sea level in the southeast part of the peninsula.

The ash and gas emissions were registered by a local plane, the emergencies center said.

The emissions pose no threat to local residents, but there is a danger to aircraft flying near the volcano, the emergencies center said.



Comment on this Article


Bubbly meteor hints at seeds of life

By Lucy Sherriff ? More by this author
Published Monday 4th December 2006 10:22 GMT

Scientists have found evidence that the seeds of life may indeed have fallen from the sky.

Analysis of a meteorite that fell onto the frozen Tagish Lake in Canada in 2000 has shown the space rock to be riddled with organic material that is at least as old as the solar system itself. Researchers speculate that this kind of matter could have played a vital role in the development of early life on Earth.
The Tagish Lake meteorite is unusual because it is so well preserved. Most meteorites, although usefully frozen in space, thaw or become contaminated when they arrive on Earth. This has frustrated researchers' attempts to test the hypothesis that organic material could have arrived on the primordial Earth on comets, asteroids, and meteors.

A team of NASA scientists, led by Keiko Nakamura-Messenger, scanned the Tagish meteorite in slices with a transmission electron microscope. This revealed sub-microscopic "globules", which consisted largely of carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen, and oxygen, the researchers report.

The ratio of isotopes of each of the chemicals shows that the globules formed at near absolute zero. To have captured such exotic isotope mixes, the meteorite must have formed much further from the sun than the Earth, Nakamura-Messenger says, which confirms that the chemicals are not contaminants, but are native to the space rock. They were most likely part of the cloud of material from which the planets themselves formed.

The team suggests two possible ways that the globules formed: in both cases they began life as icy grains that formed on the rock in the outer reaches of a very young solar system. It is possible that the grains then formed a hardened shell when bombarded by radiation. The centre would later have evaporated, leaving a hollow shell of organic matter. Alternatively, the grains were exposed to alkali compounds in the meteor itself, which could have hollowed out the centres.

The research, which is published in the journal Science, cites 26 such globules. But Nakamura-Messenger says the meteorite could contain billions of them. The team restricted its analysis to such a small sample because of the complexity of processing the rock.

"We're sure that these [globules] are not alive," Messenger told Scientific American. "But they may have been important ingredients for the first life-forms."



Comment on this Article


Frequent Fireballs

By: Spaceweather.com
Published: Dec 4, 2006 at 07:03

Have you ever stepped outside after dinner to walk the dog--just in time to see a bright fireball streak across the sky? It makes you wonder, how often does that happen?

Pretty often, according to astronomer Bill Cooke of the Marshall Space Flight Center. Using a computer model of Earth's meteoroid environment, he made this plot showing the global number of fireballs per day vs. the brightness of the fireball:

Fireball frequency Chart


According to his calculations, fireballs as bright as Venus appear somewhere on Earth more than 100 times daily. Fireballs as bright as a quarter Moon occur once every ten days, and fireballs as bright as a full Moon once every five months.

The vast majority are never noticed. About 70% of all fireballs streak over uninhabited ocean. Half appear during the day, invisible in sunny skies. Many are missed, however, simply because no one bothers to look up. So grab a leash and a dog (optional), and head outside. The chance of a fireball is better than you think.

Comment: So all of the reports in the newspapers? Furgettaboutit. Nothing important here, folks. Move along.

Comment on this Article


The Pathocrat-in-Chief


Is President Bush Sane?

By PAUL CRAIG ROBERTSDecember 2 / 3, 2006

Tens of millions of Americans want President George W. Bush to be impeached for the lies and deceit he used to launch an illegal war and for violating his oath of office to uphold the US Constitution.

Millions of other Americans want Bush turned over to the war crimes tribunal at the Hague. The true fate that awaits Bush is psychiatric incarceration.

The president of the United States is so deep into denial that he is no longer among the sane.
Delusion still rules Bush three weeks after the American people repudiated him and his catastrophic war in elections that delivered both House and Senate to the Democrats in the hope that control over Congress would give the opposition party the strength to oppose the mad occupant of the White House.

On November 28 Bush insisted that US troops would not be withdrawn from Iraq until he had completed his mission of building a stable Iraqi democracy capable of spreading democratic change in the Middle East.

Bush made this astonishing statement the day after NBC News, a major television network, declared Iraq to be in the midst of a civil war, a judgment with which former Secretary of State Colin Powell concurs.

The same day that Bush reaffirmed his commitment to building a stable Iraqi democracy, a secret US Marine Corps intelligence report was leaked. According to the Washington Post, the report concludes: "the social and political situation has deteriorated to a point that US and Iraqi troops are no longer capable of militarily defeating the insurgency in al-Anbar province."

The Marine Corps intelligence report says that Al Qaeda is the "dominant organization of influence" in Anbar province, and is more important than local authorities, the Iraqi government and US troops "in its ability to control the day-to-day life of the average Sunni."

Bush's astonishing determination to deny Iraq reality was made the same day that the US-installed Iraqi prime minister al-Maliki and US puppet King Abdullah II of Jordan abruptly cancelled a meeting with Bush after Bush was already in route to Jordon on Air Force One.

Bush could not meet with Maliki in Iraq, because violence in Baghdad is out of control. For security reasons, the US Secret Service would not allow President Bush to go to Iraq, where he is "building a stable democracy."

Bush made his astonishing statement in the face of news leaks of the Iraq Study Group's call for a withdrawal of all US combat forces from Iraq. The Iraq Study Group is led by Bush family operative James A. Baker, a former White House chief of staff, former Secretary of the Treasury, and former Secretary of State. Baker was tasked by father Bush to save the son. Apparently, son Bush hasn't enough sanity to allow himself to be saved.

Bush's denial of Iraqi reality was made even as one of the most influential Iraqi Shiite leaders, Moqtada al-Sadr, is building an anti-US parliamentary alliance to demand the withdrawal of US troops from Iraq.

Maliki himself appears on the verge of desertion by his American sponsors. The White House has reportedly "lost confidence" in Maliki's "ability to control violence." Fox "News" disinformation agency immediately began blaming Maliki for the defeat the US has suffered in Iraq. NY governor Pataki told Fox "News" that "Maliki is not doing his job." Pataki claimed that US troops were doing "a great job."

A number of other politicians and talking heads joined in the scapegoating of Maliki. No one explained how Maliki can be expected to save Iraq when US troops cannot provide enough security for the Iraqi government to go outside the heavily fortified "green zone" that occupies a small area of Baghdad. If the US Marines cannot control Anbar province, what chance is there for Maliki? What can Maliki do if the security provided by US troops is so bad that the President of the US cannot even visit the country?

The only people in Iraq who are safe belong to Al Qaeda and the Sunni insurgents or are Shiite militia leaders such as al-Sadr.

An American group, the Center for Constitutional Rights, has filed war crimes charges in Germany against former US Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld. A number of former US attorneys believe President Bush and Vice President Cheney deserve the same.

Bush has destroyed the entire social, political, and economic fabric of Iraq. Saddam Hussein sat on the lid of Pandora's Box of sectarian antagonisms, but Bush has opened the lid. Hundreds of thousands of Iraqi civilians have been killed as "collateral damage" in Bush's war to bring "stable democracy" to Iraq. Tens of thousands of Iraqi children have been orphaned and maimed. Hundreds of thousands of Iraqis have fled their country. The Middle East is aflame with hatred of America, and the ground is shaking under the feet of American puppet governments in the Middle East. US casualties (killed and wounded) number 25,000.

And Bush has not had enough!

What better proof of Bush's insanity could there be?

Paul Craig Roberts was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury in the Reagan administration. He was Associate Editor of the Wall Street Journal editorial page and Contributing Editor of National Review. He is coauthor of The Tyranny of Good Intentions.He can be reached at: paulcraigroberts@yahoo.com



Comment on this Article


He's The Worst Ever

By Eric Foner
Sunday, December 3, 2006; Page B01

Ever since 1948, when Harvard professor Arthur Schlesinger Sr. asked 55 historians to rank U.S. presidents on a scale from "great" to "failure," such polls have been a favorite pastime for those of us who study the American past.

Changes in presidential rankings reflect shifts in how we view history. When the first poll was taken, the Reconstruction era that followed the Civil War was regarded as a time of corruption and misgovernment caused by granting black men the right to vote. As a result, President Andrew Johnson, a fervent white supremacist who opposed efforts to extend basic rights to former slaves, was rated "near great." Today, by contrast, scholars consider Reconstruction a flawed but noble attempt to build an interracial democracy from the ashes of slavery -- and Johnson a flat failure.
More often, however, the rankings display a remarkable year-to-year uniformity. Abraham Lincoln, George Washington and Franklin D. Roosevelt always figure in the "great" category. Most presidents are ranked "average" or, to put it less charitably, mediocre. Johnson, Franklin Pierce, James Buchanan, Warren G. Harding, Calvin Coolidge and Richard M. Nixon occupy the bottom rung, and now President Bush is a leading contender to join them. A look at history, as well as Bush's policies, explains why.

At a time of national crisis, Pierce and Buchanan, who served in the eight years preceding the Civil War, and Johnson, who followed it, were simply not up to the job. Stubborn, narrow-minded, unwilling to listen to criticism or to consider alternatives to disastrous mistakes, they surrounded themselves with sycophants and shaped their policies to appeal to retrogressive political forces (in that era, pro-slavery and racist ideologues). Even after being repudiated in the midterm elections of 1854, 1858 and 1866, respectively, they ignored major currents of public opinion and clung to flawed policies. Bush's presidency certainly brings theirs to mind.

Harding and Coolidge are best remembered for the corruption of their years in office (1921-23 and 1923-29, respectively) and for channeling money and favors to big business. They slashed income and corporate taxes and supported employers' campaigns to eliminate unions. Members of their administrations received kickbacks and bribes from lobbyists and businessmen. "Never before, here or anywhere else," declared the Wall Street Journal, "has a government been so completely fused with business." The Journal could hardly have anticipated the even worse cronyism, corruption and pro-business bias of the Bush administration.

Despite some notable accomplishments in domestic and foreign policy, Nixon is mostly associated today with disdain for the Constitution and abuse of presidential power. Obsessed with secrecy and media leaks, he viewed every critic as a threat to national security and illegally spied on U.S. citizens. Nixon considered himself above the law.

Bush has taken this disdain for law even further. He has sought to strip people accused of crimes of rights that date as far back as the Magna Carta in Anglo-American jurisprudence: trial by impartial jury, access to lawyers and knowledge of evidence against them. In dozens of statements when signing legislation, he has asserted the right to ignore the parts of laws with which he disagrees. His administration has adopted policies regarding the treatment of prisoners of war that have disgraced the nation and alienated virtually the entire world. Usually, during wartime, the Supreme Court has refrained from passing judgment on presidential actions related to national defense. The court's unprecedented rebukes of Bush's policies on detainees indicate how far the administration has strayed from the rule of law.

One other president bears comparison to Bush: James K. Polk. Some historians admire him, in part because he made their job easier by keeping a detailed diary during his administration, which spanned the years of the Mexican-American War. But Polk should be remembered primarily for launching that unprovoked attack on Mexico and seizing one-third of its territory for the United States.

Lincoln, then a member of Congress from Illinois, condemned Polk for misleading Congress and the public about the cause of the war -- an alleged Mexican incursion into the United States. Accepting the president's right to attack another country "whenever he shall deem it necessary," Lincoln observed, would make it impossible to "fix any limit" to his power to make war. Today, one wishes that the country had heeded Lincoln's warning.

Historians are loath to predict the future. It is impossible to say with certainty how Bush will be ranked in, say, 2050. But somehow, in his first six years in office he has managed to combine the lapses of leadership, misguided policies and abuse of power of his failed predecessors. I think there is no alternative but to rank him as the worst president in U.S. history.

Comment: Reading the anecdotes on these earlier presidents bursts the bubble of illusion about how democratic the US has been. Back in 1840 they were already using the excuse of "a Mexican incursion" to justify war. Well, the same strategy still works...

Comment on this Article


Psychopaths' brains 'different'

Monday, 4 December 2006, 00:33 GMT

There are biological brain differences that mark out psychopaths from other people, according to scientists.
Psychopaths showed less activity in brain areas involved in assessing the emotion of facial expressions, the British Journal of Psychiatry reports.

In particular, they were far less responsive to fearful faces than healthy volunteers.
The Institute of Psychiatry, Kings College London team say this might partly explain psychopathic behaviour.

Remorseless

Criminal psychopaths are people with aggressive and anti-social personalities who lack emotional empathy.

They can commit hideous crimes, such as rape or murder, yet show no signs of remorse or guilt.

It has been suggested that people with psychopathic disorders lack empathy because they have defects in processing facial and vocal expressions of distress, such as fear and sadness, in others.

Professor Declan Murphy and colleagues set out to test this using a scan that shows up brain activity.

They showed six psychopaths and nine healthy volunteers pictures of faces showing different emotions.

Both groups had increased activity in brain areas involved in processing facial expressions in response to happy faces compared with neutral faces, but this increase was smaller among the psychopaths.

By contrast, when processing fearful faces compared with neutral faces, the healthy volunteers showed increased activation and the psychopaths decreased activation in these brain regions.

Fearful faces

The researchers said: "These results suggest that the neural pathways for processing facial expressions of happiness are functionally intact in people with psychopathic disorder, although less responsive.

"In contrast, fear is processed in a very different way."

This failure to recognise and emotionally respond to facial and other signals of distress may underlie psychopaths' failure to block behaviour that causes distress in others and their lack of emotional empathy, the scientists suggest.

Dr Nicola Gray, from Cardiff University's School of Psychology, has also been studying what underpins psychopathy.

"What we are trying to understand are the cognitive deficits underpinning the behaviour of psychopaths.

"If people with psychopathy can't process the emotion of fear and that is mirrored in terms of their brain activity, as this study suggests, that will help us understand the cognitive deficits.

"But it is still a long way to finding out what to do about that. We are a long way from knowing how to treat psychopathy."



Comment on this Article



Remember, we need your help to collect information on what is going on in your part of the world!
Send your article suggestions to: sott(at)signs-of-the-times.org